[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2020135625A1 - Configuration method, device and system - Google Patents

Configuration method, device and system Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2020135625A1
WO2020135625A1 PCT/CN2019/128842 CN2019128842W WO2020135625A1 WO 2020135625 A1 WO2020135625 A1 WO 2020135625A1 CN 2019128842 W CN2019128842 W CN 2019128842W WO 2020135625 A1 WO2020135625 A1 WO 2020135625A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
identifier
configuration
message
side link
mapped
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Ceased
Application number
PCT/CN2019/128842
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
徐海博
肖潇
王键
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Original Assignee
Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Huawei Technologies Co Ltd filed Critical Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Publication of WO2020135625A1 publication Critical patent/WO2020135625A1/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Ceased legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/20—Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • H04W72/23—Control channels or signalling for resource management in the downlink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards a terminal
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W28/00—Network traffic management; Network resource management
    • H04W28/02—Traffic management, e.g. flow control or congestion control
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/04—Wireless resource allocation
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/12—Wireless traffic scheduling
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/20—Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • H04W72/21—Control channels or signalling for resource management in the uplink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards the network
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/50—Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources
    • H04W72/54—Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources based on quality criteria
    • H04W72/543—Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources based on quality criteria based on requested quality, e.g. QoS
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W28/00—Network traffic management; Network resource management
    • H04W28/02—Traffic management, e.g. flow control or congestion control
    • H04W28/0268—Traffic management, e.g. flow control or congestion control using specific QoS parameters for wireless networks, e.g. QoS class identifier [QCI] or guaranteed bit rate [GBR]
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W28/00—Network traffic management; Network resource management
    • H04W28/16—Central resource management; Negotiation of resources or communication parameters, e.g. negotiating bandwidth or QoS [Quality of Service]
    • H04W28/24—Negotiating SLA [Service Level Agreement]; Negotiating QoS [Quality of Service]

Definitions

  • This application relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular, to a configuration method, device, and system.
  • the communication interface between a terminal device and a base station is called a Uu port.
  • the link where the terminal device sends data to the base station on the Uu port is called an uplink (uplink, UL), and the link where the terminal device receives data sent by the base station is called a downlink (DL).
  • the communication interface between the terminal device and the terminal device is called PC5 port.
  • the link between the terminal device on the PC5 port and the terminal device to transmit data is called a sidelink (sidelink, SL).
  • the PC5 port is generally used for vehicle-to-everything (V2X) communication, or device-to-device (D2D) communication, etc. where direct communication between devices is possible.
  • V2X vehicle-to-everything
  • D2D device-to-device
  • the terminal device For Uu port communication, for example, when the terminal device has uplink data to send but no uplink grant (UL grant) is available, the terminal device needs to trigger a scheduling request (scheduling request, SR), and request the uplink grant from the base station by sending SR.
  • the terminal device 1 can send a UL buffer status report (buffer status report (BSR) to the base station through the uplink authorization, for the base station to further allocate a UL grant to the terminal device according to the UL BSR, to Make the terminal equipment send UL data on the corresponding UL grant.
  • BSR buffer status report
  • the terminal device for PC5 port communication, if the base station configures the terminal device 1 with the resource allocation method based on the base station scheduling, then when the terminal device 1 has side link data to be sent but no side link is available
  • granting (SL) grant the terminal device also needs to trigger the SR and request the uplink grant from the base station by sending the SR.
  • the terminal device can send SL BSR to the base station through the uplink authorization, for the base station to further assign SL grant to the terminal device 1 according to the SL BSR, so that the terminal device 1 grants the corresponding SL Continue to send SL data.
  • the terminal device may send the SR through a dedicated SR resource on a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) configured by the base station for the terminal device.
  • PUCCH physical uplink control channel
  • Embodiments of the present application provide a configuration method, device, and system, which can be configured for SR-related configuration used when an SR for a side link data transmission of a PC5 port is sent on a Uu port of an NR system.
  • a configuration method including: a terminal device sends a first message to a network device, the first message includes a first identifier; the terminal device receives a second message from the network device, and the second message includes a The second identifier and the scheduling request SR identifier mapped to the second identifier, the SR identifier corresponds to an SR configuration, the SR configuration is associated with one or more SR resource configurations, the first identifier is the same as the second identifier, or the first There is a mapping relationship between the identifier and the second identifier.
  • the SR configuration used by the terminal device for the SR may be the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier mapped by the second identifier; the terminal device is used for the SR
  • the SR resource configuration may be one or more SR resource configurations associated with the SR configuration.
  • the terminal device can determine the SR configuration and SR used when the SR for the side link data transmission of the PC5 port is sent on the Uu port of the NR system according to the second identification and the SR identification mapped to the second identification Resource configuration, so that the SR can be sent on the Uu port of the NR system according to the determined SR configuration and SR resource configuration.
  • the first message further includes quality of service QoS information corresponding to the first identifier.
  • the QoS information may be used to determine the scheduling request SR identifier mapped by the second identifier.
  • the second message further includes or indicates the first identifier and the second identifier Identity mapping. Furthermore, the terminal device can learn the mapping relationship between the first identifier and the second identifier.
  • the first message further includes destination information, where the first identifier is associated with the destination information.
  • the destination information is used for the network device to distinguish the destination to which the first identifier belongs, so as to configure the terminal device with an SR configuration and one or more of the SR resource configurations associated with the SR configuration according to the destination information and the first identifier .
  • the second message further includes the destination information, wherein the second identifier is associated with the destination information, and the second identifier
  • the mapped SR identification is associated with the destination information.
  • the destination information is used for the terminal device to distinguish the destination to which the SR identifier mapped by the second identifier belongs, so as to determine the SR configuration used for SR transmission and the SR according to the destination information and the SR identifier mapped by the second identifier Configure one or more SR resource configurations associated with the configuration.
  • the first message further includes source information and destination information, wherein the first identifier is associated with the source information, and the first The identification is associated with the destination information.
  • the source information and the destination information are used for the network device to distinguish the combination of the source and destination to which the first identifier belongs, so as to configure the SR configuration and the SR configuration for the terminal device according to the combination of the source information and destination information and the first identifier One or more of the associated SR resource configurations.
  • the second message further includes the source information and the destination information, wherein the second identifier is associated with the source information, and the The second identification is associated with the destination information; the SR identification mapped to the second identification is associated with the source information, and the SR identification mapped to the second identification is associated with the destination information.
  • the source information and the destination information are used for the terminal device to distinguish the combination of the source and destination to which the SR identifier mapped by the second identifier belongs, according to the combination of the source information and destination information and the SR identifier mapped by the second identifier Determine an SR configuration used for SR transmission and one or more SR resource configurations associated with the SR configuration.
  • the second message further includes one or more of the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier and the SR resource configuration associated with the SR configuration;
  • the SR configuration includes the SR identifier, the SR prohibition counter and the maximum number of SR transmissions;
  • the SR resource configuration includes the SR resource identifier, period and offset and physical uplink control channel resources, wherein the SR prohibition counter is used to control the time of SR transmission Interval, the maximum number of SR transmissions is used to control the maximum number of SR transmissions, the SR resource identifier is used to identify the configuration of a scheduling request resource, the period and offset are used to determine the time domain resource location of the SR, and the physical uplink control channel The resource is used to determine the frequency domain resource location of SR.
  • the second message also needs to include one or more SR resource configurations associated with the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier.
  • the second message It also needs to include the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier, and one or more SR resource configurations associated with the SR configuration.
  • the first identifier is an identifier of a QoS flow.
  • the second identifier is the identifier of the logical channel group to which the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow belongs; or, the second identifier is the identifier of the QoS flow; or, the second The identifier is the identifier of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow; or, the second identifier is the identifier of the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow.
  • the terminal device is used for the first
  • the SR configuration is the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier mapped by the second identifier; the first SR resource configuration used by the terminal device for the first SR is one or more SR resource configurations associated with the first SR configuration.
  • the first identifier is a QoS index for indicating QoS information.
  • the second identifier is the identifier of the logical channel group to which the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index belongs; or, the second identifier is used to indicate the QoS corresponding to the first identifier QoS index of the information; or, the second identifier is an identifier of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index; or, the second identifier is a logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index Logo.
  • the terminal device is used for the second
  • the SR configuration is the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier mapped by the second identifier; the second SR resource configuration used by the terminal device for the second SR is one or more SR resource configurations associated with the second SR configuration.
  • the first identifier is an identifier of a side link radio bearer or an identifier of a logical channel of the side link radio bearer, and the second The identifier is the same as the first identifier.
  • the third SR used by the terminal device for the third SR is configured as the SR identifier mapped by the second identifier
  • the corresponding SR configuration; the SR resource configuration used by the terminal device for the third SR is one or more SR resource configurations associated with the third SR configuration.
  • a configuration method including: a network device receives a first message from a terminal device, the first message includes a first identification; the network device sends a second message to the terminal device, the second message includes A second identifier and a scheduling request SR identifier mapped to the second identifier, the SR identifier corresponds to an SR configuration, the SR configuration is associated with one or more SR resource configurations, the first identifier is the same as the second identifier, or the first There is a mapping relationship between an identifier and the second identifier.
  • the first message further includes quality of service QoS information corresponding to the first identifier.
  • the QoS information may be used to determine the scheduling request SR identifier mapped by the second identifier.
  • the second message further includes or indicates the first identifier and the second identifier Identity mapping. Furthermore, the terminal device can learn the mapping relationship between the first identifier and the second identifier.
  • the first message further includes destination information, where the first identifier is associated with the destination information.
  • the destination information is used for the network device to distinguish the destination to which the first identifier belongs, so as to configure the terminal device with an SR configuration and one or more of the SR resource configurations associated with the SR configuration according to the destination information and the first identifier .
  • the second message further includes the destination information, wherein the second identifier is associated with the destination information, and the second identifier
  • the mapped SR identification is associated with the destination information.
  • the destination information is used for the terminal device to distinguish the destination to which the SR identifier mapped by the second identifier belongs, so as to determine the SR configuration used for SR transmission and the SR according to the destination information and the SR identifier mapped by the second identifier Configure one or more SR resource configurations associated with the configuration.
  • the first message further includes source information and destination information, wherein the first identifier is associated with the source information, and the first The identification is associated with the destination information.
  • the source information and the destination information are used for the network device to distinguish the combination of the source and destination to which the first identifier belongs, so as to configure the SR configuration and the SR configuration for the terminal device according to the combination of the source information and destination information and the first identifier One or more of the associated SR resource configurations.
  • the second message further includes the source information and the destination information, wherein the second identifier is associated with the source information, and the The second identification is associated with the destination information; the SR identification mapped to the second identification is associated with the source information, and the SR identification mapped to the second identification is associated with the destination information.
  • the source information and the destination information are used for the terminal device to distinguish the combination of the source and destination to which the SR identifier mapped by the second identifier belongs, according to the combination of the source information and destination information and the SR identifier mapped by the second identifier Determine an SR configuration used for SR transmission and one or more SR resource configurations associated with the SR configuration.
  • the second message further includes one or more of the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier and the SR resource configuration associated with the SR configuration;
  • the SR configuration includes the SR identifier, the SR prohibition counter and the maximum number of SR transmissions;
  • the SR resource configuration includes the SR resource identifier, period and offset and physical uplink control channel resources, wherein the SR prohibition counter is used to control the time of SR transmission Interval, the maximum number of SR transmissions is used to control the maximum number of SR transmissions, the SR resource identifier is used to identify the configuration of a scheduling request resource, the period and offset are used to determine the time domain resource location of the SR, and the physical uplink control channel The resource is used to determine the frequency domain resource location of SR.
  • the second message also needs to include one or more SR resource configurations associated with the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier.
  • the second message It also needs to include the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier, and one or more SR resource configurations associated with the SR configuration.
  • the first identifier is an identifier of a QoS flow.
  • the second identifier is the identifier of the logical channel group to which the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow belongs; or, the second identifier is the identifier of the QoS flow; or, the second The identifier is the identifier of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow; or, the second identifier is the identifier of the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow.
  • the terminal device is used for the first
  • the SR configuration is the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier mapped by the second identifier; the first SR resource configuration used by the terminal device for the first SR is one or more SR resource configurations associated with the first SR configuration.
  • the first identifier is a QoS index for indicating QoS information.
  • the second identifier is the identifier of the logical channel group to which the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index belongs; or, the second identifier is used to indicate the QoS corresponding to the first identifier QoS index of the information; or, the second identifier is an identifier of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index; or, the second identifier is a logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index Logo.
  • the terminal device is used for the second
  • the SR configuration is the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier mapped by the second identifier; the second SR resource configuration used by the terminal device for the second SR is one or more SR resource configurations associated with the second SR configuration.
  • the first identifier is an identifier of a side link radio bearer or an identifier of a logical channel of the side link radio bearer
  • the second identifier is The first identification is the same.
  • the third SR used by the terminal device for the third SR is configured as the SR identifier mapped by the second identifier
  • the corresponding SR configuration; the SR resource configuration used by the terminal device for the third SR is one or more SR resource configurations associated with the third SR configuration.
  • a configuration method including: a terminal device sends a first message to a network device, the first message is used to request a side link resource; the terminal device receives a second message from the network device, the first message The second message includes a scheduling request SR identifier, which corresponds to an SR configuration, and the SR configuration is associated with one or more SR resource configurations.
  • the SR mark is a common SR mark for all V2X services transmitted through the PC5 interface, or the SR mark is a common SR mark for all V2X services or service packages transmitted through the PC5 interface and adopting a resource allocation method based on network device scheduling.
  • the SR configuration used by the terminal device for the SR may be the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier; the SR resource configuration used by the terminal device for the SR may be the SR configuration The associated one or more SR resource configurations.
  • the terminal device can determine the SR configuration and SR resource configuration used when the SR for the side link data transmission of the PC5 port is sent at the Uu port of the NR system according to the SR identifier, so that the determined SR configuration and SR resource configuration, send SR on Uu port of NR system.
  • a configuration method including: a network device receives a first message from a terminal device, the first message is used to request a side link resource; the network device sends a second message to the terminal device, the second message
  • the message includes a scheduling request SR identifier, which corresponds to an SR configuration, and the SR configuration is associated with one or more SR resource configurations.
  • the SR mark is a common SR mark for all V2X services transmitted through the PC5 interface, or the SR mark is a common SR mark for all V2X services or service packages transmitted through the PC5 interface and adopting a resource allocation method based on network device scheduling.
  • the technical effect of the fourth aspect can refer to the above-mentioned third aspect, which will not be repeated here.
  • a terminal device includes a receiving module and a sending module.
  • the sending module is used to send a first message to a network device, and the first message includes a first identifier.
  • the receiving module is used to receive A second message of the network device, the second message includes a second identifier and a scheduling request SR identifier mapped by the second identifier, the SR identifier corresponds to an SR configuration, and the SR configuration is associated with one or more SR resource configurations, the The first identification is the same as the second identification, or there is a mapping relationship between the first identification and the second identification.
  • the SR configuration used by the terminal device for the SR may be the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier mapped by the second identifier; the terminal device is used for the SR
  • the SR resource configuration may be one or more SR resource configurations associated with the SR configuration.
  • the first message further includes quality of service QoS information corresponding to the first identifier.
  • the second message further includes or indicates the first identifier and the second identifier Identity mapping.
  • the first message further includes destination information, where the first identifier is associated with the destination information.
  • the second message further includes the destination information, wherein the second identifier is associated with the destination information, and the second identifier The mapped SR identification is associated with the destination information.
  • the first message further includes source information and destination information, wherein the first identifier is associated with the source information, and the first The identification is associated with the destination information.
  • the second message further includes the source information and the destination information, where the second identifier is associated with the source information, and the The second identification is associated with the destination information; the SR identification mapped to the second identification is associated with the source information, and the SR identification mapped to the second identification is associated with the destination information.
  • the second message further includes one or more of the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier and the SR resource configuration associated with the SR configuration;
  • the SR configuration includes the SR identifier, the SR prohibition counter and the maximum number of SR transmissions;
  • the SR resource configuration includes the SR resource identifier, period and offset and physical uplink control channel resources, wherein the SR prohibition counter is used to control the time of SR transmission Interval, the maximum number of SR transmissions is used to control the maximum number of SR transmissions, the SR resource identifier is used to identify the configuration of a scheduling request resource, the period and offset are used to determine the time domain resource location of the SR, and the physical uplink control channel The resource is used to determine the frequency domain resource location of SR.
  • the second message also needs to include one or more SR resource configurations associated with the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier.
  • the second message It also needs to include the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier, and one or more SR resource configurations associated with the SR configuration.
  • the first identifier is an identifier of a QoS flow.
  • the second identifier is the identifier of the logical channel group to which the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow belongs; or, the second identifier is the identifier of the QoS flow; or, the second The identifier is the identifier of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow; or, the second identifier is the identifier of the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow.
  • the terminal device is used for the first
  • the SR configuration is the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier mapped by the second identifier; the first SR resource configuration used by the terminal device for the first SR is one or more SR resource configurations associated with the first SR configuration.
  • the first identifier is a QoS index for indicating QoS information.
  • the second identifier is the identifier of the logical channel group to which the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index belongs; or, the second identifier is used to indicate the QoS corresponding to the first identifier QoS index of the information; or, the second identifier is an identifier of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index; or, the second identifier is a logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index Logo.
  • the terminal device is used for the second
  • the SR configuration is the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier mapped by the second identifier; the second SR resource configuration used by the terminal device for the second SR is one or more SR resource configurations associated with the second SR configuration.
  • the first identifier is an identifier of a side link radio bearer or an identifier of a logical channel of the side link radio bearer
  • the second The identifier is the same as the first identifier
  • the third SR used by the terminal device for the third SR is configured as the SR identifier mapped by the second identifier
  • the corresponding SR configuration; the SR resource configuration used by the terminal device for the third SR is one or more SR resource configurations associated with the third SR configuration.
  • the technical effect of the fifth aspect or any possible design of the fifth aspect may refer to the technical effect of the first aspect or any possible design of the first aspect, which will not be repeated here.
  • a network device in a sixth aspect, includes a receiving module and a sending module; the receiving module is used to receive a first message from a terminal device, and the first message includes a first identifier; the sending module is used to send The terminal device sends a second message.
  • the second message includes a second identifier and a scheduling request SR identifier mapped by the second identifier.
  • the SR identifier corresponds to an SR configuration, and the SR configuration is associated with one or more SR resource configurations.
  • the first identification is the same as the second identification, or there is a mapping relationship between the first identification and the second identification.
  • the first message further includes quality of service QoS information corresponding to the first identifier.
  • the second message further includes or indicates the first identifier and the second identifier Identity mapping.
  • the first message further includes destination information, where the first identifier is associated with the destination information.
  • the second message further includes the destination information, wherein the second identifier is associated with the destination information, and the second identifier The mapped SR identification is associated with the destination information.
  • the first message further includes source information and destination information, wherein the first identifier is associated with the source information, and the first The identification is associated with the destination information.
  • the second message further includes the source information and the destination information, where the second identifier is associated with the source information, and the The second identification is associated with the destination information; the SR identification mapped to the second identification is associated with the source information, and the SR identification mapped to the second identification is associated with the destination information.
  • the second message further includes one or more of the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier and the SR resource configuration associated with the SR configuration;
  • the SR configuration includes the SR identifier, the SR prohibition counter and the maximum number of SR transmissions;
  • the SR resource configuration includes the SR resource identifier, period and offset and physical uplink control channel resources, wherein the SR prohibition counter is used to control the time of SR transmission Interval, the maximum number of SR transmissions is used to control the maximum number of SR transmissions, the SR resource identifier is used to identify the configuration of a scheduling request resource, the period and offset are used to determine the time domain resource location of the SR, and the physical uplink control channel The resource is used to determine the frequency domain resource location of SR.
  • the second message also needs to include one or more SR resource configurations associated with the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier.
  • the second message It also needs to include the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier, and one or more SR resource configurations associated with the SR configuration.
  • the first identifier is an identifier of a QoS flow.
  • the second identifier is the identifier of the logical channel group to which the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow belongs; or, the second identifier is the identifier of the QoS flow; or, the second The identifier is the identifier of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow; or, the second identifier is the identifier of the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow.
  • the terminal device is used for the first
  • the SR configuration is the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier mapped by the second identifier; the first SR resource configuration used by the terminal device for the first SR is one or more SR resource configurations associated with the first SR configuration.
  • the first identifier is a QoS index for indicating QoS information.
  • the second identifier is the identifier of the logical channel group to which the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index belongs; or, the second identifier is used to indicate the QoS corresponding to the first identifier QoS index of the information; or, the second identifier is an identifier of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index; or, the second identifier is a logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index Logo.
  • the terminal device is used for the second
  • the SR configuration is the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier mapped by the second identifier; the second SR resource configuration used by the terminal device for the second SR is one or more SR resource configurations associated with the second SR configuration.
  • the first identifier is an identifier of a side link radio bearer or an identifier of a logical channel of the side link radio bearer
  • the second identifier is The first identification is the same.
  • the third SR used by the terminal device for the third SR is configured as the SR identifier mapped by the second identifier
  • the corresponding SR configuration; the SR resource configuration used by the terminal device for the third SR is one or more SR resource configurations associated with the third SR configuration.
  • the technical effect of the sixth aspect or any possible design of the sixth aspect may refer to the technical effect of the above second aspect or any possible design of the second aspect, which will not be repeated here.
  • a terminal device in a seventh aspect, includes a receiving module and a sending module; a sending module is used to send a first message to a network device, and the first message is used to request a side link resource; a receiving module, It is used to receive a second message from the network device, where the second message includes a scheduling request SR identifier, the SR identifier corresponds to an SR configuration, and the SR configuration is associated with one or more SR resource configurations.
  • the SR mark is a common SR mark for all V2X services transmitted through the PC5 interface, or the SR mark is a common SR mark for all V2X services or service packages transmitted through the PC5 interface and adopting a resource allocation method based on network device scheduling.
  • the terminal device triggers the SL and BSR and triggers the SR
  • the SR configuration used by the terminal device for the SR may be the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier
  • the SR resource configuration used by the terminal device for the SR may be the SR configuration The associated one or more SR resource configurations.
  • a network device in an eighth aspect, includes a receiving module and a sending module.
  • the receiving module is configured to receive a first message from a terminal device.
  • the first message is used to request a side link resource.
  • the sending module Is used to send a second message to the terminal device, where the second message includes a scheduling request SR identifier, the SR identifier corresponds to an SR configuration, and the SR configuration is associated with one or more SR resource configurations.
  • the SR mark is a common SR mark for all V2X services transmitted through the PC5 interface, or the SR mark is a common SR mark for all V2X services or service packages transmitted through the PC5 interface and adopting a resource allocation method based on network device scheduling.
  • a terminal device in a ninth aspect, includes a processor and a communication interface, and the processor performs a communication connection through the communication interface, wherein the processor sends a first message to the network device through the communication interface ,
  • the first message includes a first identifier;
  • the processor receives a second message from a network device through the communication interface, the second message includes a second identifier and a scheduling request SR identifier mapped by the second identifier, the
  • the SR identifier corresponds to an SR configuration, the SR configuration is associated with one or more SR resource configurations, the first identifier is the same as the second identifier, or there is a mapping relationship between the first identifier and the second identifier.
  • the SR configuration used by the terminal device for the SR may be the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier mapped by the second identifier; the terminal device is used for the SR
  • the SR resource configuration may be one or more SR resource configurations associated with the SR configuration.
  • the first message further includes quality of service QoS information corresponding to the first identifier.
  • the second message further includes or indicates the first identifier and the second identifier Identity mapping.
  • the first message further includes destination information, where the first identification is associated with the destination information.
  • the second message further includes the destination information, where the second identification is associated with the destination information, and the second identification The mapped SR identification is associated with the destination information.
  • the first message further includes source information and destination information, wherein the first identifier is associated with the source information, and the first The identification is associated with the destination information.
  • the second message further includes the source information and the destination information, where the second identifier is associated with the source information, and the The second identification is associated with the destination information; the SR identification mapped to the second identification is associated with the source information, and the SR identification mapped to the second identification is associated with the destination information.
  • the second message further includes one or more of the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier and the SR resource configuration associated with the SR configuration;
  • the SR configuration includes the SR identifier, the SR prohibition counter and the maximum number of SR transmissions;
  • the SR resource configuration includes the SR resource identifier, period and offset and physical uplink control channel resources, wherein the SR prohibition counter is used to control the time of SR transmission Interval, the maximum number of SR transmissions is used to control the maximum number of SR transmissions, the SR resource identifier is used to identify the configuration of a scheduling request resource, the period and offset are used to determine the time domain resource location of the SR, and the physical uplink control channel The resource is used to determine the frequency domain resource location of SR.
  • the second message also needs to include one or more SR resource configurations associated with the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier.
  • the second message It also needs to include the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier, and one or more SR resource configurations associated with the SR configuration.
  • the first identifier is an identifier of a QoS flow.
  • the second identifier is the identifier of the logical channel group to which the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow belongs; or, the second identifier is the identifier of the QoS flow; or, the second The identifier is the identifier of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow; or, the second identifier is the identifier of the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow.
  • the terminal device is used for the first
  • the SR configuration is the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier mapped by the second identifier; the first SR resource configuration used by the terminal device for the first SR is one or more SR resource configurations associated with the first SR configuration.
  • the first identifier is a QoS index for indicating QoS information.
  • the second identifier is the identifier of the logical channel group to which the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index belongs; or, the second identifier is used to indicate the QoS corresponding to the first identifier QoS index of the information; or, the second identifier is an identifier of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index; or, the second identifier is a logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index Logo.
  • the terminal device is used for the second
  • the SR configuration is the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier mapped by the second identifier; the second SR resource configuration used by the terminal device for the second SR is one or more SR resource configurations associated with the second SR configuration.
  • the first identifier is an identifier of a side link radio bearer or an identifier of a logical channel of the side link radio bearer
  • the second The identifier is the same as the first identifier
  • the third SR used by the terminal device for the third SR is configured as the SR identifier mapped by the second identifier
  • the corresponding SR configuration; the SR resource configuration used by the terminal device for the third SR is one or more SR resource configurations associated with the third SR configuration.
  • a network device includes a processor and a communication interface.
  • the processor performs a communication connection through the communication interface.
  • the processor receives the communication device from the terminal device through the communication interface.
  • a first message, the first message includes a first identifier; the processor sends a second message to the terminal device through the communication interface, the second message includes a second identifier and a scheduling request SR mapped to the second identifier ID, the SR ID corresponds to an SR configuration, the SR configuration is associated with one or more SR resource configurations, the first ID is the same as the second ID, or there is a mapping relationship between the first ID and the second ID.
  • the first message further includes quality of service QoS information corresponding to the first identifier.
  • the second message further includes or indicates the first identifier and the second identifier Identity mapping.
  • the first message further includes destination information, where the first identification is associated with the destination information.
  • the second message further includes the destination information, wherein the second identification is associated with the destination information, and the second identification The mapped SR identification is associated with the destination information.
  • the first message further includes source information and destination information, where the first identifier is associated with the source information, and the first The identification is associated with the destination information.
  • the second message further includes the source information and the destination information, where the second identifier is associated with the source information, and the The second identification is associated with the destination information; the SR identification mapped to the second identification is associated with the source information, and the SR identification mapped to the second identification is associated with the destination information.
  • the second message further includes one or more of the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier and the SR resource configuration associated with the SR configuration;
  • the SR configuration includes the SR identifier, the SR prohibition counter and the maximum number of SR transmissions;
  • the SR resource configuration includes the SR resource identifier, period and offset and physical uplink control channel resources, wherein the SR prohibition counter is used to control the time of SR transmission Interval, the maximum number of SR transmissions is used to control the maximum number of SR transmissions, the SR resource identifier is used to identify the configuration of a scheduling request resource, the period and offset are used to determine the time domain resource location of the SR, and the physical uplink control channel The resource is used to determine the frequency domain resource location of SR.
  • the second message also needs to include one or more SR resource configurations associated with the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier.
  • the second message It also needs to include the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier, and one or more SR resource configurations associated with the SR configuration.
  • the first identifier is an identifier of a QoS flow.
  • the second identifier is the identifier of the logical channel group to which the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow belongs; or, the second identifier is the identifier of the QoS flow; or, the second The identifier is the identifier of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow; or, the second identifier is the identifier of the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow.
  • the terminal device is used for the first
  • the SR configuration is the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier mapped by the second identifier; the first SR resource configuration used by the terminal device for the first SR is one or more SR resource configurations associated with the first SR configuration.
  • the first identifier is a QoS index for indicating QoS information.
  • the second identifier is the identifier of the logical channel group to which the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index belongs; or, the second identifier is used to indicate the QoS corresponding to the first identifier QoS index of the information; or, the second identifier is an identifier of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index; or, the second identifier is a logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index Logo.
  • the terminal device is used for the second
  • the SR configuration is the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier mapped by the second identifier; the second SR resource configuration used by the terminal device for the second SR is one or more SR resource configurations associated with the second SR configuration.
  • the first identifier is an identifier of a side link radio bearer or an identifier of a logical channel of the side link radio bearer
  • the second identifier is The first identification is the same.
  • the third SR used by the terminal device for the third SR is configured as the SR identifier mapped by the second identifier
  • the corresponding SR configuration; the SR resource configuration used by the terminal device for the third SR is one or more SR resource configurations associated with the third SR configuration.
  • the technical effect of the tenth aspect or any possible design of the tenth aspect may refer to the technical effect of the second aspect or any possible design of the second aspect, which will not be repeated here.
  • a terminal device includes a processor and a communication interface, and the processor performs a communication connection through the communication interface, wherein the processor sends the network device through the communication interface A first message, the first message is used to request a side link resource; the processor receives a second message from the network device through the communication interface, the second message includes a scheduling request SR identifier, and the SR identifier corresponds to An SR configuration, which is associated with one or more SR resource configurations.
  • the SR mark is a common SR mark for all V2X services transmitted through the PC5 interface, or the SR mark is a common SR mark for all V2X services or service packages transmitted through the PC5 interface and adopting a resource allocation method based on network device scheduling.
  • the terminal device triggers the SL and BSR and triggers the SR
  • the SR configuration used by the terminal device for the SR may be the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier
  • the SR resource configuration used by the terminal device for the SR may be the SR configuration The associated one or more SR resource configurations.
  • a network device includes a processor and a communication interface, and the processor performs a communication connection through the communication interface, wherein the processor receives from the terminal device through the communication interface
  • the first message is used to request the side link resource;
  • the processor sends a second message to the terminal device through the communication interface, the second message includes a scheduling request SR identifier, and the SR identifier corresponds to one SR configuration, which is associated with one or more SR resource configurations.
  • the SR mark is a common SR mark for all V2X services transmitted through the PC5 interface, or the SR mark is a common SR mark for all V2X services or service packages transmitted through the PC5 interface and adopting a resource allocation method based on network device scheduling.
  • the technical effect of the twelfth aspect can refer to the technical effect of the fourth aspect, which will not be repeated here.
  • a computer-readable storage medium in which instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium, which when executed on a computer, enables the computer to execute the method described in the first aspect.
  • a fourteenth aspect there is provided a computer program product containing instructions which, when run on a computer, enable the computer to perform the method described in the first aspect above.
  • a communication device for example, the communication device may be a chip or a chip system
  • the communication device includes a processor for implementing the functions related to the first aspect described above.
  • the communication device further includes a memory for storing necessary program instructions and data.
  • the communication device is a chip system, it may be composed of a chip, or may include a chip and other discrete devices.
  • a computer-readable storage medium having instructions stored therein, which when run on a computer, enables the computer to execute the method described in the second aspect above.
  • a computer program product containing instructions that, when run on a computer, enable the computer to perform the method described in the second aspect above.
  • a communication device for example, the communication device may be a chip or a chip system
  • the communication device includes a processor for implementing the functions involved in the second aspect.
  • the communication device further includes a memory for storing necessary program instructions and data.
  • the communication device is a chip system, it may be composed of a chip, or may include a chip and other discrete devices.
  • a computer-readable storage medium in which instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium, which when run on a computer, enables the computer to perform the method described in the third aspect.
  • a computer program product containing instructions that, when run on a computer, enable the computer to perform the method described in the third aspect above.
  • a communication device for example, the communication device may be a chip or a chip system
  • the communication device includes a processor for implementing the functions related to the third aspect.
  • the communication device further includes a memory for storing necessary program instructions and data.
  • the communication device is a chip system, it may be composed of a chip, or may include a chip and other discrete devices.
  • a computer-readable storage medium stores instructions, which when executed on a computer, enables the computer to perform the method described in the fourth aspect.
  • a computer program product containing instructions that, when run on a computer, enable the computer to perform the method described in the fourth aspect.
  • a communication device for example, the communication device may be a chip or a chip system
  • the communication device includes a processor for implementing the functions involved in the fourth aspect.
  • the communication device further includes a memory for storing necessary program instructions and data.
  • the communication device is a chip system, it may be composed of a chip, or may include a chip and other discrete devices.
  • a twenty-fifth aspect provides a communication system including the terminal device described in the fifth aspect and the network device described in the sixth aspect, or the communication system includes the terminal described in the ninth aspect The device and the network device described in the tenth aspect.
  • a communication system including the terminal device described in the seventh aspect and the network device described in the eighth aspect, or the communication system includes the device described in the eleventh aspect Terminal equipment and the network equipment described in the twelfth aspect.
  • Figure 1a is a schematic diagram of the existing Uu port communication scheduling
  • Figure 1b is a schematic diagram of the existing PC5 port communication scheduling
  • FIG. 1c is a schematic diagram of the relevant configuration of the SR used when the SR for the side link data transmission of the PC5 port is sent at the Uu port of the NR system according to an embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device and a network device provided by an embodiment of this application;
  • FIG. 4 is another schematic structural diagram of a terminal device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 5 is a first schematic flowchart of a configuration method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is a second schematic flowchart of a configuration method provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 7 is another schematic structural diagram of a terminal device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 8 is another schematic structural diagram of a network device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • the relevant configuration of the SR used for the SR for the side link data transmission of the PC5 port sent by the Uu port of the NR system includes SR configuration (scheduling request config) and SR resource configuration (scheduling request) resource config).
  • the SR configuration is included in the MAC configuration of the cell group configuration (MAC-CellGroupConfig).
  • MAC-CellGroupConfig the MAC configuration of the cell group configuration
  • Each MAC entity has a MAC configuration.
  • Each MAC configuration can contain up to 8 SR configurations.
  • SR configuration includes:
  • SR identification used to identify or correspond to an SR configuration
  • SR prohibit timer used to control the time interval of SR transmission
  • SRtransMax The maximum number of SR transmissions (SRtransMax) is used to control the maximum number of SR transmissions.
  • the SR resource configuration is included in the PUCCH configuration (PUCCH-config).
  • a PUCCH configuration can contain up to 8 SR resource configurations.
  • the concept of bandwidth part (BWP) is introduced on the Uu port of the NR system. Up to 4 BWPs can be configured on each serving cell of the terminal device.
  • SR resource configuration includes:
  • SR resource ID used to identify the configuration of an SR resource
  • Periodicity and offset (periodicity) and offset are used to determine the time domain resource location of SR;
  • the physical uplink control channel resource (PUCCH resource) ID is used to determine the frequency domain resource location of the SR.
  • each SR configuration under each MAC entity of the terminal device corresponds to one or more uplink logical channels, and each uplink logical channel is mapped to 0 or 1 SR configuration.
  • An SR configuration contains or associates SR resource configuration sets (also called PUCCH and SR resource sets) of different BWP and serving cells.
  • SR resource configuration sets also called PUCCH and SR resource sets
  • the terminal device determines the corresponding SR configuration and SR resource configuration according to the logical channel that triggers UL BSR.
  • the terminal device If the logical channel that triggers UL BSR is configured with SR configuration and associated SR resource configuration, that is, for the logical channel that triggers ULBSR, the terminal device has an effective dedicated SR resource for transmitting SR, then the terminal device passes the dedicated SR resource To send SR.
  • the terminal device For the logical channel that triggers ULBSR, the terminal device has multiple valid dedicated SR resources that overlap in time, and it is up to the terminal device to decide which dedicated SR resource to use to transmit the SR, which is not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the QoS information in the embodiments of the present application includes but is not limited to one or more of the following parameters: priority, maximum end-to-end delay, reliability, transmission rate, data rate, load, and minimum required communication range, here Unified description, no more details below.
  • At least one of the following or a similar expression refers to any combination of these items, including any combination of a single item or a plurality of items.
  • at least one item (a) in a, b, or c can represent: a, b, c, ab, ac, bc, or abc, where a, b, c can be a single or multiple .
  • the words “first” and “second” are used to distinguish the same or similar items whose functions and functions are basically the same. Those skilled in the art may understand that the words “first” and “second” do not limit the number and execution order, and the words “first” and “second” do not necessarily mean different.
  • orthogonal frequency division multiple access orthogonal frequency-division multiple access
  • OFDMA orthogonal frequency-division multiple access
  • SC-FDMA single carrier frequency division multiple access
  • system can be used interchangeably with "network”.
  • the OFDMA system can implement wireless technologies such as evolved universal wireless terrestrial access (evolved universal terrestrial radio access, E-UTRA for short), ultra mobile broadband (ultra mobile broadband, UMB for short).
  • E-UTRA is an evolved version of the Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS).
  • the 3rd Generation Partnership Project (3GPP) is a new version using E-UTRA in long term evolution (LTE) and various versions based on LTE evolution.
  • the 5G communication system is the next-generation communication system under study, which can also be called the NR system.
  • 5G communication systems include non-standalone (NSA) 5G mobile communication systems, standalone (SA) 5G mobile communication systems, or NSA’s 5G mobile communication systems and SA’s 5G mobile communication system.
  • the communication system can also be adapted to future-oriented communication technologies, and all the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application are applicable.
  • the above-mentioned communication system to which this application is applied is for illustration only, and the communication system to which this application is applied is not limited to this, and will be described here in a unified manner, and will not be repeated here.
  • the communication system 20 includes a network device 30 and one or more terminal devices 40 connected to the network device 30. Among them, different terminal devices 40 can communicate.
  • the terminal device 40 in order to configure the SR for sending the SR for the sidelink data transmission of the PC5 port on the Uu port of the NR system, the terminal device 40 sends a first message to the network device 30, where the first message includes the first identifier.
  • the network device 30 After receiving the first message from the terminal device 40, the network device 30 sends a second message to the terminal device 40, where the second message includes the second identifier and the SR identifier mapped by the second identifier, where the SR identifier corresponds to an SR configuration, the The SR configuration is associated with one or more SR resource configurations, the first identifier is the same as the second identifier, or there is a mapping relationship between the first identifier and the second identifier.
  • the terminal device 40 receives the second message from the network device 30, if the logical channel associated with the second identifier triggers the SL and BSR and triggers the SR, the SR used by the terminal device 40 for the SR is configured to be mapped by the second identifier
  • the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier; the SR resource configuration used by the terminal device 40 for the SR is one or more SR resource configurations associated with the SR configuration.
  • the terminal device 40 can determine the SR configuration and the SR configuration used when the SR of the NR system is used to send the SR for the PC5 port's side link data transmission according to the second identification and the SR identification mapped to the second identification SR resource configuration, so that the SR can be sent on the Uu port of the NR system according to the determined SR configuration and SR resource configuration.
  • SR configuration and SR resource configuration reference may be made to the brief introduction of the specific implementation manner, which will not be repeated here.
  • the network device 30 in the embodiment of the present application is a device that connects the terminal device 40 to a wireless network, which may be an evolutionary base station (evolutional Node B in long term evolution (LTE), eNB or eNodeB); or a base station in a 5th generation (5G) network or a public land mobile network (PLMN) that will evolve in the future, a broadband network service gateway (BNG), an aggregation switch Or a non-third-generation partnership project (3rd generation partnership project, 3GPP) access device, etc., which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the base stations in the embodiments of the present application may include various forms of base stations, such as macro base stations, micro base stations (also called small stations), relay stations, and access points, which are not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application. .
  • the terminal device 40 in the embodiment of the present application may be a device for implementing a wireless communication function, such as a terminal or a chip that can be used in the terminal.
  • the terminal may be a user equipment (user equipment, UE), access terminal, terminal unit, terminal station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, wireless communication in a 5G network or a future evolved PLMN Equipment, terminal agent or terminal device, etc.
  • Access terminals can be cellular phones, cordless phones, session initiation protocol (SIP) phones, wireless local loop (WLL) stations, personal digital processing (personal digital assistant (PDA), wireless communication Functional handheld devices, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, in-vehicle devices or wearable devices, virtual reality (VR) terminal devices, augmented reality (AR) terminal devices, industrial control (industrial wireless terminal in control), wireless terminal in self-driving (self-driving), wireless terminal in remote medical (remote), wireless terminal in smart grid (smart), wireless in transportation safety (transportation safety) Terminals, wireless terminals in smart cities (smart cities), wireless terminals in smart homes (smart homes), etc.
  • the terminal can be mobile or fixed.
  • the network device 30 and the terminal device 40 in the embodiment of the present application may also be referred to as communication devices, which may be a general-purpose device or a dedicated device, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 3 it is a schematic structural diagram of a network device 30 and a terminal device 40 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device 40 includes at least one processor (exemplarily illustrated in FIG. 3 including one processor 401) and at least one transceiver (exemplified illustrated in FIG. 3 including one transceiver 403) ).
  • the terminal device 40 may further include at least one memory (exemplarily illustrated in FIG. 3 including a memory 402), and at least one output device (exemplarily illustrated in FIG. 3 including an output device 404 For explanation) and at least one input device (in FIG. 3, an input device 405 is taken as an example for illustration).
  • the processor 401, the memory 402, and the transceiver 403 are connected through a communication line.
  • the communication line may include a path to transfer information between the above components.
  • the processor 401 may be a general-purpose central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU), a microprocessor, an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or one or more integrations used to control the execution of the program program of the present application Circuit.
  • the processor 401 may also include multiple CPUs, and the processor 401 may be a single-core (single-CPU) processor or a multi-core (multi-CPU) processor.
  • the processor here may refer to one or more devices, circuits, or processing cores for processing data (eg, computer program instructions).
  • the memory 402 may be a device having a storage function.
  • it can be read-only memory (ROM) or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and instructions, random access memory (random access memory, RAM), or other types of information and instructions that can be stored.
  • ROM read-only memory
  • RAM random access memory
  • Dynamic storage devices can also be electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (electrically erasable programmable-read-only memory (EEPROM), read-only compact disc (compact disc read-only memory, CD-ROM) or other optical disc storage, optical disc storage ( (Including compact discs, laser discs, optical discs, digital versatile discs, Blu-ray discs, etc.), disk storage media or other magnetic storage devices, or can be used to carry or store the desired program code in the form of instructions or data structures and can be stored by the computer Any other media, but not limited to this.
  • the memory 402 may exist independently, and is connected to the processor 401 through a communication line. The memory 402 can also be integrated with the processor 401.
  • the memory 402 is used to store computer execution instructions for executing the solution of the present application, and the processor 401 controls execution. Specifically, the processor 401 is used to execute computer-executed instructions stored in the memory 402, so as to implement the power adjustment method described in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the computer execution instructions in the embodiments of the present application may also be called application program codes or computer program codes, which are not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the transceiver 403 can use any transceiver-like device for communicating with other devices or communication networks, such as Ethernet, wireless access network (RAN), or wireless local area network (WLAN) Wait.
  • the transceiver 403 includes a transmitter Tx and a receiver Rx.
  • the output device 404 communicates with the processor 401 and can display information in various ways.
  • the output device 404 may be a liquid crystal display (LCD), a light emitting diode (LED) display device, a cathode ray tube (CRT) display device, or a projector. Wait.
  • LCD liquid crystal display
  • LED light emitting diode
  • CRT cathode ray tube
  • the input device 405 communicates with the processor 401 and can accept user input in a variety of ways.
  • the input device 405 may be a mouse, a keyboard, a touch screen device, or a sensing device.
  • the network device 30 includes at least one processor (exemplarily illustrated in FIG. 3 including one processor 301), at least one transceiver (exemplified illustrated in FIG. 3 including one transceiver 303), and At least one network interface (exemplarily illustrated in FIG. 3 by including one network interface 304).
  • the network device 30 may further include at least one memory (exemplarily shown in FIG. 3 by including one memory 302 as an example).
  • the processor 301, the memory 302, the transceiver 303 and the network interface 304 are connected through a communication line.
  • the network interface 304 is used to connect to the core network device through a link (such as an S1 interface), or to connect to a network interface of other network devices through a wired or wireless link (such as an X2 interface) (not shown in FIG. 3).
  • a link such as an S1 interface
  • a network interface of other network devices through a wired or wireless link (such as an X2 interface) (not shown in FIG. 3).
  • the application examples do not specifically limit this.
  • the processor 301, the memory 302, and the transceiver 303 reference may be made to the descriptions of the processor 401, the memory 402, and the transceiver 403 in the terminal device 40, and details are not described herein again.
  • FIG. 4 is a specific structural form of the terminal device 40 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the function of the processor 401 in FIG. 3 may be implemented by the processor 110 in FIG. 4.
  • the functions of the transceiver 403 in FIG. 3 may be implemented by the antenna 1, antenna 2, mobile communication module 150, wireless communication module 160, etc. in FIG.
  • the antenna 1 and the antenna 2 are used to transmit and receive electromagnetic wave signals.
  • Each antenna in the terminal device 40 can be used to cover a single or multiple communication frequency bands. Different antennas can also be reused to improve antenna utilization.
  • antenna 1 can be multiplexed as a diversity antenna of a wireless local area network.
  • the antenna may be used in conjunction with a tuning switch.
  • the mobile communication module 150 may provide a wireless communication solution including 2G/3G/4G/5G and the like applied to the terminal device 40.
  • the mobile communication module 150 may include at least one filter, switch, power amplifier, low noise amplifier (LNA), and the like.
  • the mobile communication module 150 can receive the electromagnetic wave from the antenna 1 and filter, amplify, etc. the received electromagnetic wave, and transmit it to the modem processor for demodulation.
  • the mobile communication module 150 can also amplify the signal modulated by the modulation and demodulation processor and convert it to electromagnetic wave radiation through the antenna 1.
  • at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 may be provided in the processor 110.
  • at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 and at least part of the modules of the processor 110 may be provided in the same device.
  • the wireless communication module 160 can provide wireless local area network (wireless local area networks, WLAN) (such as Wi-Fi network), Bluetooth (bluetooth, BT), global navigation satellite system (global navigation satellite system) applied to the terminal device 40, GNSS), Frequency Modulation (FM), only wireless communication (near field communication, NFC), infrared technology (infrared, IR) and other wireless communication solutions.
  • the wireless communication module 160 may be one or more devices integrating at least one communication processing module.
  • the wireless communication module 160 receives the electromagnetic wave via the antenna 2, frequency-modulates and filters the electromagnetic wave signal, and sends the processed signal to the processor 110.
  • the wireless communication module 160 can also receive the signal to be transmitted from the processor 110, frequency-modulate it, amplify it, and convert it to electromagnetic waves through the antenna 2 to radiate it out.
  • the wireless communication module 160 may provide a solution of NFC wireless communication applied to the terminal device 40, which means that the first device includes an NFC chip.
  • the NFC chip can improve the NFC wireless communication function.
  • the wireless communication module 160 can provide a solution of NFC wireless communication applied to the terminal device 40, which means that the first device includes an electronic tag (such as a radio frequency identification (RFID) tag ).
  • RFID radio frequency identification
  • the antenna 1 of the terminal device 40 is coupled to the mobile communication module 150, and the antenna 2 is coupled to the wireless communication module 160, so that the terminal device 40 can communicate with the network and other devices through wireless communication technology.
  • the wireless communication technology may include a global mobile communication system (global system for mobile communications, GSM), general packet radio service (general packet radio service, GPRS), code division multiple access (code division multiple access, CDMA), broadband Wideband code division multiple access (WCDMA), time-division code division multiple access (TD-SCDMA), long-term evolution (LTE), BT, GNSS, WLAN, NFC , FM, and/or IR technology, etc.
  • the GNSS may include a global positioning system (GPS), a global navigation satellite system (GLONASS), a beidou navigation system (BDS), and a quasi-zenith satellite system (quasi -zenith satellite system (QZSS) and/or satellite-based augmentation system (SBAS).
  • GPS global positioning system
  • GLONASS global navigation satellite system
  • BDS beidou navigation system
  • QZSS quasi-zenith satellite system
  • SBAS satellite-based augmentation system
  • the function of the memory 402 in FIG. 3 may be implemented through the internal memory 121 in FIG. 4 or an external memory (such as a Micro SD card) connected to the external memory interface 120.
  • an external memory such as a Micro SD card
  • the function of the output device 404 in FIG. 3 may be implemented through the display screen 194 in FIG. 4.
  • the display screen 194 is used to display images, videos and the like.
  • the display screen 194 includes a display panel.
  • the display panel can use LCD, organic light-emitting diode (OLED), active matrix organic light emitting diode or active matrix organic light emitting diode (active-matrix organic light emitting diode, AMOLED), flexible light emitting Diode (flex light-emitting diode, FLED), Miniled, MicroLed, Micro-oLed, quantum dot light emitting diode (QLED), etc.
  • the terminal device 40 may include 1 or N display screens 194, where N is a positive integer greater than 1.
  • the function of the input device 405 in FIG. 3 may be implemented by a mouse, a keyboard, a touch screen device, or the sensor module 180 in FIG. 4.
  • the sensor module 180 may include, for example, a pressure sensor 180A, a gyro sensor 180B, an air pressure sensor 180C, a magnetic sensor 180D, an acceleration sensor 180E, a distance sensor 180F, a proximity light sensor 180G, and a fingerprint sensor 180H , One or more of the temperature sensor 180J, the touch sensor 180K, the ambient light sensor 180L, and the bone conduction sensor 180M, which is not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the terminal device 40 may further include an audio module 170, a camera 193, an indicator 192, a motor 191, a button 190, a SIM card interface 195, a USB interface 130, a charging management module 140, One or more of the power management module 141 and the battery 142, wherein the audio module 170 can be connected with a speaker 170A (also called “speaker”), a receiver 170B (also called “earpiece”), a microphone 170C (also called “microphone”, “Microphone”) or headset interface 170D, etc., which is not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • a speaker 170A also called “speaker”
  • a receiver 170B also called “earpiece”
  • microphone 170C also called “microphone", “Microphone”
  • headset interface 170D etc.
  • the structure shown in FIG. 4 does not constitute a specific limitation on the terminal device 40.
  • the terminal device 40 may include more or fewer components than shown, or combine some components, or split some components, or arrange different components.
  • the illustrated components can be implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of software and hardware.
  • the network device 30 shown in FIG. 2 interacts with any terminal device 40.
  • the terminal device 40 is a terminal in the NR system
  • the network device 30 is a base station in the NR system as an example. The configuration method provided by the embodiment of the present application will be described.
  • the base station configures the terminal device 1 with a resource allocation method based on base station scheduling, then when the terminal device 1 has SL data to send but no SL grant is available , The terminal equipment needs to trigger the SR, and request the UL grant from the base station by sending the SR. After receiving the UL grant, the terminal device 1 can send the SL BSR to the base station through the UL grant, for the base station to further allocate the SL grant to the terminal device 1 according to the SL BSR, so that the terminal device 1 sends on the corresponding SL grant SL data.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide the following two configuration methods. Among them, the following terminal devices may correspond to the terminal device 1 here, which will be described here in a unified manner, and will not be repeated below.
  • this is a configuration method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the configuration method includes the following steps:
  • the terminal device sends the first message to the base station.
  • the base station receives the first message from the terminal device.
  • the first message includes the first identification.
  • the first message may be, for example, a sidelink UE information (sidelink UE information) message.
  • the first message may further include QoS information corresponding to the first identifier.
  • QoS information corresponding to the first identifier.
  • the first message may further include destination information of the V2X service.
  • the destination information is associated with the above-mentioned first identification.
  • the destination information is used for the base station to distinguish the destination to which the first identifier belongs, so as to configure the terminal device with the SR configuration and one or more of the SR resource configurations associated with the SR configuration according to the destination information and the first identifier.
  • the destination information in the embodiment of the present application may be, for example, a layer two destination identifier (destination L2 ID) or an index value of a layer two destination identifier mapping, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • association in the embodiment of the present application can also be described as mapping, correspondence, or binding, etc., that in the embodiment of the present application, the association, mapping, correspondence, or binding can be understood as different expressions of the same meaning , Here for a unified description, not repeat them below.
  • the first message may further include source information and destination information of the V2X service.
  • the source information is associated with the first identification
  • the destination information is associated with the first identification.
  • the source information and the destination information are used for the base station to distinguish the combination of the source and destination to which the first identifier belongs, so as to configure the SR configuration and the SR configuration location for the terminal device according to the combination of the source information and destination information and the first identifier One or more associated SR resource configurations.
  • the source information in the embodiment of the present application may be, for example, a layer two source identification (source L2 ID) or an index value of a layer two source identification mapping, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the first message may further include indication information used to indicate that the transmission mode corresponding to each QoS flow or each QoS identifier is unicast transmission, multicast transmission, or broadcast transmission.
  • the base station sends a second message to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device receives the second message from the base station.
  • the second message includes a second identifier and an SR identifier mapped by the second identifier.
  • the SR identifier corresponds to an SR configuration, and the SR configuration is associated with one or more SR resource configurations.
  • the first identifier is the same as the second identifier, or There is a mapping relationship between an identifier and a second identifier.
  • the second message may be, for example, a radio resource control (RRC) reconfiguration (RRC reconfiguration) message.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • the second message may further include destination information of the V2X service.
  • the destination information is associated with the second identifier, and the destination information is associated with the SR identifier to which the second identifier is mapped.
  • the destination information is used for the terminal device to distinguish the destination to which the SR identifier mapped by the second identifier belongs, so as to determine the SR configuration used for SR transmission and the SR according to the destination information and the SR identifier mapped by the second identifier Configure one or more SR resource configurations associated with the configuration.
  • the second message may further include source information and destination information of the V2X service.
  • the source information is associated with the second identifier, and the source information is associated with the SR identifier mapped to the second identifier, the destination information is associated with the second identifier, and the destination information is associated with the second identifier
  • the mapped SR identification is associated.
  • the source information and the destination information are used for the terminal device to distinguish the combination of the source and destination to which the SR identifier mapped by the second identifier belongs, according to the combination of the source information and destination information and the SR identifier mapped by the second identifier Determine an SR configuration used for SR transmission and one or more SR resource configurations associated with the SR configuration.
  • the first identifier is the identifier of the QoS flow.
  • the upper layer of the terminal device maps the V2X service to one or more QoS flows, and the identity of each QoS flow and The QoS information corresponding to the QoS flow is notified to the access layer (AS) layer.
  • AS access layer
  • the upper layer of the terminal device when the upper layer of the terminal device delivers the V2X service package to the AS, it will also inform the AS layer that the transmission method used by the V2X service package is unicast transmission, multicast transmission or broadcast transmission; or when the upper layer of the terminal device When the identity of each QoS flow and the QoS information corresponding to the QoS flow are notified to the AS layer, the AS layer will also be informed that the transmission method adopted by the V2X service package on the QoS flow is unicast transmission, multicast transmission or broadcast transmission.
  • the upper layer may explicitly inform the AS layer of the transmission method used by the V2X service package, or implicitly inform the AS layer of the transmission method of the V2X service package, that is, if a service package is delivered to the AS
  • the upper layer informs the AS layer of the identifier of the QoS flow to which the service package belongs, which means that the transmission mode of the service package is unicast transmission; conversely, if a service package is delivered to the AS layer, the upper layer informs the AS layer of It is the QoS of the QoS information of the service package, so it means that the transmission mode of the service package is multicast transmission or broadcast transmission.
  • This description is applicable to all the embodiments of the present application, and is described here in a unified manner, and will not be described in detail below.
  • the AS layer when the upper layer of the terminal device delivers the V2X service package to the AS, the AS layer will also be informed of the layer two source identification of the V2X service package. Or, optionally, when the upper layer of the terminal device delivers the V2X service package to the AS, the AS layer will be notified of the layer two source identification and layer two destination identification of the V2X service package at the same time.
  • the AS layer of the terminal device triggers the first message, and requests the base station for resources for V2X side link communication through the first message.
  • the first message includes a first identifier, which is an identifier of each QoS flow mapped by the V2X service to be transmitted by the terminal device.
  • the first message may further include QoS information corresponding to the identifier of each QoS flow.
  • the first message may also include destination information of the V2X service; or, optionally, the first message may also include source information and destination information of the V2X service. For related description, refer to step S501 above. This will not be repeated here.
  • the first message further includes indication information, which is used to indicate that the transmission mode of each QoS flow or the identifier of each QoS flow is a unicast transmission mode, a multicast transmission mode, or a broadcast transmission mode. .
  • the base station Take any one of the one or more QoS flows mapped by the V2X service to be transmitted by the terminal device as an example. After the base station receives the first message from the terminal device, it corresponds to the following different processing mechanisms.
  • Sub-case a The second identification is the identification of the logical channel group.
  • the base station After receiving the first message from the terminal device, the base station determines the logical channel group to which the QoS flow corresponding to the identifier of a QoS flow in the first message is mapped, and determines the logical channel group according to the QoS information corresponding to the identifier of the QoS flow The mapped SR related configuration. Furthermore, the base station sends a second message to the terminal device. The second message includes the identifier of the logical channel group mapped by the QoS flow and the SR identifier mapped by the identifier of the logical channel group.
  • the second message may further include a mapping relationship between the identifier of the QoS flow and the corresponding logical channel group, or in other words, the second message may further include a mapping relationship with the identifier of the logical channel group The identifier of the QoS flow.
  • the base station configures the configuration of the logical channel group for the terminal device.
  • the configuration of the logical channel group includes at least the identifier of the QoS flow mapped to the logical channel group and the identifier of the SR mapped to the logical channel group.
  • the configuration of the logical channel group also includes the identifier of the logical channel group.
  • the base station configures the identifier of the logical channel group mapped by the identifier of the QoS flow for the terminal device, and configures the configuration of the logical channel group for the terminal device;
  • the configuration of the logical channel group includes at least the logical channel The identifier of the SR to which the group is mapped; optionally, the configuration of the logical channel group also includes the identifier of the logical channel group.
  • different QoS flows may correspond to the same or different logical channel groups, and the SR identifiers mapped to the identifiers of different logical channel groups may be the same or different.
  • the mapping relationship between the identifier of the QoS flow, the identifier of the logical channel group, and the identifier of the SR may be as shown in Table 1.
  • Table 1 is only an exemplary form storage form, and there may be other form storage forms or non-table storage forms.
  • the identifier of each QoS flow is stored in a one-to-one correspondence with the identifier of each logical channel group and the SR identifier.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not specifically limit the storage form of the correspondence. This description is applicable to all the embodiments of the present application, and is described here in a unified manner, and will not be described in detail below.
  • QoS flow identification Logical channel group identification SR logo Identification of QoS flow 1 Logical channel group identification 1 SR logo 1 Identification of QoS flow 2 Logical channel group identification 1 SR logo 1 Identification of QoS flow 3 Logical channel group identification 2 SR logo 2 Identification of QoS flow 4 Logical channel group identification 3 SR logo 2
  • the base station may have sent the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier to the terminal device, or the base station may have sent the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier and the SR configuration location
  • the associated SR resource configuration is sent to the terminal device, which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application. This description is applicable to the embodiments of the present application and the following embodiments, which are described here in a unified manner, and will not be described in detail below.
  • the base station if the base station has previously sent the SR configuration corresponding to the SR ID mapped to the ID of the logical channel group included in the second message to the terminal device, but for the SR ID
  • the mapped logical channel group needs to be associated with a new SR resource configuration for the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier
  • the second message also needs to include one or more SR resource configurations associated with the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier.
  • the one or more SR resource configurations are included in the PUCCH configuration in the uplink BWP of the Uu port configured by the base station for the terminal device.
  • the second message also needs to include the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier, and one or more SR resource configurations associated with the SR configuration.
  • the one or more SR resource configurations are included in the PUCCH configuration in the uplink BWP of the Uu port configured by the base station for the terminal device.
  • the second message may further include destination information of the V2X service.
  • the first message includes source information and destination information of the V2X service
  • the second message may further include source information and destination information of the V2X service, and the relevant description may be Refer to the above step S502, which will not be repeated here.
  • the terminal device After receiving the second message from the base station, the terminal device establishes a side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow.
  • exemplary may include: a packet data convergence protocol (packet data convergence protocol, PDCP) entity that establishes the side link radio bearer, and a radio link control (RLC) entity that establishes the side link radio bearer , Configure the logical channel of the side link radio bearer.
  • PDCP packet data convergence protocol
  • RLC radio link control
  • the mapping relationship between the QoS flow and the side link radio bearer may be a one-to-one mapping or a many-to-one mapping.
  • the identifier of the side link wireless bearer (SL DRB) and the identifier of the logical channel of the side link wireless bearer (logical channel ID) are determined by the terminal device itself.
  • the terminal device may configure the logical channel group to which the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow belongs according to the mapping relationship between the identifier of the QoS flow and the identifier of the logical channel group included in the second message It is the logical channel group corresponding to the QoS flow.
  • the terminal device may determine, according to the SR identifier mapped by the identifier of the logical channel group included in the second message, that the SR identifier mapped by the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow is the logic The SR ID mapped to the ID of the channel group.
  • the first SR used by the terminal device for the first SR is configured to be mapped with the identifier of the logical channel group
  • the SR identifier corresponds to the SR configuration
  • the first SR resource configuration used by the terminal device for the first SR is one or more SR resource configurations associated with the first SR configuration.
  • the embodiments of the present application may be applicable only to V2X services whose transmission mode is unicast transmission, or may be applicable to all V2X services, that is, including V2X services whose transmission mode is unicast transmission, multicast transmission, and broadcast transmission.
  • Sub-case b The second identifier is the identifier of the QoS flow.
  • the base station After receiving the first message from the terminal device, the base station determines the SR-related configuration to which the QoS flow is mapped according to the QoS information corresponding to the identifier of the QoS flow in the first message. Furthermore, the base station sends a second message to the terminal device.
  • the second message includes the identifier of the QoS flow and the SR identifier mapped by the identifier of the QoS flow.
  • the base station may also determine the logical channel group corresponding to the QoS flow, and include the identifier of the QoS flow and the corresponding logical channel group in the second message.
  • the mapping relationship, or, in other words, the second message may further include an identifier of the logical channel group that has a mapping relationship with the identifier of the QoS flow.
  • the base station configures the QoS flow configuration for the terminal device.
  • the configuration of the QoS flow includes at least the identifier of the SR mapped by the QoS flow and the identifier of the logical channel group corresponding to the QoS flow.
  • the configuration of the QoS flow further includes the identifier of the QoS flow.
  • the base station configures the terminal device with the identifier of the QoS flow mapped by the identifier of the logical channel group, and configures the terminal device with the configuration of the QoS flow;
  • the configuration of the QoS flow includes at least the QoS flow mapping SR identification; optionally, the QoS flow configuration also includes the QoS flow identification.
  • the base station if the base station has previously sent the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier mapped to the QoS flow identifier included in the second message to the terminal device, but the SR identifier is mapped
  • the QoS flow of the SR needs to be associated with a new SR resource configuration for the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier, and the second message also needs to include one or more SR resource configurations associated with the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier.
  • the one or more SR resource configurations are included in the PUCCH configuration in the uplink BWP of the Uu port configured by the base station for the terminal device.
  • the second message also needs to include the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier, and one or more SR resource configurations associated with the SR configuration.
  • the one or more SR resource configurations are included in the PUCCH configuration in the uplink BWP of the Uu port configured by the base station for the terminal device.
  • the second message may further include destination information of the V2X service.
  • the first message includes source information and destination information of the V2X service
  • the second message may further include source information and destination information of the V2X service, and the relevant description may be Refer to the above step S502, which will not be repeated here.
  • the terminal device After receiving the second message from the base station, the terminal device establishes the side link radio bearer to which the QoS flow is mapped.
  • the side link radio bearer After receiving the second message from the base station, the terminal device establishes the side link radio bearer to which the QoS flow is mapped.
  • the identifier of the side link wireless bearer (SL DRB) and the identifier of the logical channel of the side link wireless bearer (logical channel ID) are determined by the terminal device itself.
  • the terminal device may configure the mapping of the QoS flow according to the mapping relationship between the identifier of the QoS flow and the identifier of the logical channel group
  • the logical channel group to which the logical channel of the side link wireless bearer belongs is the logical channel group corresponding to the identifier of the QoS flow.
  • the terminal device may determine that the SR identifier mapped to the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS stream is the QoS stream according to the SR identifier mapped by the identifier of the QoS stream included in the second message The SR ID mapped by the ID.
  • the first SR used by the terminal device for the first SR is configured as the SR mapped with the identifier of the QoS flow Identify the corresponding SR configuration; the first SR resource configuration used by the terminal device for the first SR is one or more SR resource configurations associated with the first SR configuration.
  • the embodiments of the present application may be applicable only to V2X services whose transmission mode is unicast transmission, or may be applicable to all V2X services, that is, including V2X services whose transmission mode is unicast transmission, multicast transmission, and broadcast transmission.
  • Sub-case c the second identifier is an identifier of the side link radio bearer.
  • the base station After receiving the first message from the terminal device, the base station determines the side link radio bearer to which the QoS flow corresponding to the identifier of a QoS flow in the first message is mapped, and assigns an identifier to the side link radio bearer. Further, the base station determines the configuration related to the SR to which the side link radio bearer is mapped according to the QoS information corresponding to the identifier of the QoS flow. Furthermore, the base station sends a second message to the terminal device, the second message includes the identifier of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow, and the SR identifier mapped by the identifier of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow .
  • the second message may further include the mapping relationship between the identifier of the QoS flow and the identifier of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow, or in other words, the second message may also include the relationship with the QoS flow
  • the identifier of the mapped side link radio bearer has the identifier of the QoS flow in the mapping relationship.
  • the base station configures the terminal device with the configuration of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow.
  • the configuration of the side link radio bearer to which the QoS flow is mapped includes at least: the identifier of the QoS flow mapped to the side link radio bearer and the identifier of the SR mapped to the side link radio bearer.
  • the configuration of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow may further include the identifier of the side link radio bearer.
  • the base station configures the terminal device with the identifier of the side link radio bearer mapped by the identifier of the QoS flow, and configures the terminal device with the configuration of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS stream;
  • the QoS The configuration of the side link radio bearer to which the flow is mapped includes at least: the identifier of the SR to which the side link radio bearer is mapped.
  • the configuration of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow may further include the identifier of the side link radio bearer.
  • the base station may also determine the logical channel group corresponding to the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow, and include the mapping of the QoS flow in the second message.
  • the mapping relationship between the identifier of the side link radio bearer and the identifier of the logical channel group, or, in other words, the second message may further include logic that has a mapping relationship with the identifier of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow The identification of the channel group.
  • the base station configures the terminal device with the configuration of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow.
  • the configuration of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow includes at least: the identifier of the QoS flow mapped to the side link radio bearer, the identifier of the SR mapped to the side link radio bearer, and The identifier of the logical channel group corresponding to the side link radio bearer.
  • the configuration of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow may further include the identifier of the side link radio bearer.
  • the base station configures the terminal device with the identifier of the side link radio bearer mapped by the identifier of the QoS flow, and configures the terminal device with the configuration of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS stream;
  • the QoS The configuration of the side link radio bearer to which the flow is mapped includes at least: the identifier of the SR mapped by the side link radio bearer, and the identifier of the logical channel group corresponding to the side link radio bearer.
  • the configuration of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow may further include the identifier of the side link radio bearer.
  • the base station has previously sent the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier mapped to the identifier of the side link radio bearer contained in the second message to the terminal device, but for this
  • the side link radio bearer mapped by the SR identifier needs to be associated with a new SR resource configuration for the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier, and the second message also needs to include one or the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier.
  • the one or more SR resource configurations are included in the PUCCH configuration in the uplink BWP of the Uu port configured by the base station for the terminal device.
  • the second message also needs to include the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier, and one or more SR resource configurations associated with the SR configuration.
  • the one or more SR resource configurations are included in the PUCCH configuration in the uplink BWP of the Uu port configured by the base station for the terminal device.
  • the second message may further include destination information of the V2X service.
  • the first message includes source information and destination information of the V2X service
  • the second message may further include source information and destination information of the V2X service, and the relevant description may be Refer to the above step S502, which will not be repeated here.
  • the terminal device After receiving the second message from the base station, the terminal device establishes the side link radio bearer to which the QoS flow is mapped.
  • the side link radio bearer After receiving the second message from the base station, the terminal device establishes the side link radio bearer to which the QoS flow is mapped.
  • the identifier of the side link radio bearer (SL DRB ID) mapped by the QoS flow is the identifier of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow included in the second message, the The identifier of the logical channel (logical channel ID) of the radio link of the side link mapped by the QoS flow is determined by the terminal device itself.
  • the terminal device may use the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow Mapping relationship between the ID of the ID and the ID of the logical channel group, and configure the logical channel group to which the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow corresponds to the ID of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow Logical channel group.
  • the terminal device may determine the logical channel location of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow according to the SR identifier mapped by the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow included in the second message
  • the mapped SR identification is the SR identification mapped to the identification of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow.
  • the first SR used by the terminal device for the first SR is configured as the side link to which the QoS flow is mapped
  • the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier mapped by the ID of the radio bearer on the road; the first SR resource configuration used by the terminal device for the first SR is one or more SR resource configurations associated with the first SR configuration.
  • the embodiments of the present application may be applicable only to V2X services whose transmission mode is unicast transmission, or may be applicable to all V2X services, that is, including V2X services whose transmission mode is unicast transmission, multicast transmission, and broadcast transmission.
  • Sub-case d The second identification is the identification of the logical channel.
  • the base station After receiving the first message from the terminal device, the base station determines the sidelink radio bearer mapped to the QoS flow corresponding to the identifier of a QoS flow in the first message, and assigns the identifier and configuration for the sidelink radio bearer The identifier of the logical channel wirelessly carried by the side link. Further, the base station determines the SR-related configuration mapped on the logical channel of the radio link on the side link according to the QoS information corresponding to the identifier of the QoS flow. Furthermore, the base station sends a second message to the terminal device. The second message includes the identifier of the logical channel of the side link wireless bearer mapped by the QoS flow and the logical channel of the side link wireless bearer mapped by the QoS flow. Identify the mapped SR ID.
  • the second message may further include an identifier of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow.
  • the second message may further include the mapping relationship between the identifier of the QoS flow and the identifier of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow, or in other words, the second message may also include the relationship with the QoS flow
  • the identifier of the mapped side link radio bearer has the identifier of the QoS flow in the mapping relationship.
  • the base station configures the terminal device with the configuration of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow.
  • the configuration of the side link radio bearer to which the QoS flow is mapped includes at least the identifier of the QoS flow mapped to the side link radio bearer, the identifier of the logical channel of the side link radio bearer, and the The configuration of the logical channel of the side link radio bearer; the configuration of the logical channel of the side link radio bearer includes the identifier of the SR mapped to the logical channel of the side link radio bearer.
  • the configuration of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow may further include the identifier of the side link radio bearer.
  • the base station configures the terminal device with the identifier of the side link radio bearer mapped by the identifier of the QoS flow, and configures the terminal device with the configuration of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS stream;
  • the QoS The configuration of the side link radio bearer to which the flow is mapped includes at least: the identification of the logical channel of the side link radio bearer and the configuration of the logical channel of the side link radio bearer; the side link radio bearer
  • the configuration of the logical channel includes the identifier of the SR to which the logical channel of the side link radio bearer is mapped.
  • the configuration of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow may further include the identifier of the side link radio bearer.
  • the base station may also determine the logical channel group to which the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow belongs, and include the QoS flow in the second message.
  • the mapping relationship between the identifier of the mapped side link radio bearer and the identifier of the logical channel group to which the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow belongs, or in other words, the second message may further include The identification of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow has the identification of the logical channel group with the mapping relationship.
  • the base station configures the terminal device with the configuration of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow.
  • the configuration of the side link radio bearer to which the QoS flow is mapped includes at least the identifier of the QoS flow mapped to the side link radio bearer, the identifier of the logical channel of the side link radio bearer, and the The configuration of the logical channel of the side link radio bearer; the configuration of the logical channel of the side link radio bearer includes the identifier of the SR mapped to the logical channel of the side link radio bearer and the side link radio bearer The ID of the logical channel group to which the logical channel belongs.
  • the configuration of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow may further include the identifier of the side link radio bearer.
  • the base station configures the terminal device with the identifier of the side link radio bearer mapped by the identifier of the QoS flow, and configures the terminal device with the configuration of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS stream;
  • the QoS The configuration of the side link radio bearer to which the flow is mapped includes at least: the identification of the logical channel of the side link radio bearer and the configuration of the logical channel of the side link radio bearer; the side link radio bearer
  • the configuration of the logical channel includes the identifier of the SR mapped to the logical channel of the side link radio bearer and the identifier of the logical channel group to which the logical channel of the side link radio bearer belongs.
  • the configuration of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow may further include the identifier of the side link radio bearer.
  • the base station has previously sent the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier mapped to the identifier of the logical channel of the side link radio bearer included in the second message to the terminal device.
  • the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier needs to be associated with a new SR resource configuration, and the second message also needs to include the information associated with the SR identifier.
  • SR configuration of one or more SR resource configurations are included in the PUCCH configuration in the uplink BWP of the Uu port configured by the base station for the terminal device.
  • the second message also needs to include the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier, and one or more SR resource configurations associated with the SR configuration.
  • the one or more SR resource configurations are included in the PUCCH configuration in the uplink BWP of the Uu port configured by the base station for the terminal device.
  • the second message may further include destination information of the V2X service.
  • the first message includes source information and destination information of the V2X service
  • the second message may also include source information and destination information of the V2X service.
  • the terminal device After receiving the second message from the base station, the terminal device establishes the side link radio bearer to which the QoS flow is mapped.
  • the side link radio bearer After receiving the second message from the base station, the terminal device establishes the side link radio bearer to which the QoS flow is mapped.
  • the identifier (SL DRB) of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow is the identifier of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow included in the second message.
  • the logical channel ID of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow is the ID of the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow included in the second message.
  • the terminal device may configure the QoS according to the mapping relationship between the identifier of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow and the identifier of the logical channel group to which the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow belongs.
  • the logical channel group to which the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the flow belongs is the logical channel group corresponding to the identifier of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow.
  • the first SR used by the terminal device for the first SR is configured as the side link to which the QoS flow is mapped
  • the first SR resource configuration used by the terminal device for the first SR is one or more SR resource configurations associated with the first SR configuration.
  • the embodiments of the present application may be applicable only to V2X services whose transmission mode is unicast transmission, or may be applicable to all V2X services, that is, including V2X services whose transmission mode is unicast transmission, multicast transmission, and broadcast transmission.
  • the first identifier is a QoS index used to indicate QoS information.
  • the QoS index may be, for example, 5G QoS identifier (5G QoS identifier, 5QI), V2X/Vehicle to vehicle (V2V) QoS identifier (V2X/V2V QoS identifier, VQI), QoS class identifier (QoS class identifier, QCI) ) Or other forms of index values.
  • each QoS index value corresponds to a set of QoS information.
  • the upper layer of the terminal device when the upper layer of the terminal device delivers the V2X service package to the AS, it will also inform the AS layer that the transmission mode adopted by the V2X service package is unicast transmission, multicast transmission or broadcast transmission. Or when the upper layer of the terminal device notifies the AS layer of the QoS index and the QoS information indicated by the QoS index, it will also inform the AS layer that the transmission method adopted by the V2X service package corresponding to the QoS index is unicast transmission and multicast transmission. Still broadcast transmission.
  • the AS layer when the upper layer of the terminal device delivers the V2X service package to the AS, the AS layer will also be informed of the layer two source identification of the V2X service package. Or, optionally, when the upper layer of the terminal device delivers the V2X service package to the AS, the AS layer will be notified of the layer two source identification and layer two destination identification of the V2X service package at the same time.
  • the AS layer of the terminal device triggers the first message, and requests the base station for resources for V2X side link communication through the first message.
  • the first message includes a first identifier, and the first identifier is a QoS index of QoS information of a V2X service or a V2X service package to be transmitted by the terminal device.
  • the first message may also include QoS information corresponding to the QoS index.
  • the first message may also include destination information of the V2X service; or, optionally, the first message may also include source information and destination information of the V2X service.
  • step S501 refer to step S501 above. This will not be repeated here.
  • the first message may further include indication information used to indicate whether the transmission mode of the V2X service packet corresponding to the QoS index is unicast transmission, multicast transmission, or broadcast transmission.
  • the base station After receiving the first message from the terminal device, the base station corresponds to the following different processing mechanisms.
  • Subcase e The second identification is the identification of the logical channel group.
  • the base station After receiving the first message from the terminal device, the base station determines the logical channel group mapped by the QoS index in the first message, and determines the SR related configuration mapped by the logical channel group according to the QoS information corresponding to or indicated by the QoS index . Furthermore, the base station sends a second message to the terminal device.
  • the second message includes the identifier of the logical channel group mapped by the QoS index and the SR identifier mapped by the identifier of the logical channel group.
  • the second message may also include the mapping relationship between the QoS index and the corresponding logical channel group identifier, or in other words, the second message may also include the mapping relationship with the logical channel group identifier QoS index.
  • the base station configures the configuration of the logical channel group for the terminal device.
  • the configuration of the logical channel group includes at least the QoS index mapped to the logical channel group, and the identifier of the SR mapped to the logical channel group.
  • the configuration of the logical channel group also includes the identifier of the logical channel group.
  • the base station configures the identifier of the logical channel group mapped by the identifier of the QoS index for the terminal device, and configures the configuration of the logical channel group for the terminal device;
  • the configuration of the logical channel group includes at least the logical channel The identifier of the SR to which the group is mapped; optionally, the configuration of the logical channel group also includes the identifier of the logical channel group.
  • different QoS indexes may correspond to the same or different logical channel groups, and the SR identifiers mapped to the identifiers of different logical channel groups may be the same or different.
  • the mapping relationship between the QoS index, the identifier of the logical channel group and the SR identifier may be as shown in Table 3.
  • the base station if the base station has previously sent the SR configuration corresponding to the SR ID mapped to the ID of the logical channel group included in the second message to the terminal device, but for the SR ID
  • the mapped logical channel group needs to be associated with a new SR resource configuration for the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier
  • the second message also needs to include one or more SR resource configurations associated with the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier.
  • the one or more SR resource configurations are included in the PUCCH configuration in the uplink BWP of the Uu port configured by the base station for the terminal device.
  • the second message also needs to include the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier, and one or more SR resource configurations associated with the SR configuration.
  • the one or more SR resource configurations are included in the PUCCH configuration in the uplink BWP of the Uu port configured by the base station for the terminal device.
  • the second message may further include destination information of the V2X service.
  • the first message includes source information and destination information of the V2X service
  • the second message may further include source information and destination information of the V2X service, and the relevant description may be Refer to the above step S502, which will not be repeated here.
  • the terminal device After receiving the second message from the base station, the terminal device establishes the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index.
  • the mapping relationship between the QoS index and the side link radio bearer may be a one-to-one mapping or a many-to-one mapping.
  • the identifier of the side link wireless bearer (SL DRB) and the identifier of the logical channel of the side link wireless bearer (logical channel ID) are determined by the terminal device itself.
  • the terminal device may configure the logical channel group to which the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index belongs as The logical channel group corresponding to the QoS index.
  • the terminal device may determine, according to the SR identifier mapped by the identifier of the logical channel group included in the second message, the SR identifier mapped by the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index is the logic The SR ID mapped to the ID of the channel group.
  • the second SR used by the terminal device for the second SR is configured to be mapped with the identifier of the logical channel group
  • the SR identifier corresponds to the SR configuration
  • the second SR resource configuration used by the terminal device for the second SR is one or more SR resource configurations associated with the second SR configuration.
  • the embodiments of the present application may be applicable only to V2X services whose transmission mode is unicast transmission, or may be applicable to all V2X services, that is, including V2X services whose transmission mode is unicast transmission, multicast transmission, and broadcast transmission.
  • Sub-case f The second identifier is a QoS index used to indicate QoS information.
  • the base station After receiving the first message from the terminal device, the base station determines the SR-related configuration mapped by the QoS index according to the QoS index corresponding to or indicated in the first message. Furthermore, the base station sends a second message to the terminal device.
  • the second message includes the QoS index and the SR identifier mapped by the QoS index.
  • the base station may also determine the logical channel group corresponding to the QoS index, and include the mapping relationship between the QoS index and the identity of the corresponding logical channel group in the second message
  • the second message may further include an identifier of a logical channel group that has a mapping relationship with the QoS index.
  • the base station configures the configuration of the QoS index for the terminal device.
  • the configuration of the QoS index includes at least the identifier of the SR mapped by the QoS index and the identifier of the logical channel group corresponding to the QoS index.
  • the configuration of the QoS index also includes the QoS index.
  • the base station configures the terminal device with the identifier of the logical channel group mapped by the QoS index, and configures the terminal device with the QoS index configuration;
  • the configuration of the QoS index includes at least the SR mapped by the QoS index Optional;
  • the configuration of the QoS index also includes the QoS index.
  • the base station if the base station has previously sent the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier mapped by the QoS index contained in the second message to the terminal device, but for the QoS mapped by the SR identifier For the index, the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier needs to be associated with a new SR resource configuration, and the second message also needs to include one or more SR resource configurations associated with the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier.
  • the one or more SR resource configurations are included in the PUCCH configuration in the uplink BWP of the Uu port configured by the base station for the terminal device.
  • the second message also needs to include the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier, and one or more SR resource configurations associated with the SR configuration.
  • the one or more SR resource configurations are included in the PUCCH configuration in the uplink BWP of the Uu port configured by the base station for the terminal device.
  • the second message may further include destination information of the V2X service.
  • the first message includes source information and destination information of the V2X service
  • the second message may further include source information and destination information of the V2X service, and the relevant description may be Refer to the above step S502, which will not be repeated here.
  • the terminal device After receiving the second message from the base station, the terminal device establishes the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index. Relevant descriptions can refer to the above sub-case e, which will not be repeated here.
  • the identifier of the side link wireless bearer (SL DRB) and the identifier of the logical channel of the side link wireless bearer (logical channel ID) are determined by the terminal device itself.
  • the terminal device may configure the side chain mapped by the QoS index according to the mapping relationship between the QoS index and the identifier of the logical channel group
  • the logical channel group to which the logical channel carried by the radio channel belongs is the logical channel group corresponding to the QoS index.
  • the terminal device may determine, according to the SR identifier mapped by the QoS index included in the second message, the SR identifier mapped by the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index is mapped by the QoS index SR logo.
  • the second SR used by the terminal device for the second SR is configured to correspond to the SR identifier mapped by the QoS index SR configuration; the second SR resource configuration used by the terminal device for the second SR is one or more SR resource configurations associated with the second SR configuration.
  • the embodiments of the present application may be applicable only to V2X services whose transmission mode is unicast transmission, or may be applicable to all V2X services, that is, including V2X services whose transmission mode is unicast transmission, multicast transmission, and broadcast transmission.
  • Sub-case g The second identifier is an identifier of the side link radio bearer.
  • the base station After receiving the first message from the terminal device, the base station determines the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index in the first message, and assigns an identifier to the side link radio bearer. Further, the base station determines the SR-related configuration mapped by the side link radio bearer according to the QoS information corresponding to or indicated by the QoS index. Furthermore, the base station sends a second message to the terminal device, the second message includes the identifier of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index, and the SR identifier mapped by the identifier of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index .
  • the second message may also include the mapping relationship between the QoS index and the identity of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index, or in other words, the second message may also include the mapping with the QoS index The QoS index of the mapping relationship exists for the identification of the side link radio bearer.
  • the base station configures the terminal device with the configuration of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index.
  • the configuration of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index includes at least: the QoS index mapped to the side link radio bearer and the identifier of the SR mapped by the side link radio bearer.
  • the configuration of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index may further include the identifier of the side link radio bearer.
  • the base station configures the identification of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index for the terminal device, and configures the configuration of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index for the terminal device;
  • the configuration of the mapped side link radio bearer includes at least: the identifier of the SR to which the side link radio bearer is mapped.
  • the configuration of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index may further include the identifier of the side link radio bearer.
  • the base station may also determine the logical channel group corresponding to the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index, and include the mapped by the QoS index in the second message.
  • the mapping relationship between the identifier of the side link radio bearer and the identifier of the logical channel group, or in other words, the second message may further include logic that has a mapping relationship with the identifier of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index The identification of the channel group.
  • the base station configures the terminal device with the configuration of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index.
  • the configuration of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index at least includes: the QoS index mapped to the side link radio bearer, the identifier of the SR mapped to the side link radio bearer, and the side The identifier of the logical channel group corresponding to the downlink radio bearer.
  • the configuration of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index may further include the identifier of the side link radio bearer.
  • the base station configures the identification of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index for the terminal device, and configures the configuration of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index for the terminal device;
  • the configuration of the mapped side link radio bearer includes at least: the identifier of the SR mapped by the side link radio bearer, and the identifier of the logical channel group corresponding to the side link radio bearer.
  • the configuration of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index may further include the identifier of the side link radio bearer.
  • the base station has previously sent the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier mapped to the identifier of the side link radio bearer contained in the second message to the terminal device, but for this
  • the side link radio bearer mapped by the SR identifier needs to be associated with a new SR resource configuration for the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier, and the second message also needs to include one or the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier.
  • the one or more SR resource configurations are included in the PUCCH configuration in the uplink BWP of the Uu port configured by the base station for the terminal device.
  • the second message also needs to include the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier, and one or more SR resource configurations associated with the SR configuration.
  • the one or more SR resource configurations are included in the PUCCH configuration in the uplink BWP of the Uu port configured by the base station for the terminal device.
  • the second message may further include destination information of the V2X service.
  • the first message includes source information and destination information of the V2X service
  • the second message may further include source information and destination information of the V2X service, and the relevant description may be Refer to the above step S502, which will not be repeated here.
  • the terminal device After receiving the second message from the base station, the terminal device establishes the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index. Relevant descriptions can refer to the above sub-case e, which will not be repeated here.
  • the identifier of the side link radio bearer (SL DRB ID) mapped by the QoS index is the identifier of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index included in the second message.
  • the identification of the logical channel ID (logical channel ID) of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index is determined by the terminal device itself.
  • the terminal device may use the identifier and the identifier of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index.
  • the mapping relationship of the identifiers of the logical channel groups configures the logical channel group to which the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index belongs to the logical channel group corresponding to the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index.
  • the terminal device may determine, according to the SR identifier mapped by the identifier of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index included in the second message, the logical channel mapped by the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index.
  • the SR identifier is the SR identifier mapped by the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index.
  • the second SR used by the terminal device for the second SR is configured as the side chain mapped to the QoS index
  • the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier mapped by the identifier of the wireless radio bearer; the second SR resource configuration used by the terminal device for the second SR is one or more SR resource configurations associated with the second SR configuration.
  • the embodiments of the present application may be applicable only to V2X services whose transmission mode is unicast transmission, or may be applicable to all V2X services, that is, including V2X services whose transmission mode is unicast transmission, multicast transmission, and broadcast transmission.
  • Sub-case h The second identification is the identification of the logical channel of the side link wireless bearer.
  • the base station After receiving the first message from the terminal device, the base station determines the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index in the first message, assigns an identifier to the side link radio bearer, and configures the side link radio bearer The ID of the logical channel. Further, the base station determines the SR related configuration mapped to the logical channel of the radio link on the side link according to the QoS information corresponding to or indicated by the QoS index. Furthermore, the base station sends a second message to the terminal device. The second message includes the identifier of the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index and the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index. Identify the mapped SR ID.
  • the second message may further include an identifier of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index.
  • the second message may also include the mapping relationship between the QoS index and the identity of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index, or in other words, the second message may also include the mapping with the QoS index The QoS index of the mapping relationship exists for the identification of the side link radio bearer.
  • the base station configures the terminal device with the configuration of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index.
  • the configuration of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index includes at least: the QoS index mapped to the side link radio bearer, the identifier of the logical channel of the side link radio bearer, and the side row.
  • the configuration of the logical channel of the link radio bearer; the configuration of the logical channel of the side link radio bearer includes the identifier of the SR mapped to the logical channel of the side link radio bearer.
  • the configuration of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index may further include the identifier of the side link radio bearer.
  • the base station configures the terminal device with the identifier of the side link radio bearer mapped by the identifier of the QoS index, and configures the terminal device with the configuration of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index;
  • the QoS The configuration of the side link radio bearer mapped by the index includes at least: the identification of the logical channel of the side link radio bearer and the configuration of the logical channel of the side link radio bearer; the side link radio bearer The configuration of the logical channel includes the identifier of the SR to which the logical channel of the side link radio bearer is mapped.
  • the configuration of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index may further include the identifier of the side link radio bearer.
  • the base station may also determine the logical channel group to which the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index belongs, and include the QoS index in the second message.
  • the mapping relationship between the identifier of the mapped side link radio bearer and the logical channel group to which the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index belongs, or, in other words, the second message may further include information related to the QoS index
  • the ID of the mapped side link radio bearer has the ID of the logical channel group with the mapping relationship.
  • the base station configures the terminal device with the configuration of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index.
  • the configuration of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index includes at least: the QoS index mapped to the side link radio bearer, the identifier of the logical channel of the side link radio bearer, and the side row.
  • the configuration of the logical channel of the link radio bearer; the configuration of the logical channel of the side link radio bearer includes the identifier of the SR mapped to the logical channel of the side link radio bearer and the logic of the side link radio bearer
  • the configuration of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index may further include the identifier of the side link radio bearer.
  • the base station configures the identification of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index for the terminal device, and configures the configuration of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index for the terminal device;
  • the configuration of the mapped side link radio bearer includes at least: the identification of the logical channel of the side link radio bearer, and the configuration of the logical channel of the side link radio bearer; the logic of the side link radio bearer
  • the channel configuration includes the identifier of the SR mapped to the logical channel of the side link radio bearer and the identifier of the logical channel group to which the logical channel of the side link radio bearer belongs.
  • the configuration of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index may further include the identifier of the side link radio bearer.
  • the base station has previously sent the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier mapped to the identifier of the logical channel of the side link radio bearer included in the second message to the terminal device.
  • the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier needs to be associated with a new SR resource configuration, and the second message also needs to include the information associated with the SR identifier.
  • SR configuration of one or more SR resource configurations are included in the PUCCH configuration in the uplink BWP of the Uu port configured by the base station for the terminal device.
  • the second message also needs to include the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier, and one or more SR resource configurations associated with the SR configuration.
  • the one or more SR resource configurations are included in the PUCCH configuration in the uplink BWP of the Uu port configured by the base station for the terminal device.
  • the second message may further include destination information of the V2X service.
  • the first message includes source information and destination information of the V2X service
  • the second message may further include source information and destination information of the V2X service, and the relevant description may be Refer to the above step S502, which will not be repeated here.
  • the terminal device After receiving the second message from the base station, the terminal device establishes the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index.
  • the terminal device After receiving the second message from the base station, the terminal device establishes the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index.
  • the identifier (SL DRB) of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index is the identifier of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index included in the second message.
  • the logical channel ID of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index is the identifier of the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index included in the second message.
  • the terminal device can configure the mapping according to the mapping relationship between the identifier of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index and the identifier of the logical channel group to which the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index belongs.
  • the logical channel group to which the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index belongs is the logical channel group corresponding to the identifier of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index.
  • the second SR used by the terminal device for the second SR is configured as the side chain mapped to the QoS index
  • the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier mapped on the logical channel identifier of the wireless radio bearer; the second SR resource configuration used by the terminal device for the second SR is one or more SR resource configurations associated with the second SR configuration.
  • the embodiments of the present application may be applicable only to V2X services whose transmission mode is unicast transmission, or may be applicable to all V2X services, that is, including V2X services whose transmission mode is unicast transmission, multicast transmission, and broadcast transmission.
  • the first identifier is an identifier of a side link radio bearer or an identifier of a logical channel
  • the second identifier is the same as the first identifier
  • the upper layer (application layer, or V2X layer) of the terminal device has two processing methods for the V2X service.
  • the upper layer of the terminal device maps the V2X service to one or more QoS flows, and notifies the AS layer of the identifier of each QoS flow and the QoS information corresponding to the QoS flow.
  • the upper layer of the terminal device delivers the V2X service packet to the AS, the AS layer will be informed of the identifier of the QoS flow to which the V2X service packet belongs.
  • Another possible processing method is that the upper layer of the terminal device does not map the V2X service to one or more QoS flows.
  • the AS layer terminal device will be informed of the QoS index of the QoS information of the V2X service or V2X service package to be transmitted.
  • the relevant description of the QoS index can refer to the second case above, and will not be repeated here.
  • the upper layer of the terminal device delivers the V2X service package to the AS, it will also inform the AS layer that the transmission mode adopted by the V2X service package is unicast transmission, multicast transmission or broadcast transmission.
  • the AS layer when the upper layer of the terminal device delivers the V2X service package to the AS, the AS layer will also be informed of the layer two source identification of the V2X service package. Or, optionally, when the upper layer of the terminal device delivers the V2X service package to the AS, the AS layer will be notified of the layer two source identification and layer two destination identification of the V2X service package at the same time.
  • the AS layer of the terminal device can determine the QoS according to the identifier of the QoS flow to which the V2X service packet submitted by the upper layer belongs, combined with the QoS information corresponding to the QoS flow.
  • the AS layer of the terminal device may combine the QoS information indicated by the QoS index according to the QoS index of the QoS information of the V2X service or V2X service package submitted by the upper layer, Determine the identifier of the side link radio bearer mapped by the V2X service package or the identifier of the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the V2X service package. That is, the AS layer of the terminal device can perform the mapping of the V2X service packet to the side link wireless bearer.
  • the first identifier is an identifier of the side link radio bearer.
  • the AS layer of the terminal device triggers the first message, and requests the base station for resources for V2X side link communication through the first message.
  • the first message includes a first identifier, and the first identifier is an identifier of the side link radio bearer mapped by the V2X service to be transmitted by the terminal device.
  • the first message may further include QoS information corresponding to the side link radio bearer.
  • the first message may also include destination information of the V2X service; or, optionally, the first message may also include source information and destination information of the V2X service. For related description, refer to step S501 above. This will not be repeated here.
  • the first message may further include indication information used to indicate that the transmission mode of the V2X service packet corresponding to the identifier of the side link wireless bearer is unicast transmission, multicast transmission or broadcast transmission .
  • the base station After receiving the first message from the terminal device, the base station determines the SR related configuration mapped to the side link radio bearer corresponding to the identifier of the side link radio bearer in the first message. Furthermore, the base station sends a second message to the terminal device. The second message includes the identifier of the sidelink radio bearer and the SR identifier mapped by the identifier of the sidelink radio bearer.
  • the base station may also determine the logical channel group corresponding to the sidelink radio bearer, and include the identifier and corresponding of the sidelink radio bearer in the second message
  • the mapping relationship of the identifiers of the logical channel groups of, or, in other words, the second message may further include the identifier of the logical channel group that has a mapping relationship with the identifier of the radio bearer of the side link.
  • the base station configures the configuration of the side link radio bearer for the terminal device.
  • the configuration of the side link radio bearer includes at least: the identifier of the SR mapped to the side link radio bearer, and the identifier of the logical channel group corresponding to the side link radio bearer.
  • the configuration of the side link radio bearer may further include the identifier of the side link radio bearer.
  • the base station configures, for the terminal device, the identifier of the side link radio bearer mapped by the identifier of the logical channel group, and configures the terminal device for the configuration of the side link radio bearer; the side link
  • the configuration of the radio bearer includes at least: the identifier of the SR to which the side link radio bearer is mapped.
  • the configuration of the side link radio bearer may further include the identifier of the side link radio bearer.
  • the base station has previously sent the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier mapped to the identifier of the side link radio bearer contained in the second message to the terminal device, but for this
  • the side link radio bearer mapped by the SR identifier needs to be associated with a new SR resource configuration for the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier, and the second message also needs to include one or the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier.
  • the one or more SR resource configurations are included in the PUCCH configuration in the uplink BWP of the Uu port configured by the base station for the terminal device.
  • the second message also needs to include the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier, and one or more SR resource configurations associated with the SR configuration.
  • the one or more SR resource configurations are included in the PUCCH configuration in the uplink BWP of the Uu port configured by the base station for the terminal device.
  • the second message may further include destination information of the V2X service.
  • the first message includes source information and destination information of the V2X service
  • the second message may further include source information and destination information of the V2X service, and the relevant description may be Refer to the above step S502, which will not be repeated here.
  • the terminal device After receiving the second message from the base station, the terminal device establishes the side link radio bearer.
  • the side link radio bearer For the related description, reference may be made to the description of the side link radio bearer mapped to the establishment of the QoS flow in the above sub-case a, which will not be repeated here.
  • the identifier of the side link radio bearer (SL DRB ID) is the identifier of the side link radio bearer included in the second message, and the logical channel of the side link radio bearer
  • the identification (logical channel ID) is determined by the terminal device itself.
  • the terminal device may map the identifier of the side link radio bearer to the identifier of the logical channel group Relationship, the logical channel group to which the logical channel of the side link radio bearer belongs is configured as the logical channel group corresponding to the identifier of the side link radio bearer.
  • the terminal device may determine that the SR ID mapped to the logical channel of the side link radio bearer is the side chain according to the SR ID mapped to the ID of the side link radio bearer included in the second message The SR ID mapped to the ID of the radio bearer.
  • the third SR used by the terminal device for the third SR is configured as the SR identifier mapped with the identifier of the side link radio bearer Corresponding SR configuration; the SR resource configuration used by the terminal device for the third SR is one or more SR resource configurations associated with the third SR configuration.
  • the embodiments of the present application may be applicable to all V2X services, that is, V2X services including unicast transmission, multicast transmission, and broadcast transmission.
  • Sub-case j The first identification is the identification of the logical channel.
  • the AS layer of the terminal device triggers the first message, and requests the base station for resources for V2X side link communication through the first message.
  • the first message includes a first identifier, and the first identifier is an identifier of a logical channel of a side link radio bearer to which the V2X service to be transmitted by the terminal device is mapped.
  • the first message may also include QoS information corresponding to the identification of the logical channel of the side link radio bearer.
  • the first message may also include destination information of the V2X service; or, optionally, the first message may also include source information and destination information of the V2X service. For related description, refer to step S501 above. This will not be repeated here.
  • the first message may further include indication information used to indicate that the transmission mode of the V2X service packet corresponding to the identifier of the logical channel of the side link wireless bearer is unicast transmission and multicast transmission. Still broadcast transmission.
  • the base station After receiving the first message from the terminal device, the base station determines the SR-related configuration mapped to the logical channel corresponding to the identifier of the logical channel of the side link radio bearer in the first message. Furthermore, the base station sends a second message to the terminal device, where the second message includes the identifier of the logical channel of the side link radio bearer and the SR identifier mapped to the identifier of the logical channel of the side link radio bearer.
  • the base station may also determine the logical channel group to which the logical channel corresponding to the identifier of the logical channel of the side link radio bearer in the first message belongs, and in the second message
  • the mapping relationship including the identifier of the sidelink radio bearer and the identifier of the logical channel group to which the logical channel of the sidelink radio bearer belongs, or, in other words, the second message may also include The identifier of the logical channel group with the mapping relationship carried by the identifier.
  • the base station configures the configuration of the side link radio bearer for the terminal device.
  • the configuration of the side link wireless bearer includes at least: the identifier of the logical channel of the side link wireless bearer, and the configuration of the logical channel of the side link wireless bearer;
  • the configuration of the logical channel includes the identifier of the SR mapped to the logical channel of the sidelink radio bearer and the identifier of the logical channel group to which the logical channel of the sidelink radio bearer belongs.
  • the configuration of the side link radio bearer may further include the identifier of the side link radio bearer.
  • the base station configures the terminal device with the side link radio bearer ID mapped to the logical channel group ID, and configures the terminal device with the side link radio bearer configuration;
  • the bearer configuration includes at least: the identification of the logical channel of the side link wireless bearer and the configuration of the logical channel of the side link wireless bearer;
  • the configuration of the logical channel of the side link wireless bearer includes the side The identifier of the SR mapped on the logical channel carried by the downlink radio.
  • the configuration of the side link radio bearer may further include the identifier of the side link radio bearer.
  • the base station has previously sent the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier mapped to the identifier of the logical channel of the side link radio bearer included in the second message to the terminal device.
  • the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier needs to be associated with a new SR resource configuration, and the second message also needs to include the information associated with the SR identifier.
  • SR configuration of one or more SR resource configurations are included in the PUCCH configuration in the uplink BWP of the Uu port configured by the base station for the terminal device.
  • the second message also needs to include the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier, and one or more SR resource configurations associated with the SR configuration.
  • the one or more SR resource configurations are included in the PUCCH configuration in the uplink BWP of the Uu port configured by the base station for the terminal device.
  • the second message may further include destination information of the V2X service.
  • the first message includes source information and destination information of the V2X service
  • the second message may also include source information and destination information of the V2X service.
  • the terminal device After receiving the second message from the base station, the terminal device establishes the side link radio bearer.
  • the side link radio bearer For related description, reference may be made to the foregoing sub-case i, and details are not described herein again.
  • the logical channel ID (logical channel ID) of the side link wireless bearer is the identifier of the logical channel of the side link wireless bearer included in the second message, and the side link wireless
  • the bearer identification (SL DRB ID) is determined by the terminal device itself.
  • the terminal device may The mapping relationship between the identifier of the radio bearer and the identifier of the logical channel group to which the logical channel of the sidelink radio bearer belongs, and the logical channel group to which the logical channel of the sidelink radio bearer belongs is configured as the sidelink radio The logical channel group corresponding to the identifier carried.
  • the third SR used by the terminal device for the third SR is configured to be mapped with the identifier of the logical channel of the side link radio bearer
  • the SR identifier corresponding to the SR configuration; the SR resource configuration used by the terminal device for the third SR is one or more SR resource configurations associated with the third SR configuration.
  • the embodiments of the present application may be applicable to all V2X services, that is, V2X services including unicast transmission, multicast transmission, and broadcast transmission.
  • the configuration of the SR configuration and the SR resource configuration used when the SR for the side link data transmission of the PC5 port is sent on the Uu port of the NR system can be realized.
  • the actions of the base station in the above steps S501 to S502 can be invoked by the processor 301 in the network device 30 shown in FIG. 3 to call the application program code stored in the memory 302 to instruct the network device to perform, the above steps S501 to S502
  • the actions of the terminal device can be invoked by the processor 401 in the terminal device 40 shown in FIG. 3 to call the application program code stored in the memory 402 to instruct the network device to execute, which is not limited in this embodiment.
  • the SR-related configuration for the V2X service may be the same as or different from the SR-related configuration of the terminal device for uplink data transmission of the Uu port.
  • the above embodiments can be used in combination.
  • the method described in the embodiment corresponding to case 1 can be used, and for the multicast transmission or broadcast transmission of V2X services or V2X service packages, the corresponding case 2 can be used.
  • the methods described in the implementation of this document are described here in a unified manner, which is not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the base station configures only one set of SR related configurations for one MAC entity of the terminal device.
  • FIG. 6 it is another configuration method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the configuration method includes the following steps:
  • the terminal device sends the first message to the base station.
  • the base station receives the first message from the terminal device.
  • the terminal device requests the base station for resources for V2X sidelink communication through the first message.
  • the first message may be, for example, a sidelink UE information (sidelink UE information) message.
  • the base station sends a second message to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device receives the second message from the base station.
  • the base station after receiving the first message from the terminal device, the base station sends a second message to the terminal device, where the second message includes the V2X related configuration.
  • the V2X related configuration further includes all SR identifications common to all V2X services transmitted through the PC5 interface configured by the base station for the terminal device, or the V2X related configuration further includes all the transmissions configured by the base station for the terminal device through the PC5 interface and is based on base station scheduling The SR ID common to V2X services or service packages of resource allocation.
  • the SR-related configuration common to all V2X services may be the same as or different from the SR-related configuration of the terminal device for uplink data transmission of the Uu port.
  • the second message may be, for example, an RRC reconfiguration (RRC reconfiguration) message.
  • RRC reconfiguration RRC reconfiguration
  • the fourth SR used by the terminal device for the fourth SR is configured as the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier; the terminal device is used for the fourth SR of the fourth SR
  • the resource configuration is one or more SR resource configurations associated with the fourth SR configuration.
  • the configuration of the SR configuration and the SR resource configuration used when the SR for the side link data transmission of the PC5 port is sent on the Uu port of the NR system can be realized.
  • the actions of the base station in the above steps S601 to S602 can be invoked by the processor 301 in the network device 30 shown in FIG. 3 to call the application program code stored in the memory 302 to instruct the network device to perform, the above steps S501 to S502
  • the actions of the terminal device can be invoked by the processor 401 in the terminal device 40 shown in FIG. 3 to call the application program code stored in the memory 402 to instruct the network device to execute, which is not limited in this embodiment.
  • the embodiments of the present application also provide a communication device, which is used to implement the above various methods.
  • the communication device may be the terminal device in the above method embodiment, or the device containing the above terminal device, or a component that can be used for the terminal device; or, the communication device may be the access network device in the above method embodiment, or The device containing the above access network equipment, or a component that can be used for the access network equipment.
  • the communication device includes a hardware structure and/or a software module corresponding to each function.
  • the embodiments of the present application may divide the functional modules of the communication apparatus according to the above method embodiments, for example, each functional module may be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions may be integrated into one processing module.
  • the above integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware or software function modules. It should be noted that the division of the modules in the embodiments of the present application is schematic, and is only a division of logical functions. In actual implementation, there may be another division manner.
  • FIG. 7 shows a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device 70.
  • the terminal device 70 includes a receiving module 701 and a sending module 702.
  • the receiving module 701 may also be referred to as a receiving unit to implement a receiving function, for example, it may be a receiving circuit, a receiver, a receiver or a communication interface.
  • the sending module 702 may also be referred to as a sending unit to implement a sending function, for example, it may be a sending circuit, a transmitter, a transmitter, or a communication interface.
  • the sending module 702 is configured to send a first message to the network device, where the first message includes the first identifier.
  • the receiving module 701 is configured to receive a second message from a network device, where the second message includes a second identifier and a scheduling request SR identifier mapped by the second identifier, the SR identifier corresponds to an SR configuration, and the SR configuration is associated with one or more SR resource configuration, the first identifier is the same as the second identifier, or there is a mapping relationship between the first identifier and the second identifier.
  • the terminal device 70 is presented in the form of dividing each functional module in an integrated manner.
  • Module here may refer to a specific ASIC, circuit, processor and memory that executes one or more software or firmware programs, integrated logic circuits, and/or other devices that can provide the above functions.
  • the terminal device 70 may take the form of the terminal device 40 shown in FIG. 3.
  • the processor 401 in the terminal device 40 shown in FIG. 3 may call the computer stored in the memory 402 to execute instructions, so that the terminal device 40 executes the configuration method in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the functions/implementation processes of the receiving module 701 and the sending module 702 in FIG. 7 can be implemented by the processor 401 in the terminal device 40 shown in FIG. 4 calling the computer execution instructions stored in the memory 402.
  • the functions/implementation processes of the receiving module 701 and the sending module 702 in FIG. 7 may be implemented by the transceiver 403 in the terminal device 40 shown in FIG. 4.
  • terminal device 70 provided in this embodiment can perform the above configuration method, for the technical effects it can obtain, reference may be made to the foregoing method embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
  • FIG. 8 shows a schematic structural diagram of a network device 80.
  • the network device 80 includes a receiving module 801 and a sending module 802.
  • the receiving module 801 may also be referred to as a receiving unit to implement a receiving function, for example, it may be a receiving circuit, a receiver, a receiver or a communication interface.
  • the sending module 802 may also be referred to as a sending unit to implement a sending function, for example, it may be a sending circuit, a sending machine, a sending device or a communication interface.
  • the receiving module 801 is configured to receive a first message from a terminal device, where the first message includes a first identifier.
  • the sending module 802 is configured to send a second message to the terminal device, where the second message includes a second identifier and a scheduling request SR identifier mapped by the second identifier, the SR identifier corresponds to an SR configuration, and the SR configuration is associated with one or more SR resource configuration, the first identifier is the same as the second identifier, or there is a mapping relationship between the first identifier and the second identifier.
  • the network device 80 is presented in the form of dividing each functional module in an integrated manner.
  • the "module” herein may refer to a specific ASIC, circuit, processor and memory that execute one or more software or firmware programs, integrated logic circuits, and/or other devices that can provide the above functions.
  • the network device 80 may take the form of the network device 30 shown in FIG. 3.
  • the processor 301 in the network device 30 shown in FIG. 3 may call the computer stored in the memory 302 to execute instructions, so that the network device 30 executes the configuration method in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the functions/implementation processes of the receiving module 801 and the sending module 802 in FIG. 8 can be implemented by the processor 301 in the network device 30 shown in FIG. 4 calling the computer execution instructions stored in the memory 302.
  • the function/implementation process of the receiving module 801 and the sending module 802 in FIG. 8 may be implemented by the transceiver 303 in the network device 30 shown in FIG. 4.
  • network device 80 provided in this embodiment can perform the above configuration method, for the technical effects it can obtain, reference may be made to the above method embodiments, and details are not described herein again.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions.
  • the computer may be a general-purpose computer, a dedicated computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices.
  • the computer instructions may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions may be from a website site, computer, server or data center Transmission to another website, computer, server or data center via wired (such as coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.).
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device including one or more servers and data centers that can be integrated with the medium.
  • the usable media may be magnetic media (e.g., floppy disk, hard disk, magnetic tape), optical media (e.g., DVD), or semiconductor media (e.g., solid state disk (SSD)), or the like.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Quality & Reliability (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

Provided are a configuration method, device and system, which can configure SR-related configurations used when an SR for sidelink data transmission on a PC5 interface is sent on a Uu interface of an NR system. The method comprises: a terminal device sending a first message to a network device, wherein the first message comprises a first identifier; and the terminal device receiving a second message from the network device, wherein the second message comprises a second identifier and a scheduling request (SR) identifier mapped by the second identifier; the SR identifier corresponds to one SR configuration, and the SR configuration is associated with one or more SR resource configurations; and the first identifier is the same as the second identifier, or the first identifier and the second identifier have a mapping relationship.

Description

配置方法、设备及系统Configuration method, equipment and system 技术领域Technical field

本申请涉及通信技术领域，尤其涉及配置方法、设备及系统。This application relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular, to a configuration method, device, and system.

背景技术Background technique

在长期演进(long term evolution，LTE)系统或者新空口(new radio，NR)系统中，终端设备和基站之间的通信接口称为Uu口。Uu口上终端设备发送数据给基站的链路称为上行链路(uplink，UL)，而终端设备接收基站发送的数据的链路称为下行链路(downlink，DL)。此外，终端设备和终端设备之间的通信接口称为PC5口。PC5口上的终端设备和终端设备之间传输数据的链路称为侧行链路(sidelink，SL)。PC5口一般用于车辆与外界通信(vehicle to everything，V2X)，或者设备到设备通信(device-to-device，D2D)等可以在设备间进行直联通信的场景。In a long term evolution (LTE) system or a new radio (NR) system, the communication interface between a terminal device and a base station is called a Uu port. The link where the terminal device sends data to the base station on the Uu port is called an uplink (uplink, UL), and the link where the terminal device receives data sent by the base station is called a downlink (DL). In addition, the communication interface between the terminal device and the terminal device is called PC5 port. The link between the terminal device on the PC5 port and the terminal device to transmit data is called a sidelink (sidelink, SL). The PC5 port is generally used for vehicle-to-everything (V2X) communication, or device-to-device (D2D) communication, etc. where direct communication between devices is possible.

如图1a所示，对于Uu口的通信，示例性的，当终端设备有上行链路数据需要发送但没有可用的上行链路授权(UL grant)时，终端设备需要触发调度请求(scheduling request,SR)，并通过发送SR来向基站请求上行链路授权。在接收到上行链路授权后，终端设备1通过该上行链路授权可以发送UL缓存状态报告(buffer status report，BSR)给基站，用于基站根据该UL BSR进一步给终端设备分配UL grant，以使得终端设备在相应的UL grant上发送UL数据。As shown in Figure 1a, for Uu port communication, for example, when the terminal device has uplink data to send but no uplink grant (UL grant) is available, the terminal device needs to trigger a scheduling request (scheduling request, SR), and request the uplink grant from the base station by sending SR. After receiving the uplink authorization, the terminal device 1 can send a UL buffer status report (buffer status report (BSR) to the base station through the uplink authorization, for the base station to further allocate a UL grant to the terminal device according to the UL BSR, to Make the terminal equipment send UL data on the corresponding UL grant.

如图1b所示，对于PC5口的通信，如果基站为终端设备1配置的是基于基站调度的资源分配方式，那么当终端设备1有侧行链路数据需要发送但没有可用的侧行链路授权(SL grant)时，终端设备也需要触发SR，并通过发送SR来向基站请求上行链路授权。在接收到上行链路授权后，终端设备通过该上行链路授权可以发送SL BSR给基站，用于基站根据该SL BSR进一步给终端设备1分配SL grant，以使得终端设备1在相应的SL grant上继续发送SL数据。As shown in Figure 1b, for PC5 port communication, if the base station configures the terminal device 1 with the resource allocation method based on the base station scheduling, then when the terminal device 1 has side link data to be sent but no side link is available When granting (SL) grant, the terminal device also needs to trigger the SR and request the uplink grant from the base station by sending the SR. After receiving the uplink authorization, the terminal device can send SL BSR to the base station through the uplink authorization, for the base station to further assign SL grant to the terminal device 1 according to the SL BSR, so that the terminal device 1 grants the corresponding SL Continue to send SL data.

由图1a所示的流程和图1b所示的流程可以看出，不论是Uu口上的上行链路数据传输还是PC5口上的侧行链路数据传输，都需要通过Uu口发送SR来向基站请求对应的链路授权。其中，终端设备可以通过基站为终端设备配置的物理上行控制信道(physical uplink control channel，PUCCH)上的专用SR资源来发送SR。It can be seen from the flow shown in Figure 1a and the flow shown in Figure 1b, whether it is uplink data transmission on the Uu port or side link data transmission on the PC5 port, you need to send SR through the Uu port to request from the base station Corresponding link authorization. The terminal device may send the SR through a dedicated SR resource on a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) configured by the base station for the terminal device.

现有技术中，存在用于在LTE系统的Uu口发送针对Uu口的上行链路数据传输的SR时所用的SR相关的配置，以及针对PC5口的侧行链路数据传输的SR时所用的SR相关的配置，以及存在用于在NR系统的Uu口发送针对Uu口的上行链路数据传输的SR时所用的SR相关的配置，但是如何配置用于在NR系统的Uu口发送针对PC5口的侧行链路数据传输的SR时所用的SR的相关配置，目前并没有相关的解决方案。In the prior art, there are SR-related configurations used when the SR of the Uu port of the LTE system is used to transmit the SR for the uplink data transmission of the Uu port, and the SR for the side link data transmission of the PC5 port SR-related configuration, and the SR-related configuration that is used when the SR for sending uplink data transmission of the Uu port at the Uu port of the NR system exists, but how to configure for sending at the Uu port of the NR system for the PC5 port There is currently no related solution for the relevant configuration of the SR used for the SR of the side link data transmission.

发明内容Summary of the invention

本申请实施例提供配置方法、设备及系统，可以配置用于在NR系统的Uu口发送针对PC5口的侧行链路数据传输的SR时所用的SR的相关配置。Embodiments of the present application provide a configuration method, device, and system, which can be configured for SR-related configuration used when an SR for a side link data transmission of a PC5 port is sent on a Uu port of an NR system.

为达到上述目的，本申请的实施例采用如下技术方案：To achieve the above purpose, the embodiments of the present application adopt the following technical solutions:

第一方面，提供了一种配置方法，包括：终端设备向网络设备发送第一消息，该第一消息包括第一标识；终端设备接收来自该网络设备的第二消息，该第二消息包括第二标识和该第二标识所映射的调度请求SR标识，该SR标识对应一个SR配置，该SR配置关联一个或多个SR资源配置，该第一标识与 该第二标识相同，或该第一标识与该第二标识存在映射关系。进而，若第二标识关联的逻辑信道触发了SL BSR并触发了SR，终端设备用于该SR的SR配置可以为第二标识所映射的SR标识所对应的SR配置；终端设备用于该SR的SR资源配置可以为该SR配置所关联的一个或多个SR资源配置。也就是说，终端设备可以根据第二标识和第二标识所映射的SR标识，确定用于在NR系统的Uu口发送针对PC5口的侧行链路数据传输的SR时所用的SR配置和SR资源配置，从而可以根据确定出的SR配置和SR资源配置，在NR系统的Uu口发送SR。In a first aspect, a configuration method is provided, including: a terminal device sends a first message to a network device, the first message includes a first identifier; the terminal device receives a second message from the network device, and the second message includes a The second identifier and the scheduling request SR identifier mapped to the second identifier, the SR identifier corresponds to an SR configuration, the SR configuration is associated with one or more SR resource configurations, the first identifier is the same as the second identifier, or the first There is a mapping relationship between the identifier and the second identifier. Furthermore, if the logical channel associated with the second identifier triggers SL and BSR and SR, the SR configuration used by the terminal device for the SR may be the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier mapped by the second identifier; the terminal device is used for the SR The SR resource configuration may be one or more SR resource configurations associated with the SR configuration. In other words, the terminal device can determine the SR configuration and SR used when the SR for the side link data transmission of the PC5 port is sent on the Uu port of the NR system according to the second identification and the SR identification mapped to the second identification Resource configuration, so that the SR can be sent on the Uu port of the NR system according to the determined SR configuration and SR resource configuration.

结合第一方面，在一种可能的设计中，该第一消息还包括该第一标识所对应的服务质量QoS信息。该QoS信息可以用于确定第二标识所映射的调度请求SR标识。With reference to the first aspect, in a possible design, the first message further includes quality of service QoS information corresponding to the first identifier. The QoS information may be used to determine the scheduling request SR identifier mapped by the second identifier.

结合第一方面或第一方面可能的设计，在一种可能的设计中，若该第一标识与该第二标识存在映射关系，该第二消息还包括或指示该第一标识和该第二标识的映射关系。进而，终端设备可以获知第一标识和第二标识的映射关系。With reference to the first aspect or the possible design of the first aspect, in a possible design, if there is a mapping relationship between the first identifier and the second identifier, the second message further includes or indicates the first identifier and the second identifier Identity mapping. Furthermore, the terminal device can learn the mapping relationship between the first identifier and the second identifier.

结合第一方面或第一方面可能的设计，在一种可能的设计中，该第一消息还包括目的地信息，其中，该第一标识与该目的地信息相关联。其中，该目的地信息用于让网络设备区分第一标识所属的目的地，从而根据目的地信息和第一标识为终端设备配置SR配置和该SR配置所关联的SR资源配置中一个或多个。With reference to the first aspect or the possible design of the first aspect, in a possible design, the first message further includes destination information, where the first identifier is associated with the destination information. The destination information is used for the network device to distinguish the destination to which the first identifier belongs, so as to configure the terminal device with an SR configuration and one or more of the SR resource configurations associated with the SR configuration according to the destination information and the first identifier .

结合第一方面或第一方面可能的设计，在一种可能的设计中，该第二消息还包括该目的地信息，其中，该第二标识与该目的地信息相关联，且该第二标识所映射的SR标识与该目的地信息相关联。其中，该目的地信息用于让终端设备区分第二标识所映射的SR标识所属的目的地，从而根据目的地信息和第二标识所映射的SR标识确定用于SR传输的SR配置和该SR配置所关联的一个或多个SR资源配置。With reference to the first aspect or the possible design of the first aspect, in a possible design, the second message further includes the destination information, wherein the second identifier is associated with the destination information, and the second identifier The mapped SR identification is associated with the destination information. The destination information is used for the terminal device to distinguish the destination to which the SR identifier mapped by the second identifier belongs, so as to determine the SR configuration used for SR transmission and the SR according to the destination information and the SR identifier mapped by the second identifier Configure one or more SR resource configurations associated with the configuration.

结合第一方面或第一方面可能的设计，在一种可能的设计中，该第一消息还包括源信息和目的地信息，其中，该第一标识与该源信息相关联，且该第一标识与该目的地信息相关联。其中，源信息和目的地信息用于让网络设备区分第一标识所属的源和目的地的组合，从而根据源信息和目的地信息的组合以及第一标识为终端设备配置SR配置和该SR配置所关联的SR资源配置中一个或多个。With reference to the first aspect or the possible design of the first aspect, in a possible design, the first message further includes source information and destination information, wherein the first identifier is associated with the source information, and the first The identification is associated with the destination information. The source information and the destination information are used for the network device to distinguish the combination of the source and destination to which the first identifier belongs, so as to configure the SR configuration and the SR configuration for the terminal device according to the combination of the source information and destination information and the first identifier One or more of the associated SR resource configurations.

结合第一方面或第一方面可能的设计，在一种可能的设计中，该第二消息还包括该源信息和该目的地信息，其中，该第二标识与该源信息相关联，且该第二标识与该目的地信息相关联；该第二标识所映射的SR标识与该源信息相关联，且该第二标识所映射的SR标识与该目的地信息相关联。其中，源信息和目的地信息用于让终端设备区分第二标识所映射的SR标识所属的源和目的地的组合，从而根据源信息和目的地信息的组合以及第二标识所映射的SR标识确定用于SR传输的SR配置和该SR配置所关联的一个或多个SR资源配置。With reference to the first aspect or the possible design of the first aspect, in a possible design, the second message further includes the source information and the destination information, wherein the second identifier is associated with the source information, and the The second identification is associated with the destination information; the SR identification mapped to the second identification is associated with the source information, and the SR identification mapped to the second identification is associated with the destination information. The source information and the destination information are used for the terminal device to distinguish the combination of the source and destination to which the SR identifier mapped by the second identifier belongs, according to the combination of the source information and destination information and the SR identifier mapped by the second identifier Determine an SR configuration used for SR transmission and one or more SR resource configurations associated with the SR configuration.

结合第一方面或第一方面可能的设计，在一种可能的设计中，该第二消息还包括该SR标识所对应的SR配置和该SR配置所关联的SR资源配置中一个或多个；该SR配置包括该SR标识、SR禁止计数器和SR传输最大次数；该SR资源配置包括SR资源标识、周期和偏移以及物理上行控制信道资源，其中，该SR禁止计数器用于控制SR传输的时间间隔，该SR传输最大次数用于控制SR传输的最大次数，该SR资源标识用于标识一个调度请求资源的配置，该周期和偏移用于确定SR的时域资源位置，该物理上行控制信道资源用于确定SR的频域资源位置。With reference to the first aspect or the possible design of the first aspect, in a possible design, the second message further includes one or more of the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier and the SR resource configuration associated with the SR configuration; The SR configuration includes the SR identifier, the SR prohibition counter and the maximum number of SR transmissions; the SR resource configuration includes the SR resource identifier, period and offset and physical uplink control channel resources, wherein the SR prohibition counter is used to control the time of SR transmission Interval, the maximum number of SR transmissions is used to control the maximum number of SR transmissions, the SR resource identifier is used to identify the configuration of a scheduling request resource, the period and offset are used to determine the time domain resource location of the SR, and the physical uplink control channel The resource is used to determine the frequency domain resource location of SR.

比如，若网络设备在此之前已经将第二消息中包含的第二标识所映射的SR标识所对应的SR配置发送给了终端设备，但需要为该SR标识所对应的SR配置关联新的SR资源配置，则第二消息中还需要包括关联到该SR标识所对应的SR配置的一个或多个SR资源配置。For example, if the network device has previously sent the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier mapped by the second identifier contained in the second message to the terminal device, it is necessary to associate a new SR for the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier Resource configuration, the second message also needs to include one or more SR resource configurations associated with the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier.

或者，比如，若网络设备在此之前没有为终端设备配置第二消息中包含的第二标识所映射的SR标 识所对应的SR配置和该SR配置所关联的SR资源配置，则第二消息中还需要包括该SR标识所对应的SR配置，以及关联到该SR配置的一个或多个SR资源配置。Or, for example, if the network device has not previously configured for the terminal device the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier mapped in the second identifier included in the second message and the SR resource configuration associated with the SR configuration, the second message It also needs to include the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier, and one or more SR resource configurations associated with the SR configuration.

结合第一方面或第一方面可能的设计，在一种可能的设计中，该第一标识为QoS流的标识。With reference to the first aspect or the possible design of the first aspect, in a possible design, the first identifier is an identifier of a QoS flow.

该情况下，该第二标识为该QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道所属的逻辑信道组的标识；或者，该第二标识为该QoS流的标识；或者，该第二标识为该QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的标识；或者，该第二标识为该QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道的标识。In this case, the second identifier is the identifier of the logical channel group to which the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow belongs; or, the second identifier is the identifier of the QoS flow; or, the second The identifier is the identifier of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow; or, the second identifier is the identifier of the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow.

该情况下，若该QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道触发了侧行链路缓存状态报告SL BSR并触发了第一SR，该终端设备用于该第一SR的第一SR配置为该第二标识所映射的SR标识所对应的SR配置；该终端设备用于该第一SR的第一SR资源配置为该第一SR配置所关联的一个或多个SR资源配置。In this case, if the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow triggers the side link buffer status report SL BSR and triggers the first SR, the terminal device is used for the first The SR configuration is the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier mapped by the second identifier; the first SR resource configuration used by the terminal device for the first SR is one or more SR resource configurations associated with the first SR configuration.

结合第一方面或第一方面可能的设计，在一种可能的设计中，该第一标识为用于指示QoS信息的QoS索引。With reference to the first aspect or the possible design of the first aspect, in a possible design, the first identifier is a QoS index for indicating QoS information.

该情况下，该第二标识为该QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道所属的逻辑信道组的标识；或者，该第二标识为该用于指示该第一标识所对应QoS信息的QoS索引；或者，该第二标识为该QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的标识；或者，该第二标识为该QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道的标识。In this case, the second identifier is the identifier of the logical channel group to which the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index belongs; or, the second identifier is used to indicate the QoS corresponding to the first identifier QoS index of the information; or, the second identifier is an identifier of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index; or, the second identifier is a logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index Logo.

该情况下，若该QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道触发了侧行链路缓存状态报告SL BSR并触发了第二SR，该终端设备用于该第二SR的第二SR配置为该第二标识所映射的SR标识所对应的SR配置；该终端设备用于该第二SR的第二SR资源配置为该第二SR配置所关联的一个或多个SR资源配置。In this case, if the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index triggers the side link buffer status report SL BSR and triggers the second SR, the terminal device is used for the second The SR configuration is the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier mapped by the second identifier; the second SR resource configuration used by the terminal device for the second SR is one or more SR resource configurations associated with the second SR configuration.

结合第一方面或第一方面可能的设计，在一种可能的设计中，该第一标识为侧行链路无线承载的标识或该侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道的标识，该第二标识与该第一标识相同。With reference to the first aspect or the possible design of the first aspect, in a possible design, the first identifier is an identifier of a side link radio bearer or an identifier of a logical channel of the side link radio bearer, and the second The identifier is the same as the first identifier.

该情况下，若该侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道触发了SL BSR并触发了第三SR，该终端设备用于该第三SR的第三SR配置为该第二标识所映射的SR标识所对应的SR配置；该终端设备用于该第三SR的SR资源配置为该第三SR配置所关联的一个或多个SR资源配置。In this case, if the logical channel of the side link radio bearer triggers the SL BSR and triggers the third SR, the third SR used by the terminal device for the third SR is configured as the SR identifier mapped by the second identifier The corresponding SR configuration; the SR resource configuration used by the terminal device for the third SR is one or more SR resource configurations associated with the third SR configuration.

第二方面，提供了一种配置方法，包括：网络设备接收来自终端设备的第一消息，该第一消息包括第一标识；该网络设备向该终端设备发送第二消息，该第二消息包括第二标识和该第二标识所映射的调度请求SR标识，该SR标识对应一个SR配置，该SR配置关联一个或多个SR资源配置，该第一标识与该第二标识相同，或该第一标识与该第二标识存在映射关系。其中，第二方面的技术效果可参考上述第一方面，在此不再赘述。In a second aspect, a configuration method is provided, including: a network device receives a first message from a terminal device, the first message includes a first identification; the network device sends a second message to the terminal device, the second message includes A second identifier and a scheduling request SR identifier mapped to the second identifier, the SR identifier corresponds to an SR configuration, the SR configuration is associated with one or more SR resource configurations, the first identifier is the same as the second identifier, or the first There is a mapping relationship between an identifier and the second identifier. For the technical effect of the second aspect, reference may be made to the above-mentioned first aspect, which will not be repeated here.

结合第二方面，在一种可能的设计中，该第一消息还包括该第一标识所对应的服务质量QoS信息。该QoS信息可以用于确定第二标识所映射的调度请求SR标识。With reference to the second aspect, in a possible design, the first message further includes quality of service QoS information corresponding to the first identifier. The QoS information may be used to determine the scheduling request SR identifier mapped by the second identifier.

结合第二方面或第二方面可能的设计，在一种可能的设计中，若该第一标识与该第二标识存在映射关系，该第二消息还包括或指示该第一标识和该第二标识的映射关系。进而，终端设备可以获知第一标识和第二标识的映射关系。With reference to the second aspect or the possible design of the second aspect, in a possible design, if there is a mapping relationship between the first identifier and the second identifier, the second message further includes or indicates the first identifier and the second identifier Identity mapping. Furthermore, the terminal device can learn the mapping relationship between the first identifier and the second identifier.

结合第二方面或第二方面可能的设计，在一种可能的设计中，该第一消息还包括目的地信息，其中，该第一标识与该目的地信息相关联。其中，该目的地信息用于让网络设备区分第一标识所属的目的地，从而根据目的地信息和第一标识为终端设备配置SR配置和该SR配置所关联的SR资源配置中一个或多个。With reference to the second aspect or the possible design of the second aspect, in a possible design, the first message further includes destination information, where the first identifier is associated with the destination information. The destination information is used for the network device to distinguish the destination to which the first identifier belongs, so as to configure the terminal device with an SR configuration and one or more of the SR resource configurations associated with the SR configuration according to the destination information and the first identifier .

结合第二方面或第二方面可能的设计，在一种可能的设计中，该第二消息还包括该目的地信息，其中，该第二标识与该目的地信息相关联，且该第二标识所映射的SR标识与该目的地信息相关联。其中，该目的地信息用于让终端设备区分第二标识所映射的SR标识所属的目的地，从而根据目的地信息和第二标识所映射的SR标识确定用于SR传输的SR配置和该SR配置所关联的一个或多个SR资源配置。With reference to the second aspect or the possible design of the second aspect, in a possible design, the second message further includes the destination information, wherein the second identifier is associated with the destination information, and the second identifier The mapped SR identification is associated with the destination information. The destination information is used for the terminal device to distinguish the destination to which the SR identifier mapped by the second identifier belongs, so as to determine the SR configuration used for SR transmission and the SR according to the destination information and the SR identifier mapped by the second identifier Configure one or more SR resource configurations associated with the configuration.

结合第二方面或第二方面可能的设计，在一种可能的设计中，该第一消息还包括源信息和目的地信息，其中，该第一标识与该源信息相关联，且该第一标识与该目的地信息相关联。其中，源信息和目的地信息用于让网络设备区分第一标识所属的源和目的地的组合，从而根据源信息和目的地信息的组合以及第一标识为终端设备配置SR配置和该SR配置所关联的SR资源配置中一个或多个。With reference to the second aspect or the possible design of the second aspect, in a possible design, the first message further includes source information and destination information, wherein the first identifier is associated with the source information, and the first The identification is associated with the destination information. The source information and the destination information are used for the network device to distinguish the combination of the source and destination to which the first identifier belongs, so as to configure the SR configuration and the SR configuration for the terminal device according to the combination of the source information and destination information and the first identifier One or more of the associated SR resource configurations.

结合第二方面或第二方面可能的设计，在一种可能的设计中，该第二消息还包括该源信息和该目的地信息，其中，该第二标识与该源信息相关联，且该第二标识与该目的地信息相关联；该第二标识所映射的SR标识与该源信息相关联，且该第二标识所映射的SR标识与该目的地信息相关联。其中，源信息和目的地信息用于让终端设备区分第二标识所映射的SR标识所属的源和目的地的组合，从而根据源信息和目的地信息的组合以及第二标识所映射的SR标识确定用于SR传输的SR配置和该SR配置所关联的一个或多个SR资源配置。With reference to the second aspect or the possible design of the second aspect, in a possible design, the second message further includes the source information and the destination information, wherein the second identifier is associated with the source information, and the The second identification is associated with the destination information; the SR identification mapped to the second identification is associated with the source information, and the SR identification mapped to the second identification is associated with the destination information. The source information and the destination information are used for the terminal device to distinguish the combination of the source and destination to which the SR identifier mapped by the second identifier belongs, according to the combination of the source information and destination information and the SR identifier mapped by the second identifier Determine an SR configuration used for SR transmission and one or more SR resource configurations associated with the SR configuration.

结合第二方面或第二方面可能的设计，在一种可能的设计中，该第二消息还包括该SR标识所对应的SR配置和该SR配置所关联的SR资源配置中一个或多个；该SR配置包括该SR标识、SR禁止计数器和SR传输最大次数；该SR资源配置包括SR资源标识、周期和偏移以及物理上行控制信道资源，其中，该SR禁止计数器用于控制SR传输的时间间隔，该SR传输最大次数用于控制SR传输的最大次数，该SR资源标识用于标识一个调度请求资源的配置，该周期和偏移用于确定SR的时域资源位置，该物理上行控制信道资源用于确定SR的频域资源位置。With reference to the second aspect or the possible design of the second aspect, in a possible design, the second message further includes one or more of the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier and the SR resource configuration associated with the SR configuration; The SR configuration includes the SR identifier, the SR prohibition counter and the maximum number of SR transmissions; the SR resource configuration includes the SR resource identifier, period and offset and physical uplink control channel resources, wherein the SR prohibition counter is used to control the time of SR transmission Interval, the maximum number of SR transmissions is used to control the maximum number of SR transmissions, the SR resource identifier is used to identify the configuration of a scheduling request resource, the period and offset are used to determine the time domain resource location of the SR, and the physical uplink control channel The resource is used to determine the frequency domain resource location of SR.

比如，若网络设备在此之前已经将第二消息中包含的第二标识所映射的SR标识所对应的SR配置发送给了终端设备，但需要为该SR标识所对应的SR配置关联新的SR资源配置，则第二消息中还需要包括关联到该SR标识所对应的SR配置的一个或多个SR资源配置。For example, if the network device has previously sent the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier mapped by the second identifier contained in the second message to the terminal device, it is necessary to associate a new SR for the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier Resource configuration, the second message also needs to include one or more SR resource configurations associated with the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier.

或者，比如，若网络设备在此之前没有为终端设备配置第二消息中包含的第二标识所映射的SR标识所对应的SR配置和该SR配置所关联的SR资源配置，则第二消息中还需要包括该SR标识所对应的SR配置，以及关联到该SR配置的一个或多个SR资源配置。Or, for example, if the network device has not previously configured for the terminal device the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier mapped in the second identifier included in the second message and the SR resource configuration associated with the SR configuration, the second message It also needs to include the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier, and one or more SR resource configurations associated with the SR configuration.

结合第二方面或第二方面可能的设计，在一种可能的设计中，该第一标识为QoS流的标识。With reference to the second aspect or the possible design of the second aspect, in a possible design, the first identifier is an identifier of a QoS flow.

该情况下，该第二标识为该QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道所属的逻辑信道组的标识；或者，该第二标识为该QoS流的标识；或者，该第二标识为该QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的标识；或者，该第二标识为该QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道的标识。In this case, the second identifier is the identifier of the logical channel group to which the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow belongs; or, the second identifier is the identifier of the QoS flow; or, the second The identifier is the identifier of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow; or, the second identifier is the identifier of the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow.

该情况下，若该QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道触发了侧行链路缓存状态报告SL BSR并触发了第一SR，该终端设备用于该第一SR的第一SR配置为该第二标识所映射的SR标识所对应的SR配置；该终端设备用于该第一SR的第一SR资源配置为该第一SR配置所关联的一个或多个SR资源配置。In this case, if the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow triggers the side link buffer status report SL BSR and triggers the first SR, the terminal device is used for the first The SR configuration is the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier mapped by the second identifier; the first SR resource configuration used by the terminal device for the first SR is one or more SR resource configurations associated with the first SR configuration.

结合第二方面或第二方面可能的设计，在一种可能的设计中，该第一标识为用于指示QoS信息的QoS索引。With reference to the second aspect or the possible design of the second aspect, in a possible design, the first identifier is a QoS index for indicating QoS information.

该情况下，该第二标识为该QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道所属的逻辑信道组的标识；或者，该第二标识为该用于指示该第一标识所对应QoS信息的QoS索引；或者，该第二标识为该QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的标识；或者，该第二标识为该QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无 线承载的逻辑信道的标识。In this case, the second identifier is the identifier of the logical channel group to which the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index belongs; or, the second identifier is used to indicate the QoS corresponding to the first identifier QoS index of the information; or, the second identifier is an identifier of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index; or, the second identifier is a logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index Logo.

该情况下，若该QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道触发了侧行链路缓存状态报告SL BSR并触发了第二SR，该终端设备用于该第二SR的第二SR配置为该第二标识所映射的SR标识所对应的SR配置；该终端设备用于该第二SR的第二SR资源配置为该第二SR配置所关联的一个或多个SR资源配置。In this case, if the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index triggers the side link buffer status report SL BSR and triggers the second SR, the terminal device is used for the second The SR configuration is the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier mapped by the second identifier; the second SR resource configuration used by the terminal device for the second SR is one or more SR resource configurations associated with the second SR configuration.

在一种可能的设计中，结合上述第一方面或第二方面，该第一标识为侧行链路无线承载的标识或该侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道的标识，该第二标识与该第一标识相同。In a possible design, with reference to the first aspect or the second aspect, the first identifier is an identifier of a side link radio bearer or an identifier of a logical channel of the side link radio bearer, and the second identifier is The first identification is the same.

该情况下，若该侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道触发了SL BSR并触发了第三SR，该终端设备用于该第三SR的第三SR配置为该第二标识所映射的SR标识所对应的SR配置；该终端设备用于该第三SR的SR资源配置为该第三SR配置所关联的一个或多个SR资源配置。In this case, if the logical channel of the side link radio bearer triggers the SL BSR and triggers the third SR, the third SR used by the terminal device for the third SR is configured as the SR identifier mapped by the second identifier The corresponding SR configuration; the SR resource configuration used by the terminal device for the third SR is one or more SR resource configurations associated with the third SR configuration.

第三方面，提供了一种配置方法，包括：终端设备向网络设备发送第一消息，该第一消息用于请求侧行链路资源；终端设备接收来自该网络设备的第二消息，该第二消息包括调度请求SR标识，该SR标识对应一个SR配置，该SR配置关联一个或多个SR资源配置。其中，该SR标识为所有通过PC5接口传输的V2X业务公用的SR标识，或者该SR标识为所有通过PC5接口传输并且采用基于网设备调度的资源分配方式的V2X业务或者业务包公用的SR标识。进而，若终端设备触发了SL BSR并触发了SR，终端设备用于该SR的SR配置可以为该SR标识所对应的SR配置；终端设备用于该SR的SR资源配置可以为该SR配置所关联的一个或多个SR资源配置。也就是说，终端设备可以根据该SR标识，确定用于在NR系统的Uu口发送针对PC5口的侧行链路数据传输的SR时所用的SR配置和SR资源配置，从而可以根据确定出的SR配置和SR资源配置，在NR系统的Uu口发送SR。In a third aspect, a configuration method is provided, including: a terminal device sends a first message to a network device, the first message is used to request a side link resource; the terminal device receives a second message from the network device, the first message The second message includes a scheduling request SR identifier, which corresponds to an SR configuration, and the SR configuration is associated with one or more SR resource configurations. Wherein, the SR mark is a common SR mark for all V2X services transmitted through the PC5 interface, or the SR mark is a common SR mark for all V2X services or service packages transmitted through the PC5 interface and adopting a resource allocation method based on network device scheduling. Furthermore, if the terminal device triggers the SL and BSR and triggers the SR, the SR configuration used by the terminal device for the SR may be the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier; the SR resource configuration used by the terminal device for the SR may be the SR configuration The associated one or more SR resource configurations. In other words, the terminal device can determine the SR configuration and SR resource configuration used when the SR for the side link data transmission of the PC5 port is sent at the Uu port of the NR system according to the SR identifier, so that the determined SR configuration and SR resource configuration, send SR on Uu port of NR system.

第四方面，提供了一种配置方法，包括：网络设备接收来自终端设备的第一消息，该第一消息用于请求侧行链路资源；网络设备向终端设备发送第二消息，该第二消息包括调度请求SR标识，该SR标识对应一个SR配置，该SR配置关联一个或多个SR资源配置。其中，该SR标识为所有通过PC5接口传输的V2X业务公用的SR标识，或者该SR标识为所有通过PC5接口传输并且采用基于网设备调度的资源分配方式的V2X业务或者业务包公用的SR标识。其中，第四方面的技术效果可参考上述第三方面，在此不再赘述。In a fourth aspect, a configuration method is provided, including: a network device receives a first message from a terminal device, the first message is used to request a side link resource; the network device sends a second message to the terminal device, the second message The message includes a scheduling request SR identifier, which corresponds to an SR configuration, and the SR configuration is associated with one or more SR resource configurations. Wherein, the SR mark is a common SR mark for all V2X services transmitted through the PC5 interface, or the SR mark is a common SR mark for all V2X services or service packages transmitted through the PC5 interface and adopting a resource allocation method based on network device scheduling. Among them, the technical effect of the fourth aspect can refer to the above-mentioned third aspect, which will not be repeated here.

第五方面，提供了一种终端设备，该终端设备包括接收模块和发送模块，发送模块，用于向网络设备发送第一消息，该第一消息包括第一标识；接收模块，用于接收来自该网络设备的第二消息，该第二消息包括第二标识和该第二标识所映射的调度请求SR标识，该SR标识对应一个SR配置，该SR配置关联一个或多个SR资源配置，该第一标识与该第二标识相同，或该第一标识与该第二标识存在映射关系。进而，若第二标识关联的逻辑信道触发了SL BSR并触发了SR，终端设备用于该SR的SR配置可以为第二标识所映射的SR标识所对应的SR配置；终端设备用于该SR的SR资源配置可以为该SR配置所关联的一个或多个SR资源配置。According to a fifth aspect, a terminal device is provided. The terminal device includes a receiving module and a sending module. The sending module is used to send a first message to a network device, and the first message includes a first identifier. The receiving module is used to receive A second message of the network device, the second message includes a second identifier and a scheduling request SR identifier mapped by the second identifier, the SR identifier corresponds to an SR configuration, and the SR configuration is associated with one or more SR resource configurations, the The first identification is the same as the second identification, or there is a mapping relationship between the first identification and the second identification. Furthermore, if the logical channel associated with the second identifier triggers SL and BSR and SR, the SR configuration used by the terminal device for the SR may be the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier mapped by the second identifier; the terminal device is used for the SR The SR resource configuration may be one or more SR resource configurations associated with the SR configuration.

结合第五方面，在一种可能的设计中，该第一消息还包括该第一标识所对应的服务质量QoS信息。With reference to the fifth aspect, in a possible design, the first message further includes quality of service QoS information corresponding to the first identifier.

结合第五方面或第五方面可能的设计，在一种可能的设计中，若该第一标识与该第二标识存在映射关系，该第二消息还包括或指示该第一标识和该第二标识的映射关系。With reference to the fifth aspect or the possible design of the fifth aspect, in a possible design, if there is a mapping relationship between the first identifier and the second identifier, the second message further includes or indicates the first identifier and the second identifier Identity mapping.

结合第五方面或第五方面可能的设计，在一种可能的设计中，该第一消息还包括目的地信息，其中，该第一标识与该目的地信息相关联。With reference to the fifth aspect or the possible design of the fifth aspect, in a possible design, the first message further includes destination information, where the first identifier is associated with the destination information.

结合第五方面或第五方面可能的设计，在一种可能的设计中，该第二消息还包括该目的地信息，其中，该第二标识与该目的地信息相关联，且该第二标识所映射的SR标识与该目的地信息相关联。With reference to the fifth aspect or the possible design of the fifth aspect, in a possible design, the second message further includes the destination information, wherein the second identifier is associated with the destination information, and the second identifier The mapped SR identification is associated with the destination information.

结合第五方面或第五方面可能的设计，在一种可能的设计中，该第一消息还包括源信息和目的地信息，其中，该第一标识与该源信息相关联，且该第一标识与该目的地信息相关联。With reference to the fifth aspect or the possible design of the fifth aspect, in a possible design, the first message further includes source information and destination information, wherein the first identifier is associated with the source information, and the first The identification is associated with the destination information.

结合第五方面或第五方面可能的设计，在一种可能的设计中，该第二消息还包括该源信息和该目的地信息，其中，该第二标识与该源信息相关联，且该第二标识与该目的地信息相关联；该第二标识所映射的SR标识与该源信息相关联，且该第二标识所映射的SR标识与该目的地信息相关联。With reference to the fifth aspect or the possible design of the fifth aspect, in a possible design, the second message further includes the source information and the destination information, where the second identifier is associated with the source information, and the The second identification is associated with the destination information; the SR identification mapped to the second identification is associated with the source information, and the SR identification mapped to the second identification is associated with the destination information.

结合第五方面或第五方面可能的设计，在一种可能的设计中，该第二消息还包括该SR标识所对应的SR配置和该SR配置所关联的SR资源配置中一个或多个；该SR配置包括该SR标识、SR禁止计数器和SR传输最大次数；该SR资源配置包括SR资源标识、周期和偏移以及物理上行控制信道资源，其中，该SR禁止计数器用于控制SR传输的时间间隔，该SR传输最大次数用于控制SR传输的最大次数，该SR资源标识用于标识一个调度请求资源的配置，该周期和偏移用于确定SR的时域资源位置，该物理上行控制信道资源用于确定SR的频域资源位置。With reference to the fifth aspect or the possible design of the fifth aspect, in a possible design, the second message further includes one or more of the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier and the SR resource configuration associated with the SR configuration; The SR configuration includes the SR identifier, the SR prohibition counter and the maximum number of SR transmissions; the SR resource configuration includes the SR resource identifier, period and offset and physical uplink control channel resources, wherein the SR prohibition counter is used to control the time of SR transmission Interval, the maximum number of SR transmissions is used to control the maximum number of SR transmissions, the SR resource identifier is used to identify the configuration of a scheduling request resource, the period and offset are used to determine the time domain resource location of the SR, and the physical uplink control channel The resource is used to determine the frequency domain resource location of SR.

比如，若网络设备在此之前已经将第二消息中包含的第二标识所映射的SR标识所对应的SR配置发送给了终端设备，但需要为该SR标识所对应的SR配置关联新的SR资源配置，则第二消息中还需要包括关联到该SR标识所对应的SR配置的一个或多个SR资源配置。For example, if the network device has previously sent the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier mapped by the second identifier contained in the second message to the terminal device, it is necessary to associate a new SR for the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier Resource configuration, the second message also needs to include one or more SR resource configurations associated with the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier.

或者，比如，若网络设备在此之前没有为终端设备配置第二消息中包含的第二标识所映射的SR标识所对应的SR配置和该SR配置所关联的SR资源配置，则第二消息中还需要包括该SR标识所对应的SR配置，以及关联到该SR配置的一个或多个SR资源配置。Or, for example, if the network device has not previously configured for the terminal device the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier mapped in the second identifier included in the second message and the SR resource configuration associated with the SR configuration, the second message It also needs to include the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier, and one or more SR resource configurations associated with the SR configuration.

结合第五方面或第五方面可能的设计，在一种可能的设计中，该第一标识为QoS流的标识。With reference to the fifth aspect or the possible design of the fifth aspect, in a possible design, the first identifier is an identifier of a QoS flow.

该情况下，该第二标识为该QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道所属的逻辑信道组的标识；或者，该第二标识为该QoS流的标识；或者，该第二标识为该QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的标识；或者，该第二标识为该QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道的标识。In this case, the second identifier is the identifier of the logical channel group to which the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow belongs; or, the second identifier is the identifier of the QoS flow; or, the second The identifier is the identifier of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow; or, the second identifier is the identifier of the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow.

该情况下，若该QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道触发了侧行链路缓存状态报告SL BSR并触发了第一SR，该终端设备用于该第一SR的第一SR配置为该第二标识所映射的SR标识所对应的SR配置；该终端设备用于该第一SR的第一SR资源配置为该第一SR配置所关联的一个或多个SR资源配置。In this case, if the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow triggers the side link buffer status report SL BSR and triggers the first SR, the terminal device is used for the first The SR configuration is the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier mapped by the second identifier; the first SR resource configuration used by the terminal device for the first SR is one or more SR resource configurations associated with the first SR configuration.

结合第五方面或第五方面可能的设计，在一种可能的设计中，该第一标识为用于指示QoS信息的QoS索引。With reference to the fifth aspect or the possible design of the fifth aspect, in a possible design, the first identifier is a QoS index for indicating QoS information.

该情况下，该第二标识为该QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道所属的逻辑信道组的标识；或者，该第二标识为该用于指示该第一标识所对应QoS信息的QoS索引；或者，该第二标识为该QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的标识；或者，该第二标识为该QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道的标识。In this case, the second identifier is the identifier of the logical channel group to which the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index belongs; or, the second identifier is used to indicate the QoS corresponding to the first identifier QoS index of the information; or, the second identifier is an identifier of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index; or, the second identifier is a logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index Logo.

该情况下，若该QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道触发了侧行链路缓存状态报告SL BSR并触发了第二SR，该终端设备用于该第二SR的第二SR配置为该第二标识所映射的SR标识所对应的SR配置；该终端设备用于该第二SR的第二SR资源配置为该第二SR配置所关联的一个或多个SR资源配置。In this case, if the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index triggers the side link buffer status report SL BSR and triggers the second SR, the terminal device is used for the second The SR configuration is the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier mapped by the second identifier; the second SR resource configuration used by the terminal device for the second SR is one or more SR resource configurations associated with the second SR configuration.

结合第五方面或第五方面可能的设计，在一种可能的设计中，该第一标识为侧行链路无线承载的标识或该侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道的标识，该第二标识与该第一标识相同。With reference to the fifth aspect or the possible design of the fifth aspect, in a possible design, the first identifier is an identifier of a side link radio bearer or an identifier of a logical channel of the side link radio bearer, and the second The identifier is the same as the first identifier.

该情况下，若该侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道触发了SL BSR并触发了第三SR，该终端设备用于该第三SR的第三SR配置为该第二标识所映射的SR标识所对应的SR配置；该终端设备用于该第三 SR的SR资源配置为该第三SR配置所关联的一个或多个SR资源配置。In this case, if the logical channel of the side link radio bearer triggers the SL BSR and triggers the third SR, the third SR used by the terminal device for the third SR is configured as the SR identifier mapped by the second identifier The corresponding SR configuration; the SR resource configuration used by the terminal device for the third SR is one or more SR resource configurations associated with the third SR configuration.

其中，第五方面或第五方面任一可能的设计的技术效果可参考上述第一方面或第一方面任一可能的设计的技术效果，在此不再赘述。The technical effect of the fifth aspect or any possible design of the fifth aspect may refer to the technical effect of the first aspect or any possible design of the first aspect, which will not be repeated here.

第六方面，提供了一种网络设备，该网络设备包括接收模块和发送模块；接收模块，用于接收来自终端设备的第一消息，该第一消息包括第一标识；发送模块，用于向该终端设备发送第二消息，该第二消息包括第二标识和该第二标识所映射的调度请求SR标识，该SR标识对应一个SR配置，该SR配置关联一个或多个SR资源配置，该第一标识与该第二标识相同，或该第一标识与该第二标识存在映射关系。In a sixth aspect, a network device is provided. The network device includes a receiving module and a sending module; the receiving module is used to receive a first message from a terminal device, and the first message includes a first identifier; the sending module is used to send The terminal device sends a second message. The second message includes a second identifier and a scheduling request SR identifier mapped by the second identifier. The SR identifier corresponds to an SR configuration, and the SR configuration is associated with one or more SR resource configurations. The first identification is the same as the second identification, or there is a mapping relationship between the first identification and the second identification.

结合第六方面，在一种可能的设计中，该第一消息还包括该第一标识所对应的服务质量QoS信息。With reference to the sixth aspect, in a possible design, the first message further includes quality of service QoS information corresponding to the first identifier.

结合第六方面或第六方面可能的设计，在一种可能的设计中，若该第一标识与该第二标识存在映射关系，该第二消息还包括或指示该第一标识和该第二标识的映射关系。With reference to the sixth aspect or the possible design of the sixth aspect, in a possible design, if there is a mapping relationship between the first identifier and the second identifier, the second message further includes or indicates the first identifier and the second identifier Identity mapping.

结合第六方面或第六方面可能的设计，在一种可能的设计中，该第一消息还包括目的地信息，其中，该第一标识与该目的地信息相关联。With reference to the sixth aspect or the possible design of the sixth aspect, in a possible design, the first message further includes destination information, where the first identifier is associated with the destination information.

结合第六方面或第六方面可能的设计，在一种可能的设计中，该第二消息还包括该目的地信息，其中，该第二标识与该目的地信息相关联，且该第二标识所映射的SR标识与该目的地信息相关联。With reference to the sixth aspect or the possible design of the sixth aspect, in a possible design, the second message further includes the destination information, wherein the second identifier is associated with the destination information, and the second identifier The mapped SR identification is associated with the destination information.

结合第六方面或第六方面可能的设计，在一种可能的设计中，该第一消息还包括源信息和目的地信息，其中，该第一标识与该源信息相关联，且该第一标识与该目的地信息相关联。With reference to the sixth aspect or the possible design of the sixth aspect, in a possible design, the first message further includes source information and destination information, wherein the first identifier is associated with the source information, and the first The identification is associated with the destination information.

结合第六方面或第六方面可能的设计，在一种可能的设计中，该第二消息还包括该源信息和该目的地信息，其中，该第二标识与该源信息相关联，且该第二标识与该目的地信息相关联；该第二标识所映射的SR标识与该源信息相关联，且该第二标识所映射的SR标识与该目的地信息相关联。With reference to the sixth aspect or the possible design of the sixth aspect, in a possible design, the second message further includes the source information and the destination information, where the second identifier is associated with the source information, and the The second identification is associated with the destination information; the SR identification mapped to the second identification is associated with the source information, and the SR identification mapped to the second identification is associated with the destination information.

结合第六方面或第六方面可能的设计，在一种可能的设计中，该第二消息还包括该SR标识所对应的SR配置和该SR配置所关联的SR资源配置中一个或多个；该SR配置包括该SR标识、SR禁止计数器和SR传输最大次数；该SR资源配置包括SR资源标识、周期和偏移以及物理上行控制信道资源，其中，该SR禁止计数器用于控制SR传输的时间间隔，该SR传输最大次数用于控制SR传输的最大次数，该SR资源标识用于标识一个调度请求资源的配置，该周期和偏移用于确定SR的时域资源位置，该物理上行控制信道资源用于确定SR的频域资源位置。With reference to the sixth aspect or the possible design of the sixth aspect, in a possible design, the second message further includes one or more of the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier and the SR resource configuration associated with the SR configuration; The SR configuration includes the SR identifier, the SR prohibition counter and the maximum number of SR transmissions; the SR resource configuration includes the SR resource identifier, period and offset and physical uplink control channel resources, wherein the SR prohibition counter is used to control the time of SR transmission Interval, the maximum number of SR transmissions is used to control the maximum number of SR transmissions, the SR resource identifier is used to identify the configuration of a scheduling request resource, the period and offset are used to determine the time domain resource location of the SR, and the physical uplink control channel The resource is used to determine the frequency domain resource location of SR.

比如，若网络设备在此之前已经将第二消息中包含的第二标识所映射的SR标识所对应的SR配置发送给了终端设备，但需要为该SR标识所对应的SR配置关联新的SR资源配置，则第二消息中还需要包括关联到该SR标识所对应的SR配置的一个或多个SR资源配置。For example, if the network device has previously sent the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier mapped by the second identifier contained in the second message to the terminal device, it is necessary to associate a new SR for the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier Resource configuration, the second message also needs to include one or more SR resource configurations associated with the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier.

或者，比如，若网络设备在此之前没有为终端设备配置第二消息中包含的第二标识所映射的SR标识所对应的SR配置和该SR配置所关联的SR资源配置，则第二消息中还需要包括该SR标识所对应的SR配置，以及关联到该SR配置的一个或多个SR资源配置。Or, for example, if the network device has not previously configured for the terminal device the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier mapped in the second identifier included in the second message and the SR resource configuration associated with the SR configuration, the second message It also needs to include the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier, and one or more SR resource configurations associated with the SR configuration.

结合第六方面或第六方面可能的设计，在一种可能的设计中，该第一标识为QoS流的标识。With reference to the sixth aspect or the possible design of the sixth aspect, in a possible design, the first identifier is an identifier of a QoS flow.

该情况下，该第二标识为该QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道所属的逻辑信道组的标识；或者，该第二标识为该QoS流的标识；或者，该第二标识为该QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的标识；或者，该第二标识为该QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道的标识。In this case, the second identifier is the identifier of the logical channel group to which the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow belongs; or, the second identifier is the identifier of the QoS flow; or, the second The identifier is the identifier of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow; or, the second identifier is the identifier of the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow.

该情况下，若该QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道触发了侧行链路缓存状态报告SL BSR并触发了第一SR，该终端设备用于该第一SR的第一SR配置为该第二标识所映射的SR标识所对应的SR配置；该终端设备用于该第一SR的第一SR资源配置为该第一SR配置所关联的一个或多个 SR资源配置。In this case, if the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow triggers the side link buffer status report SL BSR and triggers the first SR, the terminal device is used for the first The SR configuration is the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier mapped by the second identifier; the first SR resource configuration used by the terminal device for the first SR is one or more SR resource configurations associated with the first SR configuration.

结合第六方面或第六方面可能的设计，在一种可能的设计中，该第一标识为用于指示QoS信息的QoS索引。With reference to the sixth aspect or the possible design of the sixth aspect, in a possible design, the first identifier is a QoS index for indicating QoS information.

该情况下，该第二标识为该QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道所属的逻辑信道组的标识；或者，该第二标识为该用于指示该第一标识所对应QoS信息的QoS索引；或者，该第二标识为该QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的标识；或者，该第二标识为该QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道的标识。In this case, the second identifier is the identifier of the logical channel group to which the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index belongs; or, the second identifier is used to indicate the QoS corresponding to the first identifier QoS index of the information; or, the second identifier is an identifier of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index; or, the second identifier is a logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index Logo.

该情况下，若该QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道触发了侧行链路缓存状态报告SL BSR并触发了第二SR，该终端设备用于该第二SR的第二SR配置为该第二标识所映射的SR标识所对应的SR配置；该终端设备用于该第二SR的第二SR资源配置为该第二SR配置所关联的一个或多个SR资源配置。In this case, if the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index triggers the side link buffer status report SL BSR and triggers the second SR, the terminal device is used for the second The SR configuration is the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier mapped by the second identifier; the second SR resource configuration used by the terminal device for the second SR is one or more SR resource configurations associated with the second SR configuration.

在一种可能的设计中，结合上述第五方面或第六方面，该第一标识为侧行链路无线承载的标识或该侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道的标识，该第二标识与该第一标识相同。In a possible design, with reference to the fifth aspect or the sixth aspect, the first identifier is an identifier of a side link radio bearer or an identifier of a logical channel of the side link radio bearer, and the second identifier is The first identification is the same.

该情况下，若该侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道触发了SL BSR并触发了第三SR，该终端设备用于该第三SR的第三SR配置为该第二标识所映射的SR标识所对应的SR配置；该终端设备用于该第三SR的SR资源配置为该第三SR配置所关联的一个或多个SR资源配置。In this case, if the logical channel of the side link radio bearer triggers the SL BSR and triggers the third SR, the third SR used by the terminal device for the third SR is configured as the SR identifier mapped by the second identifier The corresponding SR configuration; the SR resource configuration used by the terminal device for the third SR is one or more SR resource configurations associated with the third SR configuration.

其中，第六方面或第六方面任一可能的设计的技术效果可参考上述第二方面或第二方面任一可能的设计的技术效果，在此不再赘述。The technical effect of the sixth aspect or any possible design of the sixth aspect may refer to the technical effect of the above second aspect or any possible design of the second aspect, which will not be repeated here.

第七方面，提供了一种终端设备，该终端设备包括接收模块和发送模块；发送模块，用于向网络设备发送第一消息，该第一消息用于请求侧行链路资源；接收模块，用于接收来自该网络设备的第二消息，该第二消息包括调度请求SR标识，该SR标识对应一个SR配置，该SR配置关联一个或多个SR资源配置。其中，该SR标识为所有通过PC5接口传输的V2X业务公用的SR标识，或者该SR标识为所有通过PC5接口传输并且采用基于网设备调度的资源分配方式的V2X业务或者业务包公用的SR标识。进而，若终端设备触发了SL BSR并触发了SR，终端设备用于该SR的SR配置可以为该SR标识所对应的SR配置；终端设备用于该SR的SR资源配置可以为该SR配置所关联的一个或多个SR资源配置。In a seventh aspect, a terminal device is provided. The terminal device includes a receiving module and a sending module; a sending module is used to send a first message to a network device, and the first message is used to request a side link resource; a receiving module, It is used to receive a second message from the network device, where the second message includes a scheduling request SR identifier, the SR identifier corresponds to an SR configuration, and the SR configuration is associated with one or more SR resource configurations. Wherein, the SR mark is a common SR mark for all V2X services transmitted through the PC5 interface, or the SR mark is a common SR mark for all V2X services or service packages transmitted through the PC5 interface and adopting a resource allocation method based on network device scheduling. Furthermore, if the terminal device triggers the SL and BSR and triggers the SR, the SR configuration used by the terminal device for the SR may be the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier; the SR resource configuration used by the terminal device for the SR may be the SR configuration The associated one or more SR resource configurations.

其中，第七方面的技术效果可参考上述第三方面的技术效果，在此不再赘述。For the technical effect of the seventh aspect, reference may be made to the technical effect of the third aspect described above, which will not be repeated here.

第八方面，提供了一种网络设备，该网络设备包括接收模块和发送模块，接收模块，用于接收来自终端设备的第一消息，该第一消息用于请求侧行链路资源；发送模块，用于向终端设备发送第二消息，该第二消息包括调度请求SR标识，该SR标识对应一个SR配置，该SR配置关联一个或多个SR资源配置。其中，该SR标识为所有通过PC5接口传输的V2X业务公用的SR标识，或者该SR标识为所有通过PC5接口传输并且采用基于网设备调度的资源分配方式的V2X业务或者业务包公用的SR标识。In an eighth aspect, a network device is provided. The network device includes a receiving module and a sending module. The receiving module is configured to receive a first message from a terminal device. The first message is used to request a side link resource. The sending module Is used to send a second message to the terminal device, where the second message includes a scheduling request SR identifier, the SR identifier corresponds to an SR configuration, and the SR configuration is associated with one or more SR resource configurations. Wherein, the SR mark is a common SR mark for all V2X services transmitted through the PC5 interface, or the SR mark is a common SR mark for all V2X services or service packages transmitted through the PC5 interface and adopting a resource allocation method based on network device scheduling.

其中，第八方面的技术效果可参考上述第四方面的技术效果，在此不再赘述。For the technical effect of the eighth aspect, reference may be made to the technical effect of the above fourth aspect, which will not be repeated here.

第九方面，提供了一种终端设备，该终端设备包括处理器和通信接口，处理器通过所述通信接口进行通信连接，其中，所述处理器通过所述通信接口向网络设备发送第一消息，该第一消息包括第一标识；所述处理器通过所述通信接口接收来自网络设备的第二消息，该第二消息包括第二标识和该第二标识所映射的调度请求SR标识，该SR标识对应一个SR配置，该SR配置关联一个或多个SR资源配置，该第一标识与该第二标识相同，或该第一标识与该第二标识存在映射关系。进而，若第二标识关联的逻辑信道触发了SL BSR并触发了SR，终端设备用于该SR的SR配置可以为第二标识所映射的SR标识所对应的SR配置；终端设备用于该SR的SR资源配置可以为该SR配置所关联的一个或多个SR资源配 置。In a ninth aspect, a terminal device is provided. The terminal device includes a processor and a communication interface, and the processor performs a communication connection through the communication interface, wherein the processor sends a first message to the network device through the communication interface , The first message includes a first identifier; the processor receives a second message from a network device through the communication interface, the second message includes a second identifier and a scheduling request SR identifier mapped by the second identifier, the The SR identifier corresponds to an SR configuration, the SR configuration is associated with one or more SR resource configurations, the first identifier is the same as the second identifier, or there is a mapping relationship between the first identifier and the second identifier. Furthermore, if the logical channel associated with the second identifier triggers SL and BSR and SR, the SR configuration used by the terminal device for the SR may be the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier mapped by the second identifier; the terminal device is used for the SR The SR resource configuration may be one or more SR resource configurations associated with the SR configuration.

结合第九方面，在一种可能的设计中，该第一消息还包括该第一标识所对应的服务质量QoS信息。With reference to the ninth aspect, in a possible design, the first message further includes quality of service QoS information corresponding to the first identifier.

结合第九方面或第九方面可能的设计，在一种可能的设计中，若该第一标识与该第二标识存在映射关系，该第二消息还包括或指示该第一标识和该第二标识的映射关系。With reference to the ninth aspect or the possible design of the ninth aspect, in a possible design, if there is a mapping relationship between the first identifier and the second identifier, the second message further includes or indicates the first identifier and the second identifier Identity mapping.

结合第九方面或第九方面可能的设计，在一种可能的设计中，该第一消息还包括目的地信息，其中，该第一标识与该目的地信息相关联。With reference to the ninth aspect or the possible design of the ninth aspect, in a possible design, the first message further includes destination information, where the first identification is associated with the destination information.

结合第九方面或第九方面可能的设计，在一种可能的设计中，该第二消息还包括该目的地信息，其中，该第二标识与该目的地信息相关联，且该第二标识所映射的SR标识与该目的地信息相关联。With reference to the ninth aspect or the possible design of the ninth aspect, in a possible design, the second message further includes the destination information, where the second identification is associated with the destination information, and the second identification The mapped SR identification is associated with the destination information.

结合第九方面或第九方面可能的设计，在一种可能的设计中，该第一消息还包括源信息和目的地信息，其中，该第一标识与该源信息相关联，且该第一标识与该目的地信息相关联。With reference to the ninth aspect or the possible design of the ninth aspect, in a possible design, the first message further includes source information and destination information, wherein the first identifier is associated with the source information, and the first The identification is associated with the destination information.

结合第九方面或第九方面可能的设计，在一种可能的设计中，该第二消息还包括该源信息和该目的地信息，其中，该第二标识与该源信息相关联，且该第二标识与该目的地信息相关联；该第二标识所映射的SR标识与该源信息相关联，且该第二标识所映射的SR标识与该目的地信息相关联。With reference to the ninth aspect or the possible design of the ninth aspect, in a possible design, the second message further includes the source information and the destination information, where the second identifier is associated with the source information, and the The second identification is associated with the destination information; the SR identification mapped to the second identification is associated with the source information, and the SR identification mapped to the second identification is associated with the destination information.

结合第九方面或第九方面可能的设计，在一种可能的设计中，该第二消息还包括该SR标识所对应的SR配置和该SR配置所关联的SR资源配置中一个或多个；该SR配置包括该SR标识、SR禁止计数器和SR传输最大次数；该SR资源配置包括SR资源标识、周期和偏移以及物理上行控制信道资源，其中，该SR禁止计数器用于控制SR传输的时间间隔，该SR传输最大次数用于控制SR传输的最大次数，该SR资源标识用于标识一个调度请求资源的配置，该周期和偏移用于确定SR的时域资源位置，该物理上行控制信道资源用于确定SR的频域资源位置。With reference to the ninth aspect or the possible design of the ninth aspect, in a possible design, the second message further includes one or more of the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier and the SR resource configuration associated with the SR configuration; The SR configuration includes the SR identifier, the SR prohibition counter and the maximum number of SR transmissions; the SR resource configuration includes the SR resource identifier, period and offset and physical uplink control channel resources, wherein the SR prohibition counter is used to control the time of SR transmission Interval, the maximum number of SR transmissions is used to control the maximum number of SR transmissions, the SR resource identifier is used to identify the configuration of a scheduling request resource, the period and offset are used to determine the time domain resource location of the SR, and the physical uplink control channel The resource is used to determine the frequency domain resource location of SR.

比如，若网络设备在此之前已经将第二消息中包含的第二标识所映射的SR标识所对应的SR配置发送给了终端设备，但需要为该SR标识所对应的SR配置关联新的SR资源配置，则第二消息中还需要包括关联到该SR标识所对应的SR配置的一个或多个SR资源配置。For example, if the network device has previously sent the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier mapped by the second identifier contained in the second message to the terminal device, it is necessary to associate a new SR for the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier Resource configuration, the second message also needs to include one or more SR resource configurations associated with the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier.

或者，比如，若网络设备在此之前没有为终端设备配置第二消息中包含的第二标识所映射的SR标识所对应的SR配置和该SR配置所关联的SR资源配置，则第二消息中还需要包括该SR标识所对应的SR配置，以及关联到该SR配置的一个或多个SR资源配置。Or, for example, if the network device has not previously configured for the terminal device the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier mapped in the second identifier included in the second message and the SR resource configuration associated with the SR configuration, the second message It also needs to include the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier, and one or more SR resource configurations associated with the SR configuration.

结合第九方面或第九方面可能的设计，在一种可能的设计中，该第一标识为QoS流的标识。With reference to the ninth aspect or the possible design of the ninth aspect, in a possible design, the first identifier is an identifier of a QoS flow.

该情况下，该第二标识为该QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道所属的逻辑信道组的标识；或者，该第二标识为该QoS流的标识；或者，该第二标识为该QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的标识；或者，该第二标识为该QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道的标识。In this case, the second identifier is the identifier of the logical channel group to which the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow belongs; or, the second identifier is the identifier of the QoS flow; or, the second The identifier is the identifier of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow; or, the second identifier is the identifier of the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow.

该情况下，若该QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道触发了侧行链路缓存状态报告SL BSR并触发了第一SR，该终端设备用于该第一SR的第一SR配置为该第二标识所映射的SR标识所对应的SR配置；该终端设备用于该第一SR的第一SR资源配置为该第一SR配置所关联的一个或多个SR资源配置。In this case, if the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow triggers the side link buffer status report SL BSR and triggers the first SR, the terminal device is used for the first The SR configuration is the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier mapped by the second identifier; the first SR resource configuration used by the terminal device for the first SR is one or more SR resource configurations associated with the first SR configuration.

结合第九方面或第九方面可能的设计，在一种可能的设计中，该第一标识为用于指示QoS信息的QoS索引。With reference to the ninth aspect or the possible design of the ninth aspect, in a possible design, the first identifier is a QoS index for indicating QoS information.

该情况下，该第二标识为该QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道所属的逻辑信道组的标识；或者，该第二标识为该用于指示该第一标识所对应QoS信息的QoS索引；或者，该第二标识为该QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的标识；或者，该第二标识为该QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道的标识。In this case, the second identifier is the identifier of the logical channel group to which the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index belongs; or, the second identifier is used to indicate the QoS corresponding to the first identifier QoS index of the information; or, the second identifier is an identifier of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index; or, the second identifier is a logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index Logo.

该情况下，若该QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道触发了侧行链路缓存状态报告SL BSR并触发了第二SR，该终端设备用于该第二SR的第二SR配置为该第二标识所映射的SR标识所对应的SR配置；该终端设备用于该第二SR的第二SR资源配置为该第二SR配置所关联的一个或多个SR资源配置。In this case, if the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index triggers the side link buffer status report SL BSR and triggers the second SR, the terminal device is used for the second The SR configuration is the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier mapped by the second identifier; the second SR resource configuration used by the terminal device for the second SR is one or more SR resource configurations associated with the second SR configuration.

结合第九方面或第九方面可能的设计，在一种可能的设计中，该第一标识为侧行链路无线承载的标识或该侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道的标识，该第二标识与该第一标识相同。With reference to the ninth aspect or the possible design of the ninth aspect, in a possible design, the first identifier is an identifier of a side link radio bearer or an identifier of a logical channel of the side link radio bearer, and the second The identifier is the same as the first identifier.

该情况下，若该侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道触发了SL BSR并触发了第三SR，该终端设备用于该第三SR的第三SR配置为该第二标识所映射的SR标识所对应的SR配置；该终端设备用于该第三SR的SR资源配置为该第三SR配置所关联的一个或多个SR资源配置。In this case, if the logical channel of the side link radio bearer triggers the SL BSR and triggers the third SR, the third SR used by the terminal device for the third SR is configured as the SR identifier mapped by the second identifier The corresponding SR configuration; the SR resource configuration used by the terminal device for the third SR is one or more SR resource configurations associated with the third SR configuration.

其中，第九方面或第九方面任一可能的设计的技术效果可参考上述第一方面或第一方面任一可能的设计的技术效果，在此不再赘述。For the technical effect of the ninth aspect or any possible design of the ninth aspect, reference may be made to the technical effect of the first aspect or any possible design of the first aspect, and details are not described herein.

第十方面，提供了一种网络设备，该网络设备包括处理器和通信接口，所述处理器通过所述通信接口进行通信连接，其中，所述处理器通过所述通信接口接收来自终端设备的第一消息，该第一消息包括第一标识；所述处理器通过所述通信接口向该终端设备发送第二消息，该第二消息包括第二标识和该第二标识所映射的调度请求SR标识，该SR标识对应一个SR配置，该SR配置关联一个或多个SR资源配置，该第一标识与该第二标识相同，或该第一标识与该第二标识存在映射关系。According to a tenth aspect, a network device is provided. The network device includes a processor and a communication interface. The processor performs a communication connection through the communication interface. The processor receives the communication device from the terminal device through the communication interface. A first message, the first message includes a first identifier; the processor sends a second message to the terminal device through the communication interface, the second message includes a second identifier and a scheduling request SR mapped to the second identifier ID, the SR ID corresponds to an SR configuration, the SR configuration is associated with one or more SR resource configurations, the first ID is the same as the second ID, or there is a mapping relationship between the first ID and the second ID.

结合第十方面，在一种可能的设计中，该第一消息还包括该第一标识所对应的服务质量QoS信息。With reference to the tenth aspect, in a possible design, the first message further includes quality of service QoS information corresponding to the first identifier.

结合第十方面或第十方面可能的设计，在一种可能的设计中，若该第一标识与该第二标识存在映射关系，该第二消息还包括或指示该第一标识和该第二标识的映射关系。With reference to the tenth aspect or the possible design of the tenth aspect, in a possible design, if there is a mapping relationship between the first identifier and the second identifier, the second message further includes or indicates the first identifier and the second identifier Identity mapping.

结合第十方面或第十方面可能的设计，在一种可能的设计中，该第一消息还包括目的地信息，其中，该第一标识与该目的地信息相关联。With reference to the tenth aspect or the possible design of the tenth aspect, in a possible design, the first message further includes destination information, where the first identification is associated with the destination information.

结合第十方面或第十方面可能的设计，在一种可能的设计中，该第二消息还包括该目的地信息，其中，该第二标识与该目的地信息相关联，且该第二标识所映射的SR标识与该目的地信息相关联。With reference to the tenth aspect or the possible design of the tenth aspect, in a possible design, the second message further includes the destination information, wherein the second identification is associated with the destination information, and the second identification The mapped SR identification is associated with the destination information.

结合第十方面或第十方面可能的设计，在一种可能的设计中，该第一消息还包括源信息和目的地信息，其中，该第一标识与该源信息相关联，且该第一标识与该目的地信息相关联。With reference to the tenth aspect or the possible design of the tenth aspect, in a possible design, the first message further includes source information and destination information, where the first identifier is associated with the source information, and the first The identification is associated with the destination information.

结合第十方面或第十方面可能的设计，在一种可能的设计中，该第二消息还包括该源信息和该目的地信息，其中，该第二标识与该源信息相关联，且该第二标识与该目的地信息相关联；该第二标识所映射的SR标识与该源信息相关联，且该第二标识所映射的SR标识与该目的地信息相关联。With reference to the tenth aspect or the possible design of the tenth aspect, in a possible design, the second message further includes the source information and the destination information, where the second identifier is associated with the source information, and the The second identification is associated with the destination information; the SR identification mapped to the second identification is associated with the source information, and the SR identification mapped to the second identification is associated with the destination information.

结合第十方面或第十方面可能的设计，在一种可能的设计中，该第二消息还包括该SR标识所对应的SR配置和该SR配置所关联的SR资源配置中一个或多个；该SR配置包括该SR标识、SR禁止计数器和SR传输最大次数；该SR资源配置包括SR资源标识、周期和偏移以及物理上行控制信道资源，其中，该SR禁止计数器用于控制SR传输的时间间隔，该SR传输最大次数用于控制SR传输的最大次数，该SR资源标识用于标识一个调度请求资源的配置，该周期和偏移用于确定SR的时域资源位置，该物理上行控制信道资源用于确定SR的频域资源位置。With reference to the tenth aspect or the possible design of the tenth aspect, in a possible design, the second message further includes one or more of the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier and the SR resource configuration associated with the SR configuration; The SR configuration includes the SR identifier, the SR prohibition counter and the maximum number of SR transmissions; the SR resource configuration includes the SR resource identifier, period and offset and physical uplink control channel resources, wherein the SR prohibition counter is used to control the time of SR transmission Interval, the maximum number of SR transmissions is used to control the maximum number of SR transmissions, the SR resource identifier is used to identify the configuration of a scheduling request resource, the period and offset are used to determine the time domain resource location of the SR, and the physical uplink control channel The resource is used to determine the frequency domain resource location of SR.

比如，若网络设备在此之前已经将第二消息中包含的第二标识所映射的SR标识所对应的SR配置发送给了终端设备，但需要为该SR标识所对应的SR配置关联新的SR资源配置，则第二消息中还需要包括关联到该SR标识所对应的SR配置的一个或多个SR资源配置。For example, if the network device has previously sent the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier mapped by the second identifier contained in the second message to the terminal device, it is necessary to associate a new SR for the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier Resource configuration, the second message also needs to include one or more SR resource configurations associated with the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier.

或者，比如，若网络设备在此之前没有为终端设备配置第二消息中包含的第二标识所映射的SR标识所对应的SR配置和该SR配置所关联的SR资源配置，则第二消息中还需要包括该SR标识所对应的 SR配置，以及关联到该SR配置的一个或多个SR资源配置。Or, for example, if the network device has not previously configured for the terminal device the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier mapped in the second identifier included in the second message and the SR resource configuration associated with the SR configuration, the second message It also needs to include the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier, and one or more SR resource configurations associated with the SR configuration.

结合第十方面或第十方面可能的设计，在一种可能的设计中，该第一标识为QoS流的标识。With reference to the tenth aspect or the possible design of the tenth aspect, in a possible design, the first identifier is an identifier of a QoS flow.

该情况下，该第二标识为该QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道所属的逻辑信道组的标识；或者，该第二标识为该QoS流的标识；或者，该第二标识为该QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的标识；或者，该第二标识为该QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道的标识。In this case, the second identifier is the identifier of the logical channel group to which the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow belongs; or, the second identifier is the identifier of the QoS flow; or, the second The identifier is the identifier of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow; or, the second identifier is the identifier of the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow.

该情况下，若该QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道触发了侧行链路缓存状态报告SL BSR并触发了第一SR，该终端设备用于该第一SR的第一SR配置为该第二标识所映射的SR标识所对应的SR配置；该终端设备用于该第一SR的第一SR资源配置为该第一SR配置所关联的一个或多个SR资源配置。In this case, if the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow triggers the side link buffer status report SL BSR and triggers the first SR, the terminal device is used for the first The SR configuration is the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier mapped by the second identifier; the first SR resource configuration used by the terminal device for the first SR is one or more SR resource configurations associated with the first SR configuration.

结合第十方面或第十方面可能的设计，在一种可能的设计中，该第一标识为用于指示QoS信息的QoS索引。With reference to the tenth aspect or the possible design of the tenth aspect, in a possible design, the first identifier is a QoS index for indicating QoS information.

该情况下，该第二标识为该QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道所属的逻辑信道组的标识；或者，该第二标识为该用于指示该第一标识所对应QoS信息的QoS索引；或者，该第二标识为该QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的标识；或者，该第二标识为该QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道的标识。In this case, the second identifier is the identifier of the logical channel group to which the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index belongs; or, the second identifier is used to indicate the QoS corresponding to the first identifier QoS index of the information; or, the second identifier is an identifier of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index; or, the second identifier is a logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index Logo.

该情况下，若该QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道触发了侧行链路缓存状态报告SL BSR并触发了第二SR，该终端设备用于该第二SR的第二SR配置为该第二标识所映射的SR标识所对应的SR配置；该终端设备用于该第二SR的第二SR资源配置为该第二SR配置所关联的一个或多个SR资源配置。In this case, if the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index triggers the side link buffer status report SL BSR and triggers the second SR, the terminal device is used for the second The SR configuration is the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier mapped by the second identifier; the second SR resource configuration used by the terminal device for the second SR is one or more SR resource configurations associated with the second SR configuration.

在一种可能的设计中，结合上述第九方面或第十方面，该第一标识为侧行链路无线承载的标识或该侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道的标识，该第二标识与该第一标识相同。In a possible design, with reference to the ninth aspect or the tenth aspect, the first identifier is an identifier of a side link radio bearer or an identifier of a logical channel of the side link radio bearer, and the second identifier is The first identification is the same.

该情况下，若该侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道触发了SL BSR并触发了第三SR，该终端设备用于该第三SR的第三SR配置为该第二标识所映射的SR标识所对应的SR配置；该终端设备用于该第三SR的SR资源配置为该第三SR配置所关联的一个或多个SR资源配置。In this case, if the logical channel of the side link radio bearer triggers the SL BSR and triggers the third SR, the third SR used by the terminal device for the third SR is configured as the SR identifier mapped by the second identifier The corresponding SR configuration; the SR resource configuration used by the terminal device for the third SR is one or more SR resource configurations associated with the third SR configuration.

其中，第十方面或第十方面任一可能的设计的技术效果可参考上述第二方面或第二方面任一可能的设计的技术效果，在此不再赘述。The technical effect of the tenth aspect or any possible design of the tenth aspect may refer to the technical effect of the second aspect or any possible design of the second aspect, which will not be repeated here.

第十一方面，提供了一种终端设备，该终端设备包括处理器和通信接口，所述处理器通过所述通信接口进行通信连接，其中，所述处理器通过所述通信接口向网络设备发送第一消息，该第一消息用于请求侧行链路资源；所述处理器通过所述通信接口接收来自该网络设备的第二消息，该第二消息包括调度请求SR标识，该SR标识对应一个SR配置，该SR配置关联一个或多个SR资源配置。其中，该SR标识为所有通过PC5接口传输的V2X业务公用的SR标识，或者该SR标识为所有通过PC5接口传输并且采用基于网设备调度的资源分配方式的V2X业务或者业务包公用的SR标识。进而，若终端设备触发了SL BSR并触发了SR，终端设备用于该SR的SR配置可以为该SR标识所对应的SR配置；终端设备用于该SR的SR资源配置可以为该SR配置所关联的一个或多个SR资源配置。According to an eleventh aspect, a terminal device is provided. The terminal device includes a processor and a communication interface, and the processor performs a communication connection through the communication interface, wherein the processor sends the network device through the communication interface A first message, the first message is used to request a side link resource; the processor receives a second message from the network device through the communication interface, the second message includes a scheduling request SR identifier, and the SR identifier corresponds to An SR configuration, which is associated with one or more SR resource configurations. Wherein, the SR mark is a common SR mark for all V2X services transmitted through the PC5 interface, or the SR mark is a common SR mark for all V2X services or service packages transmitted through the PC5 interface and adopting a resource allocation method based on network device scheduling. Furthermore, if the terminal device triggers the SL and BSR and triggers the SR, the SR configuration used by the terminal device for the SR may be the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier; the SR resource configuration used by the terminal device for the SR may be the SR configuration The associated one or more SR resource configurations.

其中，第十一方面的技术效果可参考上述第三方面的技术效果，在此不再赘述。Among them, for the technical effect of the eleventh aspect, reference may be made to the technical effect of the foregoing third aspect, and details are not described herein again.

第十二方面，提供了一种网络设备，该网络设备包括处理器和通信接口，所述处理器通过所述通信接口进行通信连接，其中，所述处理器通过所述通信接口接收来自终端设备的第一消息，该第一消息用于请求侧行链路资源；所述处理器通过所述通信接口向终端设备发送第二消息，该第二消息包括调度请求SR标识，该SR标识对应一个SR配置，该SR配置关联一个或多个SR资源配置。其中，该SR标 识为所有通过PC5接口传输的V2X业务公用的SR标识，或者该SR标识为所有通过PC5接口传输并且采用基于网设备调度的资源分配方式的V2X业务或者业务包公用的SR标识。According to a twelfth aspect, a network device is provided. The network device includes a processor and a communication interface, and the processor performs a communication connection through the communication interface, wherein the processor receives from the terminal device through the communication interface The first message is used to request the side link resource; the processor sends a second message to the terminal device through the communication interface, the second message includes a scheduling request SR identifier, and the SR identifier corresponds to one SR configuration, which is associated with one or more SR resource configurations. Wherein, the SR mark is a common SR mark for all V2X services transmitted through the PC5 interface, or the SR mark is a common SR mark for all V2X services or service packages transmitted through the PC5 interface and adopting a resource allocation method based on network device scheduling.

其中，第十二方面的技术效果可参考上述第四方面的技术效果，在此不再赘述。Among them, the technical effect of the twelfth aspect can refer to the technical effect of the fourth aspect, which will not be repeated here.

第十三方面，提供了一种计算机可读存储介质，该计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机可以执行上述第一方面所述的方法。In a thirteenth aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided, in which instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium, which when executed on a computer, enables the computer to execute the method described in the first aspect.

第十四方面，提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机可以执行上述第一方面所述的方法。According to a fourteenth aspect, there is provided a computer program product containing instructions which, when run on a computer, enable the computer to perform the method described in the first aspect above.

第十五方面，提供了一种通信装置(例如，该通信装置可以是芯片或芯片系统)，该通信装置包括处理器，用于实现上述第一方面中所涉及的功能。在一种可能的设计中，该通信装置还包括存储器，该存储器，用于保存必要的程序指令和数据。该通信装置是芯片系统时，可以由芯片构成，也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。According to a fifteenth aspect, a communication device (for example, the communication device may be a chip or a chip system) is provided. The communication device includes a processor for implementing the functions related to the first aspect described above. In a possible design, the communication device further includes a memory for storing necessary program instructions and data. When the communication device is a chip system, it may be composed of a chip, or may include a chip and other discrete devices.

其中，第十三方面至第十五方面中任一种设计方式所带来的技术效果可参见上述第一方面中不同设计方式所带来的技术效果，此处不再赘述。Among them, for the technical effects brought by any one of the design methods in the thirteenth to fifteenth aspects, please refer to the technical effects brought by the different design methods in the above first aspect, which will not be repeated here.

第十六方面，提供了一种计算机可读存储介质，该计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机可以执行上述第二方面所述的方法。According to a sixteenth aspect, there is provided a computer-readable storage medium having instructions stored therein, which when run on a computer, enables the computer to execute the method described in the second aspect above.

第十七方面，提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机可以执行上述第二方面所述的方法。According to a seventeenth aspect, there is provided a computer program product containing instructions that, when run on a computer, enable the computer to perform the method described in the second aspect above.

第十八方面，提供了一种通信装置(例如，该通信装置可以是芯片或芯片系统)，该通信装置包括处理器，用于实现上述第二方面中所涉及的功能。在一种可能的设计中，该通信装置还包括存储器，该存储器，用于保存必要的程序指令和数据。该通信装置是芯片系统时，可以由芯片构成，也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。In an eighteenth aspect, a communication device (for example, the communication device may be a chip or a chip system) is provided. The communication device includes a processor for implementing the functions involved in the second aspect. In a possible design, the communication device further includes a memory for storing necessary program instructions and data. When the communication device is a chip system, it may be composed of a chip, or may include a chip and other discrete devices.

其中，第十六方面至第十八方面中任一种设计方式所带来的技术效果可参见上述第二方面中不同设计方式所带来的技术效果，此处不再赘述。Among them, the technical effects brought by any one of the design methods in the sixteenth to eighteenth aspects can be referred to the technical effects brought by the different design methods in the second aspect, which will not be repeated here.

第十九方面，提供了一种计算机可读存储介质，该计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机可以执行上述第三方面所述的方法。In a nineteenth aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided, in which instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium, which when run on a computer, enables the computer to perform the method described in the third aspect.

第二十方面，提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机可以执行上述第三方面所述的方法。According to a twentieth aspect, there is provided a computer program product containing instructions that, when run on a computer, enable the computer to perform the method described in the third aspect above.

第二十一方面，提供了一种通信装置(例如，该通信装置可以是芯片或芯片系统)，该通信装置包括处理器，用于实现上述第三方面中所涉及的功能。在一种可能的设计中，该通信装置还包括存储器，该存储器，用于保存必要的程序指令和数据。该通信装置是芯片系统时，可以由芯片构成，也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。In a twenty-first aspect, a communication device (for example, the communication device may be a chip or a chip system) is provided. The communication device includes a processor for implementing the functions related to the third aspect. In a possible design, the communication device further includes a memory for storing necessary program instructions and data. When the communication device is a chip system, it may be composed of a chip, or may include a chip and other discrete devices.

其中，第十九方面至第二十一方面中任一种设计方式所带来的技术效果可参见上述第三方面中不同设计方式所带来的技术效果，此处不再赘述。For the technical effects brought by any one of the design methods in the nineteenth aspect to the twenty-first aspect, please refer to the technical effects brought by the different design methods in the third aspect above, which will not be repeated here.

第二十二方面，提供了一种计算机可读存储介质，该计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机可以执行上述第四方面所述的方法。In a twenty-second aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided. The computer-readable storage medium stores instructions, which when executed on a computer, enables the computer to perform the method described in the fourth aspect.

第二十三方面，提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机可以执行上述第四方面所述的方法。In a twenty-third aspect, there is provided a computer program product containing instructions that, when run on a computer, enable the computer to perform the method described in the fourth aspect.

第二十四方面，提供了一种通信装置(例如，该通信装置可以是芯片或芯片系统)，该通信装置包括处理器，用于实现上述第四方面中所涉及的功能。在一种可能的设计中，该通信装置还包括存储器， 该存储器，用于保存必要的程序指令和数据。该通信装置是芯片系统时，可以由芯片构成，也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。In a twenty-fourth aspect, a communication device (for example, the communication device may be a chip or a chip system) is provided. The communication device includes a processor for implementing the functions involved in the fourth aspect. In a possible design, the communication device further includes a memory for storing necessary program instructions and data. When the communication device is a chip system, it may be composed of a chip, or may include a chip and other discrete devices.

其中，第二十二方面至第二十四方面中任一种设计方式所带来的技术效果可参见上述第四方面中不同设计方式所带来的技术效果，此处不再赘述。The technical effects brought by any one of the design methods in the twenty-second aspect to the twenty-fourth aspect can be referred to the technical effects brought by the different design methods in the above fourth aspect, which will not be repeated here.

第二十五方面，提供一种通信系统，该通信系统包括上述第五方面所述的终端设备和上述第六方面所述的网络设备，或者，该通信系统包括上述第九方面所述的终端设备和上述第十方面所述的网络设备。A twenty-fifth aspect provides a communication system including the terminal device described in the fifth aspect and the network device described in the sixth aspect, or the communication system includes the terminal described in the ninth aspect The device and the network device described in the tenth aspect.

第二十六方面，提供一种通信系统，该通信系统包括上述第七方面所述的终端设备和上述第八方面所述的网络设备，或者，该通信系统包括上述第十一方面所述的终端设备和上述第十二方面所述的网络设备。In a twenty-sixth aspect, a communication system is provided, the communication system including the terminal device described in the seventh aspect and the network device described in the eighth aspect, or the communication system includes the device described in the eleventh aspect Terminal equipment and the network equipment described in the twelfth aspect.

附图说明BRIEF DESCRIPTION

图1a为现有的Uu口的通信的调度示意图；Figure 1a is a schematic diagram of the existing Uu port communication scheduling;

图1b为现有的PC5口的通信的调度示意图；Figure 1b is a schematic diagram of the existing PC5 port communication scheduling;

图1c为本申请实施例提供的用于在NR系统的Uu口发送针对PC5口的侧行链路数据传输的SR时所用的SR的相关配置示意图；FIG. 1c is a schematic diagram of the relevant configuration of the SR used when the SR for the side link data transmission of the PC5 port is sent at the Uu port of the NR system according to an embodiment of the present application;

图2为本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统的结构示意图；2 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application;

图3为本申请实施例提供的终端设备和网络设备的结构示意图；3 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device and a network device provided by an embodiment of this application;

图4为本申请实施例提供的终端设备的另一种结构示意图；4 is another schematic structural diagram of a terminal device provided by an embodiment of this application;

图5为本申请实施例提供的配置方法的流程示意图一；5 is a first schematic flowchart of a configuration method provided by an embodiment of the present application;

图6为本申请实施例提供的配置方法的流程示意图二；6 is a second schematic flowchart of a configuration method provided by an embodiment of this application;

图7为本申请实施例提供的终端设备的又一种结构示意图；7 is another schematic structural diagram of a terminal device provided by an embodiment of this application;

图8为本申请实施例提供的网络设备的又一种结构示意图。FIG. 8 is another schematic structural diagram of a network device provided by an embodiment of this application.

具体实施方式detailed description

为了方便理解本申请实施例中的方案，首先给出相关技术的简要介绍或定义如下：In order to facilitate understanding of the solutions in the embodiments of the present application, a brief introduction or definition of related technologies is first given as follows:

第一，SR相关的配置First, SR related configuration

本申请实施例中，用于在NR系统的Uu口发送的针对PC5口的侧行链路数据传输的SR时所用的SR的相关配置包括SR配置(scheduling request config)和SR资源配置(scheduling request resource config)。In the embodiment of the present application, the relevant configuration of the SR used for the SR for the side link data transmission of the PC5 port sent by the Uu port of the NR system includes SR configuration (scheduling request config) and SR resource configuration (scheduling request) resource config).

其中，SR配置包含在小区组配置的MAC配置中(MAC-CellGroupConfig)。每个MAC实体有一个MAC配置。每个MAC配置中最多可以包含8种SR配置。SR配置包括：Among them, the SR configuration is included in the MAC configuration of the cell group configuration (MAC-CellGroupConfig). Each MAC entity has a MAC configuration. Each MAC configuration can contain up to 8 SR configurations. SR configuration includes:

SR标识(SR ID)，用于标识或对应一个SR配置；SR identification (SR ID), used to identify or correspond to an SR configuration;

SR禁止计数器(SR prohibit timer)，用于控制SR传输的时间间隔；SR prohibit timer (SR prohibit timer), used to control the time interval of SR transmission;

SR传输最大次数(SR trans Max)，用于控制SR传输的最大次数。The maximum number of SR transmissions (SRtransMax) is used to control the maximum number of SR transmissions.

其中，SR资源配置包含在PUCCH配置中(PUCCH-config)。一个PUCCH配置中最多可以包含8种SR资源配置。在NR系统的Uu口上引入了带宽部分(bandwidth part，BWP)的概念。终端设备的每个服务小区上最多可以配置4个BWP。在可以配置PUCCH的服务小区，即终端设备的PUCCH Cell(包括PCell/PSCell和PUCCH SCell)上的每个BWP有独立的PUCCH配置，因此也有独立的SR资源配置。SR资源配置包括：Among them, the SR resource configuration is included in the PUCCH configuration (PUCCH-config). A PUCCH configuration can contain up to 8 SR resource configurations. The concept of bandwidth part (BWP) is introduced on the Uu port of the NR system. Up to 4 BWPs can be configured on each serving cell of the terminal device. Each BWP on the PUCCH cell (including PCell/PSCell and PUCCH SCell) where the PUCCH can be configured in the serving cell, that is, the terminal device, has an independent PUCCH configuration, and therefore also has an independent SR resource configuration. SR resource configuration includes:

SR资源标识(SR resource ID)，用于标识一个SR资源的配置；SR resource ID (SR resource ID), used to identify the configuration of an SR resource;

周期和偏移(periodicity and offset),用于确定SR的时域资源位置；Periodicity and offset (periodicity) and offset are used to determine the time domain resource location of SR;

物理上行控制信道资源(PUCCH resource ID)，用于确定SR的频域资源位置。The physical uplink control channel resource (PUCCH resource) ID is used to determine the frequency domain resource location of the SR.

其中，如图1c所示，终端设备的每个MAC实体下的每个SR配置对应一个或者多个上行逻辑信道，而每个上行逻辑信道会映射到0个或者1个SR配置。一个SR配置包含或者关联不同BWP和服务小区的SR资源配置集合(也可以称之为PUCCH SR资源集合)。当终端设备的一个MAC实体触发了UL BSR并进一步触发SR后，终端设备根据触发UL BSR的逻辑信道来确定对应的SR配置和SR资源配置。若触发UL BSR的逻辑信道配置了SR配置和关联的SR资源配置，即针对该触发ULBSR的逻辑信道，终端设备有有效的用于传输SR的专用SR资源，则终端设备通过该专用的SR资源来发送SR。若针对该触发ULBSR的逻辑信道，终端设备有多个有效的专用SR资源在时间上重合，选用哪个专用SR资源来传输SR由终端设备实现决定，本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。As shown in FIG. 1c, each SR configuration under each MAC entity of the terminal device corresponds to one or more uplink logical channels, and each uplink logical channel is mapped to 0 or 1 SR configuration. An SR configuration contains or associates SR resource configuration sets (also called PUCCH and SR resource sets) of different BWP and serving cells. When a MAC entity of the terminal device triggers UL BSR and further triggers SR, the terminal device determines the corresponding SR configuration and SR resource configuration according to the logical channel that triggers UL BSR. If the logical channel that triggers UL BSR is configured with SR configuration and associated SR resource configuration, that is, for the logical channel that triggers ULBSR, the terminal device has an effective dedicated SR resource for transmitting SR, then the terminal device passes the dedicated SR resource To send SR. For the logical channel that triggers ULBSR, the terminal device has multiple valid dedicated SR resources that overlap in time, and it is up to the terminal device to decide which dedicated SR resource to use to transmit the SR, which is not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.

第二，QoS信息Second, QoS information

本申请实施例中的QoS信息包括但不限于如下参数中的一个或多个：优先级，最大端到端时延，可靠性，传输速率，数据速率，载荷和最小要求的通信范围，在此统一说明，以下不再赘述。The QoS information in the embodiments of the present application includes but is not limited to one or more of the following parameters: priority, maximum end-to-end delay, reliability, transmission rate, data rate, load, and minimum required communication range, here Unified description, no more details below.

下面将结合本申请实施例中的附图，对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行描述。其中，在本申请的描述中，除非另有说明，“/”表示前后关联的对象是一种“或”的关系，例如，A/B可以表示A或B；本申请中的“和/或”仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系，表示可以存在三种关系，例如，A和/或B，可以表示：单独存在A，同时存在A和B，单独存在B这三种情况，其中A,B可以是单数或者复数。并且，在本申请的描述中，除非另有说明，“多个”是指两个或多于两个。“以下至少一项(个)”或其类似表达，是指的这些项中的任意组合，包括单项(个)或复数项(个)的任意组合。例如，a，b，或c中的至少一项(个)，可以表示：a，b，c，a-b，a-c，b-c，或a-b-c，其中a，b，c可以是单个，也可以是多个。另外，为了便于清楚描述本申请实施例的技术方案，在本申请的实施例中，采用了“第一”、“第二”等字样对功能和作用基本相同的相同项或相似项进行区分。本领域技术人员可以理解“第一”、“第二”等字样并不对数量和执行次序进行限定，并且“第一”、“第二”等字样也并不限定一定不同。The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application will be described below with reference to the drawings in the embodiments of the present application. In the description of this application, unless otherwise stated, "/" means that the related objects are in an "or" relationship. For example, A/B can mean A or B; "and/or" in this application "It is just a kind of association relationship that describes the related objects, indicating that there can be three kinds of relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist at the same time, B exists alone in three cases, where A , B can be singular or plural. And, in the description of the present application, unless otherwise stated, "plurality" means two or more than two. "At least one of the following" or a similar expression refers to any combination of these items, including any combination of a single item or a plurality of items. For example, at least one item (a) in a, b, or c can represent: a, b, c, ab, ac, bc, or abc, where a, b, c can be a single or multiple . In addition, in order to facilitate a clear description of the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application, in the embodiments of the present application, the words “first” and “second” are used to distinguish the same or similar items whose functions and functions are basically the same. Those skilled in the art may understand that the words "first" and "second" do not limit the number and execution order, and the words "first" and "second" do not necessarily mean different.

本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统。例如：正交频分多址(orthogonal frequency-division multiple access，简称OFDMA)、单载波频分多址(single carrier FDMA，简称SC-FDMA)和其它系统等。术语“系统”可以和“网络”相互替换。OFDMA系统可以实现诸如演进通用无线陆地接入(evolved universal terrestrial radio access，简称E-UTRA)、超级移动宽带(ultra mobile broadband，简称UMB)等无线技术。E-UTRA是通用移动通信系统(universal mobile telecommunications system，简称UMTS)演进版本。第三代合作伙伴计划(3rd generation partnership project，简称3GPP)在长期演进(long term evolution，简称LTE)和基于LTE演进的各种版本是使用E-UTRA的新版本。5G通信系统是正在研究当中的下一代通信系统，也可以称之为NR系统。其中，5G通信系统包括非独立组网(non-standalone，简称NSA)的5G移动通信系统，独立组网(standalone，简称SA)的5G移动通信系统，或者，NSA的5G移动通信系统和SA的5G移动通信系统。此外，通信系统还可以适用于面向未来的通信技术，都适用本申请实施例提供的技术方案。上述适用本申请的通信系统仅是举例说明，适用本申请的通信系统不限于此，在此统一说明，以下不再赘述。The technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application can be applied to various communication systems. For example: orthogonal frequency division multiple access (orthogonal frequency-division multiple access, OFDMA for short), single carrier frequency division multiple access (single carrier FDMA, SC-FDMA for short) and other systems. The term "system" can be used interchangeably with "network". The OFDMA system can implement wireless technologies such as evolved universal wireless terrestrial access (evolved universal terrestrial radio access, E-UTRA for short), ultra mobile broadband (ultra mobile broadband, UMB for short). E-UTRA is an evolved version of the Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS). The 3rd Generation Partnership Project (3GPP) is a new version using E-UTRA in long term evolution (LTE) and various versions based on LTE evolution. The 5G communication system is the next-generation communication system under study, which can also be called the NR system. Among them, 5G communication systems include non-standalone (NSA) 5G mobile communication systems, standalone (SA) 5G mobile communication systems, or NSA’s 5G mobile communication systems and SA’s 5G mobile communication system. In addition, the communication system can also be adapted to future-oriented communication technologies, and all the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application are applicable. The above-mentioned communication system to which this application is applied is for illustration only, and the communication system to which this application is applied is not limited to this, and will be described here in a unified manner, and will not be repeated here.

如图2所示，为本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统20。该通信系统20包括一个网络设备30，以及与该网络设备30连接的一个或多个终端设备40。其中，不同的终端设备40之间可以通信。As shown in FIG. 2, it is a communication system 20 provided by an embodiment of the present application. The communication system 20 includes a network device 30 and one or more terminal devices 40 connected to the network device 30. Among them, different terminal devices 40 can communicate.

以图2所示的网络设备30与任一终端设备40进行交互为例，本申请实施例中，为了配置用于在NR系统的Uu口发送针对PC5口的侧行链路数据传输的SR时所用的SR配置和SR资源配置，终端设备40向网络设备30发送第一消息，该第一消息包括第一标识。网络设备30接收来自终端设备40的第 一消息之后，向终端设备40发送第二消息，第二消息包括第二标识和第二标识所映射的SR标识，其中，SR标识对应一个SR配置，该SR配置关联一个或多个SR资源配置，第一标识与第二标识相同，或第一标识与第二标识存在映射关系。进而，终端设备40接收来自网络设备30的第二消息之后，若第二标识关联的逻辑信道触发了SL BSR并触发了SR，终端设备40用于该SR的SR配置为第二标识所映射的SR标识所对应的SR配置；终端设备40用于该SR的SR资源配置为该SR配置所关联的一个或多个SR资源配置。也就是说，终端设备40可以根据第二标识和第二标识所映射的SR标识，确定用于在NR系统的Uu口发送针对PC5口的侧行链路数据传输的SR时所用的SR配置和SR资源配置，从而可以根据确定出的SR配置和SR资源配置，在NR系统的Uu口发送SR。其中，SR配置以及SR资源配置的相关描述可参考具体实施方式的简要介绍部分，在此不再赘述。上述方案的详细描述将参考后续方法实施例部分，在此不予赘述。Taking the interaction between the network device 30 shown in FIG. 2 and any terminal device 40 as an example, in the embodiment of the present application, in order to configure the SR for sending the SR for the sidelink data transmission of the PC5 port on the Uu port of the NR system For the used SR configuration and SR resource configuration, the terminal device 40 sends a first message to the network device 30, where the first message includes the first identifier. After receiving the first message from the terminal device 40, the network device 30 sends a second message to the terminal device 40, where the second message includes the second identifier and the SR identifier mapped by the second identifier, where the SR identifier corresponds to an SR configuration, the The SR configuration is associated with one or more SR resource configurations, the first identifier is the same as the second identifier, or there is a mapping relationship between the first identifier and the second identifier. Furthermore, after the terminal device 40 receives the second message from the network device 30, if the logical channel associated with the second identifier triggers the SL and BSR and triggers the SR, the SR used by the terminal device 40 for the SR is configured to be mapped by the second identifier The SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier; the SR resource configuration used by the terminal device 40 for the SR is one or more SR resource configurations associated with the SR configuration. That is to say, the terminal device 40 can determine the SR configuration and the SR configuration used when the SR of the NR system is used to send the SR for the PC5 port's side link data transmission according to the second identification and the SR identification mapped to the second identification SR resource configuration, so that the SR can be sent on the Uu port of the NR system according to the determined SR configuration and SR resource configuration. For the description of SR configuration and SR resource configuration, reference may be made to the brief introduction of the specific implementation manner, which will not be repeated here. For the detailed description of the above solution, reference will be made to the subsequent method embodiment part, which will not be repeated here.

可选的，本申请实施例中的网络设备30，是一种将终端设备40接入到无线网络的设备，可以是长期演进(long term evolution，LTE)中的演进型基站(evolutional Node B，eNB或eNodeB)；或者第五代(5th generation，5G)网络或者未来演进的公共陆地移动网络(public land mobile network，PLMN)中的基站，宽带网络业务网关(broadband network gateway，BNG)，汇聚交换机或非第三代合作伙伴项目(3rd generation partnership project，3GPP)接入设备等，本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。可选的，本申请实施例中的基站可以包括各种形式的基站，例如：宏基站，微基站(也称为小站)，中继站，接入点等，本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。Optionally, the network device 30 in the embodiment of the present application is a device that connects the terminal device 40 to a wireless network, which may be an evolutionary base station (evolutional Node B in long term evolution (LTE), eNB or eNodeB); or a base station in a 5th generation (5G) network or a public land mobile network (PLMN) that will evolve in the future, a broadband network service gateway (BNG), an aggregation switch Or a non-third-generation partnership project (3rd generation partnership project, 3GPP) access device, etc., which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application. Optionally, the base stations in the embodiments of the present application may include various forms of base stations, such as macro base stations, micro base stations (also called small stations), relay stations, and access points, which are not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application. .

可选的，本申请实施例中的终端设备40，可以是用于实现无线通信功能的设备，例如终端或者可用于终端中的芯片等。其中，终端可以是5G网络或者未来演进的PLMN中的用户设备(user equipment，UE)、接入终端、终端单元、终端站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、无线通信设备、终端代理或终端装置等。接入终端可以是蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(session initiation protocol，SIP)电话、无线本地环路(wireless local loop，WLL)站、个人数字处理(personal digital assistant，PDA)、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备或可穿戴设备，虚拟现实(virtual reality，VR)终端设备、增强现实(augmented reality，AR)终端设备、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端、无人驾驶(self driving)中的无线终端、远程医疗(remote medical)中的无线终端、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端等。终端可以是移动的，也可以是固定的。Optionally, the terminal device 40 in the embodiment of the present application may be a device for implementing a wireless communication function, such as a terminal or a chip that can be used in the terminal. Among them, the terminal may be a user equipment (user equipment, UE), access terminal, terminal unit, terminal station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, wireless communication in a 5G network or a future evolved PLMN Equipment, terminal agent or terminal device, etc. Access terminals can be cellular phones, cordless phones, session initiation protocol (SIP) phones, wireless local loop (WLL) stations, personal digital processing (personal digital assistant (PDA), wireless communication Functional handheld devices, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, in-vehicle devices or wearable devices, virtual reality (VR) terminal devices, augmented reality (AR) terminal devices, industrial control (industrial wireless terminal in control), wireless terminal in self-driving (self-driving), wireless terminal in remote medical (remote), wireless terminal in smart grid (smart), wireless in transportation safety (transportation safety) Terminals, wireless terminals in smart cities (smart cities), wireless terminals in smart homes (smart homes), etc. The terminal can be mobile or fixed.

可选的，本申请实施例中的网络设备30与终端设备40也可以称之为通信装置，其可以是一个通用设备或者是一个专用设备，本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。Optionally, the network device 30 and the terminal device 40 in the embodiment of the present application may also be referred to as communication devices, which may be a general-purpose device or a dedicated device, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.

可选的，如图3所示，为本申请实施例提供的网络设备30和终端设备40的结构示意图。Optionally, as shown in FIG. 3, it is a schematic structural diagram of a network device 30 and a terminal device 40 provided by an embodiment of the present application.

其中，终端设备40包括至少一个处理器(图3中示例性的以包括一个处理器401为例进行说明)和至少一个收发器(图3中示例性的以包括一个收发器403为例进行说明)。可选的，终端设备40还可以包括至少一个存储器(图3中示例性的以包括一个存储器402为例进行说明)、至少一个输出设备(图3中示例性的以包括一个输出设备404为例进行说明)和至少一个输入设备(图3中示例性的以包括一个输如设备405为例进行说明)。The terminal device 40 includes at least one processor (exemplarily illustrated in FIG. 3 including one processor 401) and at least one transceiver (exemplified illustrated in FIG. 3 including one transceiver 403) ). Optionally, the terminal device 40 may further include at least one memory (exemplarily illustrated in FIG. 3 including a memory 402), and at least one output device (exemplarily illustrated in FIG. 3 including an output device 404 For explanation) and at least one input device (in FIG. 3, an input device 405 is taken as an example for illustration).

处理器401、存储器402和收发器403通过通信线路相连接。通信线路可包括一通路，在上述组件之间传送信息。The processor 401, the memory 402, and the transceiver 403 are connected through a communication line. The communication line may include a path to transfer information between the above components.

处理器401可以是通用中央处理器(central processing unit，CPU)、微处理器、特定应用集成电路 (application-specific integrated circuit，ASIC)，或者一个或多个用于控制本申请方案程序执行的集成电路。在具体实现中，作为一种实施例，处理器401也可以包括多个CPU，并且处理器401可以是单核(single-CPU)处理器或多核(multi-CPU)处理器。这里的处理器可以指一个或多个设备、电路或用于处理数据(例如计算机程序指令)的处理核。The processor 401 may be a general-purpose central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU), a microprocessor, an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or one or more integrations used to control the execution of the program program of the present application Circuit. In a specific implementation, as an embodiment, the processor 401 may also include multiple CPUs, and the processor 401 may be a single-core (single-CPU) processor or a multi-core (multi-CPU) processor. The processor here may refer to one or more devices, circuits, or processing cores for processing data (eg, computer program instructions).

存储器402可以是具有存储功能的装置。例如可以是只读存储器(read-only memory，ROM)或可存储静态信息和指令的其他类型的静态存储设备、随机存取存储器(random access memory，RAM)或者可存储信息和指令的其他类型的动态存储设备，也可以是电可擦可编程只读存储器(electrically erasable programmable read-only memory，EEPROM)、只读光盘(compact disc read-only memory，CD-ROM)或其他光盘存储、光碟存储(包括压缩光碟、激光碟、光碟、数字通用光碟、蓝光光碟等)、磁盘存储介质或者其他磁存储设备、或者能够用于携带或存储具有指令或数据结构形式的期望的程序代码并能够由计算机存取的任何其他介质，但不限于此。存储器402可以是独立存在，通过通信线路与处理器401相连接。存储器402也可以和处理器401集成在一起。The memory 402 may be a device having a storage function. For example, it can be read-only memory (ROM) or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and instructions, random access memory (random access memory, RAM), or other types of information and instructions that can be stored. Dynamic storage devices can also be electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (electrically erasable programmable-read-only memory (EEPROM), read-only compact disc (compact disc read-only memory, CD-ROM) or other optical disc storage, optical disc storage ( (Including compact discs, laser discs, optical discs, digital versatile discs, Blu-ray discs, etc.), disk storage media or other magnetic storage devices, or can be used to carry or store the desired program code in the form of instructions or data structures and can be stored by the computer Any other media, but not limited to this. The memory 402 may exist independently, and is connected to the processor 401 through a communication line. The memory 402 can also be integrated with the processor 401.

其中，存储器402用于存储执行本申请方案的计算机执行指令，并由处理器401来控制执行。具体的，处理器401用于执行存储器402中存储的计算机执行指令，从而实现本申请实施例中所述的功率调整的方法。可选的，本申请实施例中的计算机执行指令也可以称之为应用程序代码或者计算机程序代码，本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。The memory 402 is used to store computer execution instructions for executing the solution of the present application, and the processor 401 controls execution. Specifically, the processor 401 is used to execute computer-executed instructions stored in the memory 402, so as to implement the power adjustment method described in the embodiments of the present application. Optionally, the computer execution instructions in the embodiments of the present application may also be called application program codes or computer program codes, which are not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.

收发器403可以使用任何收发器一类的装置，用于与其他设备或通信网络通信，如以太网、无线接入网(radio access network，RAN)、或者无线局域网(wireless local area networks，WLAN)等。收发器403包括发射机Tx和接收机Rx。The transceiver 403 can use any transceiver-like device for communicating with other devices or communication networks, such as Ethernet, wireless access network (RAN), or wireless local area network (WLAN) Wait. The transceiver 403 includes a transmitter Tx and a receiver Rx.

输出设备404和处理器401通信，可以以多种方式来显示信息。例如，输出设备404可以是液晶显示器(liquid crystal display，LCD)，发光二级管(light emitting diode，LED)显示设备，阴极射线管(cathode ray tube，CRT)显示设备，或投影仪(projector)等。The output device 404 communicates with the processor 401 and can display information in various ways. For example, the output device 404 may be a liquid crystal display (LCD), a light emitting diode (LED) display device, a cathode ray tube (CRT) display device, or a projector. Wait.

输入设备405和处理器401通信，可以以多种方式接受用户的输入。例如，输入设备405可以是鼠标、键盘、触摸屏设备或传感设备等。The input device 405 communicates with the processor 401 and can accept user input in a variety of ways. For example, the input device 405 may be a mouse, a keyboard, a touch screen device, or a sensing device.

网络设备30包括至少一个处理器(图3中示例性的以包括一个处理器301为例进行说明)、至少一个收发器(图3中示例性的以包括一个收发器303为例进行说明)和至少一个网络接口(图3中示例性的以包括一个网络接口304为例进行说明)。可选的，网络设备30还可以包括至少一个存储器(图3中示例性的以包括一个存储器302为例进行说明)。其中，处理器301、存储器302、收发器303和网络接口304通过通信线路相连接。网络接口304用于通过链路(例如S1接口)与核心网设备连接，或者通过有线或无线链路(例如X2接口)与其它网络设备的网络接口进行连接(图3中未示出)，本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。另外，处理器301、存储器302和收发器303的相关描述可参考终端设备40中处理器401、存储器402和收发器403的描述，在此不再赘述。The network device 30 includes at least one processor (exemplarily illustrated in FIG. 3 including one processor 301), at least one transceiver (exemplified illustrated in FIG. 3 including one transceiver 303), and At least one network interface (exemplarily illustrated in FIG. 3 by including one network interface 304). Optionally, the network device 30 may further include at least one memory (exemplarily shown in FIG. 3 by including one memory 302 as an example). Among them, the processor 301, the memory 302, the transceiver 303 and the network interface 304 are connected through a communication line. The network interface 304 is used to connect to the core network device through a link (such as an S1 interface), or to connect to a network interface of other network devices through a wired or wireless link (such as an X2 interface) (not shown in FIG. 3). The application examples do not specifically limit this. In addition, for the relevant descriptions of the processor 301, the memory 302, and the transceiver 303, reference may be made to the descriptions of the processor 401, the memory 402, and the transceiver 403 in the terminal device 40, and details are not described herein again.

结合图3所示的终端设备40的结构示意图，示例性的，图4为本申请实施例提供的终端设备40的一种具体结构形式。With reference to the schematic structural diagram of the terminal device 40 shown in FIG. 3, for example, FIG. 4 is a specific structural form of the terminal device 40 provided by an embodiment of the present application.

其中，在一些实施例中，图3中的处理器401的功能可以通过图4中的处理器110实现。In some embodiments, the function of the processor 401 in FIG. 3 may be implemented by the processor 110 in FIG. 4.

在一些实施例中，图3中的收发器403的功能可以通过图4中的天线1，天线2，移动通信模块150，无线通信模块160等实现。In some embodiments, the functions of the transceiver 403 in FIG. 3 may be implemented by the antenna 1, antenna 2, mobile communication module 150, wireless communication module 160, etc. in FIG.

其中，天线1和天线2用于发射和接收电磁波信号。终端设备40中的每个天线可用于覆盖单个或多个通信频带。不同的天线还可以复用，以提高天线的利用率。例如：可以将天线1复用为无线局域网 的分集天线。在另外一些实施例中，天线可以和调谐开关结合使用。Among them, the antenna 1 and the antenna 2 are used to transmit and receive electromagnetic wave signals. Each antenna in the terminal device 40 can be used to cover a single or multiple communication frequency bands. Different antennas can also be reused to improve antenna utilization. For example, antenna 1 can be multiplexed as a diversity antenna of a wireless local area network. In other embodiments, the antenna may be used in conjunction with a tuning switch.

移动通信模块150可以提供应用在终端设备40上的包括2G/3G/4G/5G等无线通信的解决方案。移动通信模块150可以包括至少一个滤波器，开关，功率放大器，低噪声放大器(low noise amplifier，LNA)等。移动通信模块150可以由天线1接收电磁波，并对接收的电磁波进行滤波，放大等处理，传送至调制解调处理器进行解调。移动通信模块150还可以对经调制解调处理器调制后的信号放大，经天线1转为电磁波辐射出去。在一些实施例中，移动通信模块150的至少部分功能模块可以被设置于处理器110中。在一些实施例中，移动通信模块150的至少部分功能模块可以与处理器110的至少部分模块被设置在同一个器件中。The mobile communication module 150 may provide a wireless communication solution including 2G/3G/4G/5G and the like applied to the terminal device 40. The mobile communication module 150 may include at least one filter, switch, power amplifier, low noise amplifier (LNA), and the like. The mobile communication module 150 can receive the electromagnetic wave from the antenna 1 and filter, amplify, etc. the received electromagnetic wave, and transmit it to the modem processor for demodulation. The mobile communication module 150 can also amplify the signal modulated by the modulation and demodulation processor and convert it to electromagnetic wave radiation through the antenna 1. In some embodiments, at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 may be provided in the processor 110. In some embodiments, at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 and at least part of the modules of the processor 110 may be provided in the same device.

无线通信模块160可以提供应用在终端设备40上的包括无线局域网(wireless local area networks，WLAN)(如Wi-Fi网络)，蓝牙(blue tooth，BT)，全球导航卫星系统(global navigation satellite system，GNSS)，调频(frequency modulation，FM)，仅距离无线通信(near field communication，NFC)，红外技术(infrared，IR)等无线通信的解决方案。无线通信模块160可以是集成至少一个通信处理模块的一个或多个器件。无线通信模块160经由天线2接收电磁波，将电磁波信号调频以及滤波处理，将处理后的信号发送到处理器110。无线通信模块160还可以从处理器110接收待发送的信号，对其进行调频，放大，经天线2转为电磁波辐射出去。当终端设备40是第一设备时，无线通信模块160可以提供应用在终端设备40上的NFC无线通信的解决方案，是指第一设备包括NFC芯片。该NFC芯片可以提高NFC无线通信功能。当终端设备40是第二设备时，无线通信模块160可以提供应用在终端设备40上的NFC无线通信的解决方案，是指第一设备包括电子标签(如射频识别(radio frequency identification，RFID)标签)。其他设备的NFC芯片靠近该电子标签可以与第二设备进行NFC无线通信。The wireless communication module 160 can provide wireless local area network (wireless local area networks, WLAN) (such as Wi-Fi network), Bluetooth (bluetooth, BT), global navigation satellite system (global navigation satellite system) applied to the terminal device 40, GNSS), Frequency Modulation (FM), only wireless communication (near field communication, NFC), infrared technology (infrared, IR) and other wireless communication solutions. The wireless communication module 160 may be one or more devices integrating at least one communication processing module. The wireless communication module 160 receives the electromagnetic wave via the antenna 2, frequency-modulates and filters the electromagnetic wave signal, and sends the processed signal to the processor 110. The wireless communication module 160 can also receive the signal to be transmitted from the processor 110, frequency-modulate it, amplify it, and convert it to electromagnetic waves through the antenna 2 to radiate it out. When the terminal device 40 is the first device, the wireless communication module 160 may provide a solution of NFC wireless communication applied to the terminal device 40, which means that the first device includes an NFC chip. The NFC chip can improve the NFC wireless communication function. When the terminal device 40 is the second device, the wireless communication module 160 can provide a solution of NFC wireless communication applied to the terminal device 40, which means that the first device includes an electronic tag (such as a radio frequency identification (RFID) tag ). The NFC chips of other devices near the electronic tag can perform NFC wireless communication with the second device.

在一些实施例中，终端设备40的天线1和移动通信模块150耦合，天线2和无线通信模块160耦合，使得终端设备40可以通过无线通信技术与网络以及其他设备通信。所述无线通信技术可以包括全球移动通讯系统(global system for mobile communications，GSM)，通用分组无线服务(general packet radio service，GPRS)，码分多址接入(code division multiple access，CDMA)，宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access，WCDMA)，时分码分多址(time-division code division multiple access，TD-SCDMA)，长期演进(long term evolution，LTE)，BT，GNSS，WLAN，NFC，FM，和/或IR技术等。所述GNSS可以包括全球卫星定位系统(global positioning system，GPS)，全球导航卫星系统(global navigation satellite system，GLONASS)，北斗卫星导航系统(beidou navigation satellite system，BDS)，准天顶卫星系统(quasi-zenith satellite system，QZSS)和/或星基增强系统(satellite based augmentation systems，SBAS)。In some embodiments, the antenna 1 of the terminal device 40 is coupled to the mobile communication module 150, and the antenna 2 is coupled to the wireless communication module 160, so that the terminal device 40 can communicate with the network and other devices through wireless communication technology. The wireless communication technology may include a global mobile communication system (global system for mobile communications, GSM), general packet radio service (general packet radio service, GPRS), code division multiple access (code division multiple access, CDMA), broadband Wideband code division multiple access (WCDMA), time-division code division multiple access (TD-SCDMA), long-term evolution (LTE), BT, GNSS, WLAN, NFC , FM, and/or IR technology, etc. The GNSS may include a global positioning system (GPS), a global navigation satellite system (GLONASS), a beidou navigation system (BDS), and a quasi-zenith satellite system (quasi -zenith satellite system (QZSS) and/or satellite-based augmentation system (SBAS).

在一些实施例中，图3中的存储器402的功能可以通过图4中的内部存储器121或者外部存储器接口120连接的外部存储器(例如Micro SD卡)等实现。In some embodiments, the function of the memory 402 in FIG. 3 may be implemented through the internal memory 121 in FIG. 4 or an external memory (such as a Micro SD card) connected to the external memory interface 120.

在一些实施例中，图3中的输出设备404的功能可以通过图4中的显示屏194实现。其中，显示屏194用于显示图像，视频等。显示屏194包括显示面板。显示面板可以采用LCD，有机发光二极管(organic light-emitting diode，OLED)，有源矩阵有机发光二极体或主动矩阵有机发光二极体(active-matrix organic light emitting diode的，AMOLED)，柔性发光二极管(flex light-emitting diode，FLED)，Miniled，MicroLed，Micro-oLed，量子点发光二极管(quantum dot light emitting diodes，QLED)等。在一些实施例中，终端设备40可以包括1个或N个显示屏194，N为大于1的正整数。In some embodiments, the function of the output device 404 in FIG. 3 may be implemented through the display screen 194 in FIG. 4. Among them, the display screen 194 is used to display images, videos and the like. The display screen 194 includes a display panel. The display panel can use LCD, organic light-emitting diode (OLED), active matrix organic light emitting diode or active matrix organic light emitting diode (active-matrix organic light emitting diode, AMOLED), flexible light emitting Diode (flex light-emitting diode, FLED), Miniled, MicroLed, Micro-oLed, quantum dot light emitting diode (QLED), etc. In some embodiments, the terminal device 40 may include 1 or N display screens 194, where N is a positive integer greater than 1.

在一些实施例中，图3中的输入设备405的功能可以通过鼠标、键盘、触摸屏设备或图4中的传感器模块180来实现。示例性的，如图4所示，该传感器模块180例如可以包括压力传感器180A、陀螺 仪传感器180B、气压传感器180C、磁传感器180D、加速度传感器180E、距离传感器180F、接近光传感器180G、指纹传感器180H、温度传感器180J、触摸传感器180K、环境光传感器180L、和骨传导传感器180M中的一个或多个，本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。In some embodiments, the function of the input device 405 in FIG. 3 may be implemented by a mouse, a keyboard, a touch screen device, or the sensor module 180 in FIG. 4. Exemplarily, as shown in FIG. 4, the sensor module 180 may include, for example, a pressure sensor 180A, a gyro sensor 180B, an air pressure sensor 180C, a magnetic sensor 180D, an acceleration sensor 180E, a distance sensor 180F, a proximity light sensor 180G, and a fingerprint sensor 180H , One or more of the temperature sensor 180J, the touch sensor 180K, the ambient light sensor 180L, and the bone conduction sensor 180M, which is not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.

在一些实施例中，如图4所示，该终端设备40还可以包括音频模块170、摄像头193、指示器192、马达191、按键190、SIM卡接口195、USB接口130、充电管理模块140、电源管理模块141和电池142中的一个或多个，其中，音频模块170可以与扬声器170A(也称“喇叭”)、受话器170B(也称“听筒”)、麦克风170C(也称“话筒”，“传声器”)或耳机接口170D等连接，本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 4, the terminal device 40 may further include an audio module 170, a camera 193, an indicator 192, a motor 191, a button 190, a SIM card interface 195, a USB interface 130, a charging management module 140, One or more of the power management module 141 and the battery 142, wherein the audio module 170 can be connected with a speaker 170A (also called "speaker"), a receiver 170B (also called "earpiece"), a microphone 170C (also called "microphone", "Microphone") or headset interface 170D, etc., which is not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.

可以理解的是，图4所示的结构并不构成对终端设备40的具体限定。比如，在本申请另一些实施例中，终端设备40可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件，或者组合某些部件，或者拆分某些部件，或者不同的部件布置。图示的部件可以以硬件，软件或软件和硬件的组合实现。It can be understood that the structure shown in FIG. 4 does not constitute a specific limitation on the terminal device 40. For example, in other embodiments of the present application, the terminal device 40 may include more or fewer components than shown, or combine some components, or split some components, or arrange different components. The illustrated components can be implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of software and hardware.

下面将结合图1至图4，以图2所示的网络设备30与任一终端设备40进行交互，终端设备40为NR系统中的一个终端，网络设备30为NR系统中的基站为例，对本申请实施例提供的配置方法进行展开说明。1 to 4, the network device 30 shown in FIG. 2 interacts with any terminal device 40. The terminal device 40 is a terminal in the NR system, and the network device 30 is a base station in the NR system as an example. The configuration method provided by the embodiment of the present application will be described.

示例性的，如图1b所示，对于PC5口的通信，如果基站为终端设备1配置的是基于基站调度的资源分配方式，那么当终端设备1有SL数据需要发送但没有可用的SL grant时，终端设备需要触发SR，并通过发送SR来向基站请求UL grant。在接收到UL grant后，终端设备1通过该UL grant可以发送SL BSR给基站，用于基站根据所述SL BSR进一步给终端设备1分配SL grant，以使得终端设备1在相应的SL grant上发送SL数据。然而，如何配置用于在NR系统的Uu口发送针对PC5口的侧行链路数据传输的SR时所用的SR的相关配置，目前并没有相关的解决方案。基于此，本申请实施例提供如下两种配置方法。其中，下述的终端设备可以对应这里的终端设备1，在此统一说明，以下不再赘述。Exemplarily, as shown in FIG. 1b, for PC5 port communication, if the base station configures the terminal device 1 with a resource allocation method based on base station scheduling, then when the terminal device 1 has SL data to send but no SL grant is available , The terminal equipment needs to trigger the SR, and request the UL grant from the base station by sending the SR. After receiving the UL grant, the terminal device 1 can send the SL BSR to the base station through the UL grant, for the base station to further allocate the SL grant to the terminal device 1 according to the SL BSR, so that the terminal device 1 sends on the corresponding SL grant SL data. However, there is currently no related solution to how to configure the SR used for sending the SR for the side link data transmission of the PC5 port on the Uu port of the NR system. Based on this, the embodiments of the present application provide the following two configuration methods. Among them, the following terminal devices may correspond to the terminal device 1 here, which will be described here in a unified manner, and will not be repeated below.

需要说明的是，本申请下述实施例中各个网元之间的消息名字或消息中各参数的名字等只是一个示例，具体实现中也可以是其他的名字，本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。It should be noted that the name of the message between the network elements or the name of each parameter in the message in the following embodiments of the present application is just an example, and other names may be used in the specific implementation, which is not specified in the embodiments of the present application. limited.

如图5所示，为本申请实施例提供的一种配置方法，该配置方法包括如下步骤：As shown in FIG. 5, this is a configuration method provided by an embodiment of the present application. The configuration method includes the following steps:

S501、终端设备向基站发送第一消息。相应的，基站接收来自终端设备的第一消息。其中，第一消息包括第一标识。S501. The terminal device sends the first message to the base station. Correspondingly, the base station receives the first message from the terminal device. The first message includes the first identification.

示例性的，第一消息例如可以为侧行链路UE信息(sidelink UE information)消息。Exemplarily, the first message may be, for example, a sidelink UE information (sidelink UE information) message.

可选的，在第一消息中还可以包括第一标识所对应的QoS信息。其中，QoS信息的相关描述可参考具体实施方式的简要介绍部分，在此不再赘述。Optionally, the first message may further include QoS information corresponding to the first identifier. For the relevant description of the QoS information, please refer to the brief introduction part of the specific implementation, which will not be repeated here.

一种可能的实现方式中，在第一消息中还可以包括V2X业务的目的地信息。该目的地信息与上述第一标识相关联。其中，该目的地信息用于让基站区分第一标识所属的目的地，从而根据目的地信息和第一标识为终端设备配置SR配置和该SR配置所关联的SR资源配置中一个或多个。In a possible implementation manner, the first message may further include destination information of the V2X service. The destination information is associated with the above-mentioned first identification. The destination information is used for the base station to distinguish the destination to which the first identifier belongs, so as to configure the terminal device with the SR configuration and one or more of the SR resource configurations associated with the SR configuration according to the destination information and the first identifier.

示例性的，本申请实施例中的目的地信息例如可以为层二目的地标识(destination L2 ID)或者层二目的地标识映射的索引值，本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。Exemplarily, the destination information in the embodiment of the present application may be, for example, a layer two destination identifier (destination L2 ID) or an index value of a layer two destination identifier mapping, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.

需要说明的是，本申请实施例中的关联也可以描述为映射、对应或者绑定等，即本申请实施例中，关联、映射、对应或者绑定等可以理解为同一个含义的不同表达方式，在此统一说明，以下不再赘述。It should be noted that the association in the embodiment of the present application can also be described as mapping, correspondence, or binding, etc., that in the embodiment of the present application, the association, mapping, correspondence, or binding can be understood as different expressions of the same meaning , Here for a unified description, not repeat them below.

或者，另一种可能的实现方式中，在第一消息中还可以包括V2X业务的源信息和目的地信息。该源信息与上述第一标识相关联，且该目的地信息与上述第一标识与相关联。其中，源信息和目的地信息用于让基站区分第一标识所属的源和目的地的组合，从而根据源信息和目的地信息的组合以及第一标识 为终端设备配置SR配置和该SR配置所关联的SR资源配置中一个或多个。Or, in another possible implementation manner, the first message may further include source information and destination information of the V2X service. The source information is associated with the first identification, and the destination information is associated with the first identification. The source information and the destination information are used for the base station to distinguish the combination of the source and destination to which the first identifier belongs, so as to configure the SR configuration and the SR configuration location for the terminal device according to the combination of the source information and destination information and the first identifier One or more associated SR resource configurations.

示例性的，本申请实施例中的源信息例如可以为层二源标识(source L2 ID)或者层二源标识映射的索引值，本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。Exemplarily, the source information in the embodiment of the present application may be, for example, a layer two source identification (source L2 ID) or an index value of a layer two source identification mapping, which is not specifically limited in the embodiment of the present application.

可选的，在第一消息中还可以包括指示信息，该指示信息用于指示每个QoS流或者每个QoS的标识所对应的传输方式为单播传输，组播传输还是广播传输。Optionally, the first message may further include indication information used to indicate that the transmission mode corresponding to each QoS flow or each QoS identifier is unicast transmission, multicast transmission, or broadcast transmission.

S502、基站向终端设备发送第二消息。相应的，终端设备接收来自基站的第二消息。第二消息包括第二标识和第二标识所映射的SR标识，该SR标识对应一个SR配置，该SR配置关联一个或多个SR资源配置，第一标识与所述第二标识相同，或第一标识与第二标识存在映射关系。S502. The base station sends a second message to the terminal device. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the second message from the base station. The second message includes a second identifier and an SR identifier mapped by the second identifier. The SR identifier corresponds to an SR configuration, and the SR configuration is associated with one or more SR resource configurations. The first identifier is the same as the second identifier, or There is a mapping relationship between an identifier and a second identifier.

示例性的，第二消息例如可以为无线资源控制(radio resource control，RRC)重配置(RRC reconfiguration)消息。Exemplarily, the second message may be, for example, a radio resource control (RRC) reconfiguration (RRC reconfiguration) message.

可选的，本申请实施例中，若第一消息中包括V2X业务的目的地信息，则第二消息中还可以包括该V2X业务的目的地信息。该目的地信息与上述第二标识与相关联，且该目的地信息与第二标识所映射的SR标识相关联。其中，该目的地信息用于让终端设备区分第二标识所映射的SR标识所属的目的地，从而根据目的地信息和第二标识所映射的SR标识确定用于SR传输的SR配置和该SR配置所关联的一个或多个SR资源配置。Optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, if the first message includes destination information of the V2X service, the second message may further include destination information of the V2X service. The destination information is associated with the second identifier, and the destination information is associated with the SR identifier to which the second identifier is mapped. The destination information is used for the terminal device to distinguish the destination to which the SR identifier mapped by the second identifier belongs, so as to determine the SR configuration used for SR transmission and the SR according to the destination information and the SR identifier mapped by the second identifier Configure one or more SR resource configurations associated with the configuration.

或者，可选的，本申请实施例中，若第一消息中包括V2X业务的源信息和目的地信息，则第二消息中还可以包括该V2X业务的源信息和目的地信息。该源信息与上述第二标识与相关联，且该源信息与第二标识所映射的SR标识相关联，该目的地信息与上述第二标识与相关联，且该目的地信息与第二标识所映射的SR标识相关联。其中，源信息和目的地信息用于让终端设备区分第二标识所映射的SR标识所属的源和目的地的组合，从而根据源信息和目的地信息的组合以及第二标识所映射的SR标识确定用于SR传输的SR配置和该SR配置所关联的一个或多个SR资源配置。Or, optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, if the first message includes source information and destination information of the V2X service, the second message may further include source information and destination information of the V2X service. The source information is associated with the second identifier, and the source information is associated with the SR identifier mapped to the second identifier, the destination information is associated with the second identifier, and the destination information is associated with the second identifier The mapped SR identification is associated. The source information and the destination information are used for the terminal device to distinguish the combination of the source and destination to which the SR identifier mapped by the second identifier belongs, according to the combination of the source information and destination information and the SR identifier mapped by the second identifier Determine an SR configuration used for SR transmission and one or more SR resource configurations associated with the SR configuration.

下面将分几种不同的情况对上述配置方法进行详细说明。The above configuration method will be described in detail in several different situations.

情况一：第一标识为QoS流的标识。Case 1: The first identifier is the identifier of the QoS flow.

以V2X业务为例，当终端设备有V2X业务需要传输时，终端设备的上层(应用层，或者V2X层)将该V2X业务映射到一个或者多个QoS流，并将每个QoS流的标识和该QoS流所对应的QoS信息通知给接入层(access statum，AS)层。当终端设备的上层将V2X业务包递交给AS时，会告知AS层该V2X业务包所属的QoS流的标识。Taking the V2X service as an example, when a terminal device has a V2X service that needs to be transmitted, the upper layer of the terminal device (application layer, or V2X layer) maps the V2X service to one or more QoS flows, and the identity of each QoS flow and The QoS information corresponding to the QoS flow is notified to the access layer (AS) layer. When the upper layer of the terminal device delivers the V2X service packet to the AS, the AS layer will be informed of the identifier of the QoS flow to which the V2X service packet belongs.

可选的，当终端设备的上层将V2X业务包递交给AS时，会同时告知AS层该V2X业务包所采用的传输方式为单播传输，组播传输还是广播传输；或者当终端设备的上层将每个QoS流的标识和该QoS流所对应的QoS信息通知给AS层时，会同时告知AS层该QoS流上的V2X业务包所采用的传输方式为单播传输，组播传输还是广播传输。Optionally, when the upper layer of the terminal device delivers the V2X service package to the AS, it will also inform the AS layer that the transmission method used by the V2X service package is unicast transmission, multicast transmission or broadcast transmission; or when the upper layer of the terminal device When the identity of each QoS flow and the QoS information corresponding to the QoS flow are notified to the AS layer, the AS layer will also be informed that the transmission method adopted by the V2X service package on the QoS flow is unicast transmission, multicast transmission or broadcast transmission.

可选的，上层可以通过显式方式告知AS层该V2X业务包所采用的传输方式，也可以通过隐式方式告知AS层该V2X业务包所采用的传输方式，即如果一个业务包递交给AS层时，上层告知AS层的是该业务包所属的QoS流的标识，那么意味着该业务包的传输方式为单播传输；反之，如果一个业务包递交给AS层时，上层告知AS层的是该业务包的QoS信息的QoS所以，那么意味着该业务包的传输方式为组播传输或者广播传输。该说明适用于本申请所有实施例，在此统一说明，以下不再赘述。Optionally, the upper layer may explicitly inform the AS layer of the transmission method used by the V2X service package, or implicitly inform the AS layer of the transmission method of the V2X service package, that is, if a service package is delivered to the AS In the case of a layer, the upper layer informs the AS layer of the identifier of the QoS flow to which the service package belongs, which means that the transmission mode of the service package is unicast transmission; conversely, if a service package is delivered to the AS layer, the upper layer informs the AS layer of It is the QoS of the QoS information of the service package, so it means that the transmission mode of the service package is multicast transmission or broadcast transmission. This description is applicable to all the embodiments of the present application, and is described here in a unified manner, and will not be described in detail below.

可选的，当终端设备的上层将V2X业务包递交给AS时，会同时告知AS层该V2X业务包的层二源标识。或者，可选的，当终端设备的上层将V2X业务包递交给AS时，会同时告知AS层该V2X业务包的层二源标识和层二目的地标识。Optionally, when the upper layer of the terminal device delivers the V2X service package to the AS, the AS layer will also be informed of the layer two source identification of the V2X service package. Or, optionally, when the upper layer of the terminal device delivers the V2X service package to the AS, the AS layer will be notified of the layer two source identification and layer two destination identification of the V2X service package at the same time.

进而，终端设备的AS层触发第一消息，并通过第一消息向基站请求用于V2X侧行链路通信的资源。第一消息中包括第一标识，该第一标识为终端设备要传输的V2X业务所映射的每个QoS流的标识。可选的，第一消息还可以包括每个QoS流的标识所对应的QoS信息。可选的，第一消息中还可以包括V2X业务的目的地信息；或者，可选的，第一消息中还可以包括V2X业务的源信息和目的地信息，相关描述可参考上述步骤S501，在此不再赘述。Furthermore, the AS layer of the terminal device triggers the first message, and requests the base station for resources for V2X side link communication through the first message. The first message includes a first identifier, which is an identifier of each QoS flow mapped by the V2X service to be transmitted by the terminal device. Optionally, the first message may further include QoS information corresponding to the identifier of each QoS flow. Optionally, the first message may also include destination information of the V2X service; or, optionally, the first message may also include source information and destination information of the V2X service. For related description, refer to step S501 above. This will not be repeated here.

可选的，在第一消息中还包括指示信息，指示信息用于指示每个QoS流或者每个QoS流的标识所对应的V2X业务包的传输方式为单播传输，组播传输还是广播传输。Optionally, the first message further includes indication information, which is used to indicate that the transmission mode of each QoS flow or the identifier of each QoS flow is a unicast transmission mode, a multicast transmission mode, or a broadcast transmission mode. .

以终端设备要传输的V2X业务所映射的一个或多个QoS流中的任意一个QoS流为例，其中，基站接收来自终端设备的第一消息之后，对应下述几种不同的处理机制。Take any one of the one or more QoS flows mapped by the V2X service to be transmitted by the terminal device as an example. After the base station receives the first message from the terminal device, it corresponds to the following different processing mechanisms.

子情况a：第二标识为逻辑信道组的标识。Sub-case a: The second identification is the identification of the logical channel group.

基站接收来自终端设备的第一消息之后，确定第一消息中某个QoS流的标识对应的QoS流所映射的逻辑信道组，并根据该QoS流的标识所对应的QoS信息确定该逻辑信道组所映射的SR相关的配置。进而，基站向终端设备发送第二消息，第二消息包括该QoS流所映射的逻辑信道组的标识，以及该逻辑信道组的标识所映射的SR标识。After receiving the first message from the terminal device, the base station determines the logical channel group to which the QoS flow corresponding to the identifier of a QoS flow in the first message is mapped, and determines the logical channel group according to the QoS information corresponding to the identifier of the QoS flow The mapped SR related configuration. Furthermore, the base station sends a second message to the terminal device. The second message includes the identifier of the logical channel group mapped by the QoS flow and the SR identifier mapped by the identifier of the logical channel group.

可选的，该第二消息还可以包括该QoS流的标识与所对应的逻辑信道组的标识的映射关系，或者，换言之，该第二消息还可以包括与该逻辑信道组的标识存在映射关系的该QoS流的标识。Optionally, the second message may further include a mapping relationship between the identifier of the QoS flow and the corresponding logical channel group, or in other words, the second message may further include a mapping relationship with the identifier of the logical channel group The identifier of the QoS flow.

示例性的，基站为终端设备配置该逻辑信道组的配置。其中，该逻辑信道组的配置中至少包括映射到该逻辑信道组的该QoS流的标识，和该逻辑信道组所映射的SR的标识。可选的，该逻辑信道组的配置中还包括该逻辑信道组的标识。Exemplarily, the base station configures the configuration of the logical channel group for the terminal device. The configuration of the logical channel group includes at least the identifier of the QoS flow mapped to the logical channel group and the identifier of the SR mapped to the logical channel group. Optionally, the configuration of the logical channel group also includes the identifier of the logical channel group.

或者，示例性的，基站为终端设备配置该QoS流的标识所映射的该逻辑信道组的标识，并为终端设备配置该逻辑信道组的配置；该逻辑信道组的配置中至少包括该逻辑信道组所映射的SR的标识；可选的，该逻辑信道组的配置中还包括该逻辑信道组的标识。Or, exemplarily, the base station configures the identifier of the logical channel group mapped by the identifier of the QoS flow for the terminal device, and configures the configuration of the logical channel group for the terminal device; the configuration of the logical channel group includes at least the logical channel The identifier of the SR to which the group is mapped; optionally, the configuration of the logical channel group also includes the identifier of the logical channel group.

可选的，本申请实施例中，不同的QoS流可以对应相同或者不同的逻辑信道组，不同的逻辑信道组的标识所映射的SR标识可以相同或者不同。示例性的，QoS流的标识、逻辑信道组的标识和SR标识的映射关系可以如表一所示。Optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, different QoS flows may correspond to the same or different logical channel groups, and the SR identifiers mapped to the identifiers of different logical channel groups may be the same or different. Exemplarily, the mapping relationship between the identifier of the QoS flow, the identifier of the logical channel group, and the identifier of the SR may be as shown in Table 1.

表一Table I

Figure PCTCN2019128842-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2019128842-appb-000001

需要说明的是，表一仅是一种示例性的表格存储形式，还可能存在其他的表格存储形式或者非表格的存储形式。比如，如表二所示，每个QoS流的标识与每个逻辑信道组的标识和SR标识一一对应存储，本申请实施例对于对应关系的存储形式不作具体限定。该说明适用于本申请所有实施例，在此统一说明，以下不再赘述。It should be noted that Table 1 is only an exemplary form storage form, and there may be other form storage forms or non-table storage forms. For example, as shown in Table 2, the identifier of each QoS flow is stored in a one-to-one correspondence with the identifier of each logical channel group and the SR identifier. The embodiment of the present application does not specifically limit the storage form of the correspondence. This description is applicable to all the embodiments of the present application, and is described here in a unified manner, and will not be described in detail below.

表二Table II

QoS流的标识QoS flow identification 逻辑信道组的标识Logical channel group identification SR标识SR logo QoS流的标识1Identification of QoS flow 1 逻辑信道组的标识1Logical channel group identification 1 SR标识1SR logo 1 QoS流的标识2Identification of QoS flow 2 逻辑信道组的标识1Logical channel group identification 1 SR标识1SR logo 1 QoS流的标识3Identification of QoS flow 3 逻辑信道组的标识2Logical channel group identification 2 SR标识2SR logo 2 QoS流的标识4Identification of QoS flow 4 逻辑信道组的标识3Logical channel group identification 3 SR标识2SR logo 2

可选的，本申请实施例中，在步骤S501之前，基站可能已经将SR标识所对应的SR配置发送给了终端设备，或者，基站可能已经将SR标识所对应的SR配置和该SR配置所关联的SR资源配置发送给了终端设备，本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。该说明适用于本申请实施例以及下述各实施例，在此统一说明，以下不再赘述。Optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, before step S501, the base station may have sent the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier to the terminal device, or the base station may have sent the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier and the SR configuration location The associated SR resource configuration is sent to the terminal device, which is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application. This description is applicable to the embodiments of the present application and the following embodiments, which are described here in a unified manner, and will not be described in detail below.

可选的，本申请实施例中，若基站在此之前已经将第二消息中包含的逻辑信道组的标识所映射的SR标识所对应的SR配置发送给了终端设备，但对于该SR标识所映射的逻辑信道组，需要为该SR标识所对应的SR配置关联新的SR资源配置，则第二消息中还需要包括关联到该SR标识所对应的SR配置的一个或多个SR资源配置。该一个或多个SR资源配置包含在基站为终端设备配置的Uu口的上行BWP中的PUCCH配置中。Optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, if the base station has previously sent the SR configuration corresponding to the SR ID mapped to the ID of the logical channel group included in the second message to the terminal device, but for the SR ID The mapped logical channel group needs to be associated with a new SR resource configuration for the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier, and the second message also needs to include one or more SR resource configurations associated with the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier. The one or more SR resource configurations are included in the PUCCH configuration in the uplink BWP of the Uu port configured by the base station for the terminal device.

或者，可选的，本申请实施例中，若基站在此之前没有为终端设备配置第二消息中包含的逻辑信道组所映射的SR标识所对应的SR配置和该SR配置所关联的SR资源配置，则第二消息中还需要包括该SR标识所对应的SR配置，以及关联到该SR配置的一个或多个SR资源配置。该一个或多个SR资源配置包含在基站为终端设备配置的Uu口的上行BWP中的PUCCH配置中。Or, optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, if the base station has not previously configured for the terminal device the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier mapped in the logical channel group included in the second message and the SR resource associated with the SR configuration Configuration, the second message also needs to include the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier, and one or more SR resource configurations associated with the SR configuration. The one or more SR resource configurations are included in the PUCCH configuration in the uplink BWP of the Uu port configured by the base station for the terminal device.

可选的，本申请实施例中，若第一消息中包括V2X业务的目的地信息，则第二消息中还可以包括该V2X业务的目的地信息。或者，可选的，本申请实施例中，若第一消息中包括V2X业务的源信息和目的地信息，则第二消息中还可以包括该V2X业务的源信息和目的地信息，相关描述可参考上述步骤S502，在此不再赘述。Optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, if the first message includes destination information of the V2X service, the second message may further include destination information of the V2X service. Or, optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, if the first message includes source information and destination information of the V2X service, the second message may further include source information and destination information of the V2X service, and the relevant description may be Refer to the above step S502, which will not be repeated here.

终端设备接收来自基站的第二消息之后，建立该QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载。示例性的可以包括：建立该侧行链路无线承载的分组数据汇聚协议(packet data convergence protocol，PDCP)实体，建立该侧行链路无线承载的无线链路控制(radio link control，RLC)实体，配置该侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道。其中，QoS流和侧行链路无线承载的映射关系可以是一对一映射，也可以是多对一映射。After receiving the second message from the base station, the terminal device establishes a side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow. Exemplary may include: a packet data convergence protocol (packet data convergence protocol, PDCP) entity that establishes the side link radio bearer, and a radio link control (RLC) entity that establishes the side link radio bearer , Configure the logical channel of the side link radio bearer. The mapping relationship between the QoS flow and the side link radio bearer may be a one-to-one mapping or a many-to-one mapping.

其中，本申请实施例中，侧行链路无线承载的标识(SL DRB ID)和侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道的标识(logical channel ID)由终端设备自己确定。In the embodiment of the present application, the identifier of the side link wireless bearer (SL DRB) and the identifier of the logical channel of the side link wireless bearer (logical channel ID) are determined by the terminal device itself.

进一步的，终端设备可以根据第二消息中包括的该QoS流的标识与该逻辑信道组的标识的映射关系，配置该QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道所属的逻辑信道组为该该QoS流所对应的逻辑信道组。Further, the terminal device may configure the logical channel group to which the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow belongs according to the mapping relationship between the identifier of the QoS flow and the identifier of the logical channel group included in the second message It is the logical channel group corresponding to the QoS flow.

进一步的，终端设备可以根据第二消息中包括的该逻辑信道组的标识所映射的SR标识，确定该QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道所映射的SR标识即为该逻辑信道组的标识所映射的SR标识。Further, the terminal device may determine, according to the SR identifier mapped by the identifier of the logical channel group included in the second message, that the SR identifier mapped by the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow is the logic The SR ID mapped to the ID of the channel group.

若该QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道触发了SL BSR并触发了第一SR，终端设备用于第一SR的第一SR配置为与该逻辑信道组的标识所映射的SR标识对应的SR配置；终端设备用于第一SR的第一SR资源配置为第一SR配置所关联的一个或多个SR资源配置。If the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow triggers SL and BSR and triggers the first SR, the first SR used by the terminal device for the first SR is configured to be mapped with the identifier of the logical channel group The SR identifier corresponds to the SR configuration; the first SR resource configuration used by the terminal device for the first SR is one or more SR resource configurations associated with the first SR configuration.

可选的，本申请实施例可以只适用于传输方式为单播传输的V2X业务，也可以适用于所有的V2X业务，即包括传输方式为单播传输，组播传输和广播传输的V2X业务。Optionally, the embodiments of the present application may be applicable only to V2X services whose transmission mode is unicast transmission, or may be applicable to all V2X services, that is, including V2X services whose transmission mode is unicast transmission, multicast transmission, and broadcast transmission.

子情况b：第二标识为QoS流的标识。Sub-case b: The second identifier is the identifier of the QoS flow.

基站接收来自终端设备的第一消息之后，根据第一消息中某个QoS流的标识所对应的QoS信息确定该QoS流所映射的SR相关的配置。进而，基站向终端设备发送第二消息，第二消息包括该QoS流的标识，以及该QoS流的标识所映射的SR标识。After receiving the first message from the terminal device, the base station determines the SR-related configuration to which the QoS flow is mapped according to the QoS information corresponding to the identifier of the QoS flow in the first message. Furthermore, the base station sends a second message to the terminal device. The second message includes the identifier of the QoS flow and the SR identifier mapped by the identifier of the QoS flow.

可选的，基站接收来自终端设备的第一消息之后，还可以确定该QoS流所对应的逻辑信道组，并 在第二消息中包括该QoS流的标识与所对应的逻辑信道组的标识的映射关系，或者，换言之，该第二消息还可以包括与该QoS流的标识存在映射关系的逻辑信道组的标识。Optionally, after receiving the first message from the terminal device, the base station may also determine the logical channel group corresponding to the QoS flow, and include the identifier of the QoS flow and the corresponding logical channel group in the second message. The mapping relationship, or, in other words, the second message may further include an identifier of the logical channel group that has a mapping relationship with the identifier of the QoS flow.

示例性的，基站为终端设备配置该QoS流的配置。其中，该QoS流的配置中至少包括该QoS流所映射的SR的标识和该QoS流所对应的逻辑信道组的标识。可选的，该QoS流的配置中还包括该QoS流的标识。Exemplarily, the base station configures the QoS flow configuration for the terminal device. Wherein, the configuration of the QoS flow includes at least the identifier of the SR mapped by the QoS flow and the identifier of the logical channel group corresponding to the QoS flow. Optionally, the configuration of the QoS flow further includes the identifier of the QoS flow.

或者，示例性的，基站为终端设备配置该逻辑信道组的标识所映射的该QoS流的标识，并为终端设备配置该QoS流的配置；该QoS流的配置中至少包括该QoS流所映射的SR的标识；可选的，该QoS流的配置中还包括该QoS流的标识。Or, exemplarily, the base station configures the terminal device with the identifier of the QoS flow mapped by the identifier of the logical channel group, and configures the terminal device with the configuration of the QoS flow; the configuration of the QoS flow includes at least the QoS flow mapping SR identification; optionally, the QoS flow configuration also includes the QoS flow identification.

可选的，本申请实施例中，若基站在此之前已经将第二消息中包含的QoS流的标识所映射的SR标识所对应的SR配置发送给了终端设备，但对于该SR标识所映射的QoS流，需要为该SR标识所对应的SR配置关联新的SR资源配置，则第二消息中还需要包括关联到该SR标识所对应的SR配置的一个或多个SR资源配置。该一个或多个SR资源配置包含在基站为终端设备配置的Uu口的上行BWP中的PUCCH配置中。Optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, if the base station has previously sent the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier mapped to the QoS flow identifier included in the second message to the terminal device, but the SR identifier is mapped The QoS flow of the SR needs to be associated with a new SR resource configuration for the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier, and the second message also needs to include one or more SR resource configurations associated with the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier. The one or more SR resource configurations are included in the PUCCH configuration in the uplink BWP of the Uu port configured by the base station for the terminal device.

或者，可选的，本申请实施例中，若基站在此之前没有为终端设备配置第二消息中包含的QoS流的标识所映射的SR标识所对应的SR配置和该SR配置所关联的SR资源配置，则第二消息中还需要包括该SR标识所对应的SR配置，以及关联到该SR配置的一个或多个SR资源配置。该一个或多个SR资源配置包含在基站为终端设备配置的Uu口的上行BWP中的PUCCH配置中。Or, optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, if the base station has not previously configured the terminal device with the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier mapped to the QoS flow identifier included in the second message and the SR associated with the SR configuration For resource configuration, the second message also needs to include the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier, and one or more SR resource configurations associated with the SR configuration. The one or more SR resource configurations are included in the PUCCH configuration in the uplink BWP of the Uu port configured by the base station for the terminal device.

可选的，本申请实施例中，若第一消息中包括V2X业务的目的地信息，则第二消息中还可以包括该V2X业务的目的地信息。或者，可选的，本申请实施例中，若第一消息中包括V2X业务的源信息和目的地信息，则第二消息中还可以包括该V2X业务的源信息和目的地信息，相关描述可参考上述步骤S502，在此不再赘述。Optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, if the first message includes destination information of the V2X service, the second message may further include destination information of the V2X service. Or, optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, if the first message includes source information and destination information of the V2X service, the second message may further include source information and destination information of the V2X service, and the relevant description may be Refer to the above step S502, which will not be repeated here.

终端设备接收来自基站的第二消息之后，建立该QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载，相关描述可参考上述子情况a，在此不再赘述。After receiving the second message from the base station, the terminal device establishes the side link radio bearer to which the QoS flow is mapped. For related description, reference may be made to the foregoing sub-case a, and details are not described herein again.

其中，本申请实施例中，侧行链路无线承载的标识(SL DRB ID)和侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道的标识(logical channel ID)由终端设备自己确定。In the embodiment of the present application, the identifier of the side link wireless bearer (SL DRB) and the identifier of the logical channel of the side link wireless bearer (logical channel ID) are determined by the terminal device itself.

进一步的，若第二消息中包括该QoS流的标识和逻辑信道组的标识的映射关系，则终端设备可以根据该QoS流的标识与逻辑信道组的标识的映射关系，配置该QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道所属的逻辑信道组为该QoS流的标识所对应的逻辑信道组。Further, if the second message includes the mapping relationship between the identifier of the QoS flow and the identifier of the logical channel group, the terminal device may configure the mapping of the QoS flow according to the mapping relationship between the identifier of the QoS flow and the identifier of the logical channel group The logical channel group to which the logical channel of the side link wireless bearer belongs is the logical channel group corresponding to the identifier of the QoS flow.

进一步的，终端设备可以根据第二消息中包括的该QoS流的标识所映射的SR标识，确定该QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道所映射的SR标识即为该QoS流的标识所映射的SR标识。Further, the terminal device may determine that the SR identifier mapped to the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS stream is the QoS stream according to the SR identifier mapped by the identifier of the QoS stream included in the second message The SR ID mapped by the ID.

若该QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道触发了SL BSR并触发了第一SR，终端设备用于第一SR的第一SR配置为与该QoS流的标识所映射的SR标识对应的SR配置；终端设备用于第一SR的第一SR资源配置为第一SR配置所关联的一个或多个SR资源配置。If the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow triggers SL and BSR and triggers the first SR, the first SR used by the terminal device for the first SR is configured as the SR mapped with the identifier of the QoS flow Identify the corresponding SR configuration; the first SR resource configuration used by the terminal device for the first SR is one or more SR resource configurations associated with the first SR configuration.

可选的，本申请实施例可以只适用于传输方式为单播传输的V2X业务，也可以适用于所有的V2X业务，即包括传输方式为单播传输，组播传输和广播传输的V2X业务。Optionally, the embodiments of the present application may be applicable only to V2X services whose transmission mode is unicast transmission, or may be applicable to all V2X services, that is, including V2X services whose transmission mode is unicast transmission, multicast transmission, and broadcast transmission.

子情况c：第二标识为侧行链路无线承载的标识。Sub-case c: the second identifier is an identifier of the side link radio bearer.

基站接收来自终端设备的第一消息之后，确定第一消息中某个QoS流的标识对应的QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载，并为该侧行链路无线承载分配标识。进一步，基站根据该QoS流的标识所对应的QoS信息确定该侧行链路无线承载所映射的SR相关的配置。进而，基站向终端设备发送第二消息， 第二消息包括该QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的标识，以及该QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的标识所映射的SR标识。After receiving the first message from the terminal device, the base station determines the side link radio bearer to which the QoS flow corresponding to the identifier of a QoS flow in the first message is mapped, and assigns an identifier to the side link radio bearer. Further, the base station determines the configuration related to the SR to which the side link radio bearer is mapped according to the QoS information corresponding to the identifier of the QoS flow. Furthermore, the base station sends a second message to the terminal device, the second message includes the identifier of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow, and the SR identifier mapped by the identifier of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow .

可选的，该第二消息还可以包括该QoS流的标识与该QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的标识的映射关系，或者，换言之，该第二消息还可以包括与该QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的标识存在映射关系的QoS流的标识。Optionally, the second message may further include the mapping relationship between the identifier of the QoS flow and the identifier of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow, or in other words, the second message may also include the relationship with the QoS flow The identifier of the mapped side link radio bearer has the identifier of the QoS flow in the mapping relationship.

示例性的，基站为终端设备配置该QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的配置。其中，该QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的配置中至少包括：映射到该侧行链路无线承载的QoS流的标识和该侧行链路无线承载所映射的SR的标识。可选的，该QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的配置中还可以包括该侧行链路无线承载的标识。Exemplarily, the base station configures the terminal device with the configuration of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow. Wherein, the configuration of the side link radio bearer to which the QoS flow is mapped includes at least: the identifier of the QoS flow mapped to the side link radio bearer and the identifier of the SR mapped to the side link radio bearer. Optionally, the configuration of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow may further include the identifier of the side link radio bearer.

或者，示例性的，基站为终端设备配置该QoS流的标识所映射的侧行链路无线承载的标识，并为终端设备配置该QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的配置；该QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的配置中至少包括：该侧行链路无线承载所映射的SR的标识。可选的，该QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的配置中还可以包括该侧行链路无线承载的标识。Or, exemplarily, the base station configures the terminal device with the identifier of the side link radio bearer mapped by the identifier of the QoS flow, and configures the terminal device with the configuration of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS stream; the QoS The configuration of the side link radio bearer to which the flow is mapped includes at least: the identifier of the SR to which the side link radio bearer is mapped. Optionally, the configuration of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow may further include the identifier of the side link radio bearer.

可选的，基站接收来自终端设备的第一消息之后，还可以确定该QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载所对应的逻辑信道组，并在第二消息中包括该QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的标识和该逻辑信道组的标识的映射关系，或者，换言之，该第二消息还可以包括与该QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的标识存在映射关系的逻辑信道组的标识。Optionally, after receiving the first message from the terminal device, the base station may also determine the logical channel group corresponding to the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow, and include the mapping of the QoS flow in the second message. The mapping relationship between the identifier of the side link radio bearer and the identifier of the logical channel group, or, in other words, the second message may further include logic that has a mapping relationship with the identifier of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow The identification of the channel group.

示例性的，基站为终端设备配置该QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的配置。其中，该QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的配置中至少包括：映射到该侧行链路无线承载的QoS流的标识，该侧行链路无线承载所映射的SR的标识，和该侧行链路无线承载所对应的逻辑信道组的标识。可选的，该QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的配置中还可以包括该侧行链路无线承载的标识。Exemplarily, the base station configures the terminal device with the configuration of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow. Wherein, the configuration of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow includes at least: the identifier of the QoS flow mapped to the side link radio bearer, the identifier of the SR mapped to the side link radio bearer, and The identifier of the logical channel group corresponding to the side link radio bearer. Optionally, the configuration of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow may further include the identifier of the side link radio bearer.

或者，示例性的，基站为终端设备配置该QoS流的标识所映射的侧行链路无线承载的标识，并为终端设备配置该QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的配置；该QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的配置中至少包括：该侧行链路无线承载所映射的SR的标识，和该侧行链路无线承载所对应的逻辑信道组的标识。可选的，该QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的配置中还可以包括该侧行链路无线承载的标识。Or, exemplarily, the base station configures the terminal device with the identifier of the side link radio bearer mapped by the identifier of the QoS flow, and configures the terminal device with the configuration of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS stream; the QoS The configuration of the side link radio bearer to which the flow is mapped includes at least: the identifier of the SR mapped by the side link radio bearer, and the identifier of the logical channel group corresponding to the side link radio bearer. Optionally, the configuration of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow may further include the identifier of the side link radio bearer.

可选的，本申请实施例中，若基站在此之前已经将第二消息中包含的侧行链路无线承载的标识所映射的SR标识所对应的SR配置发送给了终端设备，但对于该SR标识所映射的侧行链路无线承载，需要为该SR标识所对应的SR配置关联新的SR资源配置，则第二消息中还需要包括关联到该SR标识所对应的SR配置的一个或多个SR资源配置。该一个或多个SR资源配置包含在基站为终端设备配置的Uu口的上行BWP中的PUCCH配置中。Optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, if the base station has previously sent the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier mapped to the identifier of the side link radio bearer contained in the second message to the terminal device, but for this The side link radio bearer mapped by the SR identifier needs to be associated with a new SR resource configuration for the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier, and the second message also needs to include one or the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier. Multiple SR resource configuration. The one or more SR resource configurations are included in the PUCCH configuration in the uplink BWP of the Uu port configured by the base station for the terminal device.

或者，可选的，本申请实施例中，若基站在此之前没有为终端设备配置第二消息中包含的侧行链路无线承载的标识所映射的SR标识所对应的SR配置和该SR配置所关联的SR资源配置，则第二消息中还需要包括该SR标识所对应的SR配置，以及关联到该SR配置的一个或多个SR资源配置。该一个或多个SR资源配置包含在基站为终端设备配置的Uu口的上行BWP中的PUCCH配置中。Or, optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, if the base station has not configured the terminal device with the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier mapped to the identifier of the side link radio bearer included in the second message before this and the SR configuration For the associated SR resource configuration, the second message also needs to include the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier, and one or more SR resource configurations associated with the SR configuration. The one or more SR resource configurations are included in the PUCCH configuration in the uplink BWP of the Uu port configured by the base station for the terminal device.

可选的，本申请实施例中，若第一消息中包括V2X业务的目的地信息，则第二消息中还可以包括该V2X业务的目的地信息。或者，可选的，本申请实施例中，若第一消息中包括V2X业务的源信息和目的地信息，则第二消息中还可以包括该V2X业务的源信息和目的地信息，相关描述可参考上述步骤S502，在此不再赘述。Optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, if the first message includes destination information of the V2X service, the second message may further include destination information of the V2X service. Or, optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, if the first message includes source information and destination information of the V2X service, the second message may further include source information and destination information of the V2X service, and the relevant description may be Refer to the above step S502, which will not be repeated here.

终端设备接收来自基站的第二消息之后，建立该QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载，相关描述可参考上述子情况a，在此不再赘述。After receiving the second message from the base station, the terminal device establishes the side link radio bearer to which the QoS flow is mapped. For related description, reference may be made to the foregoing sub-case a, and details are not described herein again.

其中，本申请实施例中，该QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的标识(SL DRB ID)为第二消息中包括的该QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的标识，该QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道的标识(logical channel ID)由终端设备自己确定。In this embodiment of the present application, the identifier of the side link radio bearer (SL DRB ID) mapped by the QoS flow is the identifier of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow included in the second message, the The identifier of the logical channel (logical channel ID) of the radio link of the side link mapped by the QoS flow is determined by the terminal device itself.

进一步的，若第二消息中包括该QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的标识和逻辑信道组的标识的映射关系，则终端设备可以根据该QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的标识与逻辑信道组的标识的映射关系，配置该QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道所属的逻辑信道组为该QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的标识所对应的逻辑信道组。Further, if the second message includes the mapping relationship between the identifier of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow and the identifier of the logical channel group, the terminal device may use the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow Mapping relationship between the ID of the ID and the ID of the logical channel group, and configure the logical channel group to which the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow corresponds to the ID of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow Logical channel group.

进一步的，终端设备可以根据第二消息中包括的该QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的标识所映射的SR标识，确定该QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道所映射的SR标识即为该QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的标识所映射的SR标识。Further, the terminal device may determine the logical channel location of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow according to the SR identifier mapped by the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow included in the second message The mapped SR identification is the SR identification mapped to the identification of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow.

若该QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道触发了SL BSR并触发了第一SR，终端设备用于第一SR的第一SR配置为与该QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的标识所映射的SR标识对应的SR配置；终端设备用于第一SR的第一SR资源配置为第一SR配置所关联的一个或多个SR资源配置。If the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow triggers SL and BSR and triggers the first SR, the first SR used by the terminal device for the first SR is configured as the side link to which the QoS flow is mapped The SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier mapped by the ID of the radio bearer on the road; the first SR resource configuration used by the terminal device for the first SR is one or more SR resource configurations associated with the first SR configuration.

可选的，本申请实施例可以只适用于传输方式为单播传输的V2X业务，也可以适用于所有的V2X业务，即包括传输方式为单播传输，组播传输和广播传输的V2X业务。Optionally, the embodiments of the present application may be applicable only to V2X services whose transmission mode is unicast transmission, or may be applicable to all V2X services, that is, including V2X services whose transmission mode is unicast transmission, multicast transmission, and broadcast transmission.

子情况d：第二标识为逻辑信道的标识。Sub-case d: The second identification is the identification of the logical channel.

基站接收来自终端设备的第一消息之后，确定第一消息中某个QoS流的标识对应的QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载，并为该侧行链路无线承载分配标识，以及配置该侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道的标识。进一步的，基站根据该QoS流的标识所对应的QoS信息确定该侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道所映射的SR相关的配置。进而，基站向终端设备发送第二消息，第二消息包括该QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道的标识，以及该QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道的标识所映射的SR标识。After receiving the first message from the terminal device, the base station determines the sidelink radio bearer mapped to the QoS flow corresponding to the identifier of a QoS flow in the first message, and assigns the identifier and configuration for the sidelink radio bearer The identifier of the logical channel wirelessly carried by the side link. Further, the base station determines the SR-related configuration mapped on the logical channel of the radio link on the side link according to the QoS information corresponding to the identifier of the QoS flow. Furthermore, the base station sends a second message to the terminal device. The second message includes the identifier of the logical channel of the side link wireless bearer mapped by the QoS flow and the logical channel of the side link wireless bearer mapped by the QoS flow. Identify the mapped SR ID.

可选的，该第二消息还可以包括该QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的标识。Optionally, the second message may further include an identifier of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow.

可选的，该第二消息还可以包括该QoS流的标识与该QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的标识的映射关系，或者，换言之，该第二消息还可以包括与该QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的标识存在映射关系的QoS流的标识。Optionally, the second message may further include the mapping relationship between the identifier of the QoS flow and the identifier of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow, or in other words, the second message may also include the relationship with the QoS flow The identifier of the mapped side link radio bearer has the identifier of the QoS flow in the mapping relationship.

示例性的，基站为终端设备配置该QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的配置。其中，该QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的配置中至少包括：映射到该侧行链路无线承载的QoS流的标识，该侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道的标识，和该侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道的配置；该侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道的配置中包括该侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道所映射的SR的标识。可选的，该QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的配置中还可以包括该侧行链路无线承载的标识。Exemplarily, the base station configures the terminal device with the configuration of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow. Wherein, the configuration of the side link radio bearer to which the QoS flow is mapped includes at least the identifier of the QoS flow mapped to the side link radio bearer, the identifier of the logical channel of the side link radio bearer, and the The configuration of the logical channel of the side link radio bearer; the configuration of the logical channel of the side link radio bearer includes the identifier of the SR mapped to the logical channel of the side link radio bearer. Optionally, the configuration of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow may further include the identifier of the side link radio bearer.

或者，示例性的，基站为终端设备配置该QoS流的标识所映射的侧行链路无线承载的标识，并为终端设备配置该QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的配置；该QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的配置中至少包括：该侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道的标识，和该侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道的配置；该侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道的配置中包括该侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道所映射的SR的标识。可选的，该QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的配置中还可以包括该侧行链路无线承载的标识。Or, exemplarily, the base station configures the terminal device with the identifier of the side link radio bearer mapped by the identifier of the QoS flow, and configures the terminal device with the configuration of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS stream; the QoS The configuration of the side link radio bearer to which the flow is mapped includes at least: the identification of the logical channel of the side link radio bearer and the configuration of the logical channel of the side link radio bearer; the side link radio bearer The configuration of the logical channel includes the identifier of the SR to which the logical channel of the side link radio bearer is mapped. Optionally, the configuration of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow may further include the identifier of the side link radio bearer.

可选的，基站接收来自终端设备的第一消息之后，还可以确定该QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承 载的逻辑信道所属的逻辑信道组，并在第二消息中包括该QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的标识和该QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道所属的逻辑信道组的标识的映射关系，或者，换言之，该第二消息还可以包括与该QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的标识存在映射关系的逻辑信道组的标识。Optionally, after receiving the first message from the terminal device, the base station may also determine the logical channel group to which the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow belongs, and include the QoS flow in the second message. The mapping relationship between the identifier of the mapped side link radio bearer and the identifier of the logical channel group to which the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow belongs, or in other words, the second message may further include The identification of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow has the identification of the logical channel group with the mapping relationship.

示例性的，基站为终端设备配置该QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的配置。其中，该QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的配置中至少包括：映射到该侧行链路无线承载的QoS流的标识，该侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道的标识，和该侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道的配置；该侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道的配置中包括该侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道所映射的SR的标识和该侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道所属的逻辑信道组的标识。可选的，该QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的配置中还可以包括该侧行链路无线承载的标识。Exemplarily, the base station configures the terminal device with the configuration of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow. Wherein, the configuration of the side link radio bearer to which the QoS flow is mapped includes at least the identifier of the QoS flow mapped to the side link radio bearer, the identifier of the logical channel of the side link radio bearer, and the The configuration of the logical channel of the side link radio bearer; the configuration of the logical channel of the side link radio bearer includes the identifier of the SR mapped to the logical channel of the side link radio bearer and the side link radio bearer The ID of the logical channel group to which the logical channel belongs. Optionally, the configuration of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow may further include the identifier of the side link radio bearer.

或者，示例性的，基站为终端设备配置该QoS流的标识所映射的侧行链路无线承载的标识，并为终端设备配置该QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的配置；该QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的配置中至少包括：该侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道的标识，和该侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道的配置；该侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道的配置中包括该侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道所映射的SR的标识和该侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道所属的逻辑信道组的标识。可选的，该QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的配置中还可以包括该侧行链路无线承载的标识。Or, exemplarily, the base station configures the terminal device with the identifier of the side link radio bearer mapped by the identifier of the QoS flow, and configures the terminal device with the configuration of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS stream; the QoS The configuration of the side link radio bearer to which the flow is mapped includes at least: the identification of the logical channel of the side link radio bearer and the configuration of the logical channel of the side link radio bearer; the side link radio bearer The configuration of the logical channel includes the identifier of the SR mapped to the logical channel of the side link radio bearer and the identifier of the logical channel group to which the logical channel of the side link radio bearer belongs. Optionally, the configuration of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow may further include the identifier of the side link radio bearer.

可选的，本申请实施例中，若基站在此之前已经将第二消息中包含的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道的标识所映射的SR标识所对应的SR配置发送给了终端设备，但对于该SR标识所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道，需要为该SR标识所对应的SR配置关联新的SR资源配置，则第二消息中还需要包括关联到该SR标识所对应的SR配置的一个或多个SR资源配置。该一个或多个SR资源配置包含在基站为终端设备配置的Uu口的上行BWP中的PUCCH配置中。Optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, if the base station has previously sent the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier mapped to the identifier of the logical channel of the side link radio bearer included in the second message to the terminal device, However, for the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the SR identifier, the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier needs to be associated with a new SR resource configuration, and the second message also needs to include the information associated with the SR identifier. SR configuration of one or more SR resource configurations. The one or more SR resource configurations are included in the PUCCH configuration in the uplink BWP of the Uu port configured by the base station for the terminal device.

或者，可选的，本申请实施例中，若基站在此之前没有为终端设备配置第二消息中包含的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道的标识所映射的SR标识所对应的SR配置和该SR配置所关联的SR资源配置，则第二消息中还需要包括该SR标识所对应的SR配置，以及关联到该SR配置的一个或多个SR资源配置。该一个或多个SR资源配置包含在基站为终端设备配置的Uu口的上行BWP中的PUCCH配置中。Or, optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, if the base station has not previously configured the terminal device with the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier mapped to the identifier of the logical channel of the side link radio bearer included in the second message, and The SR resource configuration associated with the SR configuration, the second message also needs to include the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier, and one or more SR resource configurations associated with the SR configuration. The one or more SR resource configurations are included in the PUCCH configuration in the uplink BWP of the Uu port configured by the base station for the terminal device.

可选的，本申请实施例中，若第一消息中包括V2X业务的目的地信息，则第二消息中还可以包括该V2X业务的目的地信息。或者，可选的，若第一消息中包括V2X业务的源信息和目的地信息，则第二消息中还可以包括该V2X业务的源信息和目的地信息，相关描述可参考上述步骤S502，在此不再赘述。Optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, if the first message includes destination information of the V2X service, the second message may further include destination information of the V2X service. Or, optionally, if the first message includes source information and destination information of the V2X service, the second message may also include source information and destination information of the V2X service. For related descriptions, reference may be made to step S502 above. This will not be repeated here.

终端设备接收来自基站的第二消息之后，建立该QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载，相关描述可参考上述子情况a，在此不再赘述。After receiving the second message from the base station, the terminal device establishes the side link radio bearer to which the QoS flow is mapped. For related description, reference may be made to the foregoing sub-case a, and details are not described herein again.

其中，本申请实施例中，该QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的标识(SL DRB ID)为第二消息中包括的该QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的标识。该QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道的标识(Logical channel ID)为第二消息中包括的该QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道的标识。In this embodiment of the present application, the identifier (SL DRB) of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow is the identifier of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow included in the second message. The logical channel ID of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow is the ID of the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow included in the second message.

进一步的，若第二消息中包括该QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的标识和该QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道所属的逻辑信道组的标识的映射关系，则终端设备可以根据该QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的标识与和该QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道所属的逻辑信道组的标识的映射关系，配置该QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道所属的逻辑信道组为该QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的标识所对应的逻辑信道组。Further, if the second message includes the mapping relationship between the identifier of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow and the identifier of the logical channel group to which the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow belongs, Then, the terminal device may configure the QoS according to the mapping relationship between the identifier of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow and the identifier of the logical channel group to which the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow belongs The logical channel group to which the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the flow belongs is the logical channel group corresponding to the identifier of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow.

若该QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道触发了SL BSR并触发了第一SR，终端设备用于第一SR的第一SR配置为与该QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道的标识所映射的SR标识对应的SR配置；终端设备用于第一SR的第一SR资源配置为第一SR配置所关联的一个或多个SR资源配置。If the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow triggers SL and BSR and triggers the first SR, the first SR used by the terminal device for the first SR is configured as the side link to which the QoS flow is mapped The SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier mapped by the identifier of the logical channel carried by the radio channel; the first SR resource configuration used by the terminal device for the first SR is one or more SR resource configurations associated with the first SR configuration.

可选的，本申请实施例可以只适用于传输方式为单播传输的V2X业务，也可以适用于所有的V2X业务，即包括传输方式为单播传输，组播传输和广播传输的V2X业务。Optionally, the embodiments of the present application may be applicable only to V2X services whose transmission mode is unicast transmission, or may be applicable to all V2X services, that is, including V2X services whose transmission mode is unicast transmission, multicast transmission, and broadcast transmission.

情况二：第一标识为用于指示QoS信息的QoS索引。Case 2: The first identifier is a QoS index used to indicate QoS information.

以V2X业务为例，当终端设备的上层(应用层，或者V2X层)将V2X业务包递交给AS时，会告知AS层要传输的V2X业务或者V2X业务包的QoS信息的QoS索引。该QoS索引例如可以为5G QoS标识(5G QoS identifier，5QI)、V2X/车辆到车辆(vehicle to vehicle，V2V)QoS标识(V2X/V2V QoS identifier,VQI)，QoS级别标识(QoS class identifier，QCI)或者其它形式的索引值。其中，每个QoS索引值对应一组QoS信息。Taking the V2X service as an example, when the upper layer (application layer, or V2X layer) of the terminal device delivers the V2X service package to the AS, it will inform the AS layer of the QoS index of the QoS information of the V2X service or V2X service package to be transmitted. The QoS index may be, for example, 5G QoS identifier (5G QoS identifier, 5QI), V2X/Vehicle to vehicle (V2V) QoS identifier (V2X/V2V QoS identifier, VQI), QoS class identifier (QoS class identifier, QCI) ) Or other forms of index values. Among them, each QoS index value corresponds to a set of QoS information.

可选的，当终端设备的上层将V2X业务包递交给AS时，会同时告知AS层该V2X业务包所采用的传输方式为单播传输，组播传输还是广播传输。或者当终端设备的上层将QoS索引和QoS索引所指示的QoS信息通知给AS层时，会同时告知AS层该QoS索引所对应的V2X业务包所采用的传输方式为单播传输，组播传输还是广播传输。Optionally, when the upper layer of the terminal device delivers the V2X service package to the AS, it will also inform the AS layer that the transmission mode adopted by the V2X service package is unicast transmission, multicast transmission or broadcast transmission. Or when the upper layer of the terminal device notifies the AS layer of the QoS index and the QoS information indicated by the QoS index, it will also inform the AS layer that the transmission method adopted by the V2X service package corresponding to the QoS index is unicast transmission and multicast transmission. Still broadcast transmission.

可选的，当终端设备的上层将V2X业务包递交给AS时，会同时告知AS层该V2X业务包的层二源标识。或者，可选的，当终端设备的上层将V2X业务包递交给AS时，会同时告知AS层该V2X业务包的层二源标识和层二目的地标识。Optionally, when the upper layer of the terminal device delivers the V2X service package to the AS, the AS layer will also be informed of the layer two source identification of the V2X service package. Or, optionally, when the upper layer of the terminal device delivers the V2X service package to the AS, the AS layer will be notified of the layer two source identification and layer two destination identification of the V2X service package at the same time.

进而，终端设备的AS层触发第一消息，并通过第一消息向基站请求用于V2X侧行链路通信的资源。该第一消息中包括第一标识，该第一标识为终端设备要传输的V2X业务或者V2X业务包的QoS信息的QoS索引。可选的，第一消息还可以包括与QoS索引对应的QoS信息。可选的，第一消息中还可以包括V2X业务的目的地信息；或者，可选的，第一消息中还可以包括V2X业务的源信息和目的地信息，相关描述可参考上述步骤S501，在此不再赘述。Furthermore, the AS layer of the terminal device triggers the first message, and requests the base station for resources for V2X side link communication through the first message. The first message includes a first identifier, and the first identifier is a QoS index of QoS information of a V2X service or a V2X service package to be transmitted by the terminal device. Optionally, the first message may also include QoS information corresponding to the QoS index. Optionally, the first message may also include destination information of the V2X service; or, optionally, the first message may also include source information and destination information of the V2X service. For related description, refer to step S501 above. This will not be repeated here.

可选的，在第一消息中还可以包括指示信息，该指示信息用于指示QoS索引所对应的V2X业务包的传输方式为单播传输，组播传输还是广播传输。Optionally, the first message may further include indication information used to indicate whether the transmission mode of the V2X service packet corresponding to the QoS index is unicast transmission, multicast transmission, or broadcast transmission.

其中，基站接收来自终端设备的第一消息之后，对应下述几种不同的处理机制。After receiving the first message from the terminal device, the base station corresponds to the following different processing mechanisms.

子情况e：第二标识为逻辑信道组的标识。Subcase e: The second identification is the identification of the logical channel group.

基站接收来自终端设备的第一消息之后，确定第一消息中的QoS索引所映射的逻辑信道组，并根据QoS索引所对应或者所指示的QoS信息确定该逻辑信道组所映射的SR相关的配置。进而，基站向终端设备发送第二消息，第二消息包括该QoS索引所映射的逻辑信道组的标识，以及该逻辑信道组的标识所映射的SR标识。After receiving the first message from the terminal device, the base station determines the logical channel group mapped by the QoS index in the first message, and determines the SR related configuration mapped by the logical channel group according to the QoS information corresponding to or indicated by the QoS index . Furthermore, the base station sends a second message to the terminal device. The second message includes the identifier of the logical channel group mapped by the QoS index and the SR identifier mapped by the identifier of the logical channel group.

可选的，该第二消息还可以包括该QoS索引与所对应的逻辑信道组的标识的映射关系，或者，换言之，该第二消息还可以包括与该逻辑信道组的标识存在映射关系的该QoS索引。Optionally, the second message may also include the mapping relationship between the QoS index and the corresponding logical channel group identifier, or in other words, the second message may also include the mapping relationship with the logical channel group identifier QoS index.

示例性的，基站为终端设备配置该逻辑信道组的配置。其中，该逻辑信道组的配置中至少包括映射到该逻辑信道组的该QoS索引，和该逻辑信道组所映射的SR的标识。可选的，该逻辑信道组的配置中还包括该逻辑信道组的标识。Exemplarily, the base station configures the configuration of the logical channel group for the terminal device. Wherein, the configuration of the logical channel group includes at least the QoS index mapped to the logical channel group, and the identifier of the SR mapped to the logical channel group. Optionally, the configuration of the logical channel group also includes the identifier of the logical channel group.

或者，示例性的，基站为终端设备配置该QoS索引的标识所映射的该逻辑信道组的标识，并为终端设备配置该逻辑信道组的配置；该逻辑信道组的配置中至少包括该逻辑信道组所映射的SR的标识； 可选的，该逻辑信道组的配置中还包括该逻辑信道组的标识。Or, exemplarily, the base station configures the identifier of the logical channel group mapped by the identifier of the QoS index for the terminal device, and configures the configuration of the logical channel group for the terminal device; the configuration of the logical channel group includes at least the logical channel The identifier of the SR to which the group is mapped; optionally, the configuration of the logical channel group also includes the identifier of the logical channel group.

可选的，本申请实施例中，不同的QoS索引可以对应相同或者不同的逻辑信道组，不同的逻辑信道组的标识所映射的SR标识可以相同或者不同。示例性的，QoS索引、逻辑信道组的标识和SR标识的映射关系可以如表三所示。Optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, different QoS indexes may correspond to the same or different logical channel groups, and the SR identifiers mapped to the identifiers of different logical channel groups may be the same or different. Exemplarily, the mapping relationship between the QoS index, the identifier of the logical channel group and the SR identifier may be as shown in Table 3.

表三Table 3

Figure PCTCN2019128842-appb-000002
Figure PCTCN2019128842-appb-000002

可选的，本申请实施例中，若基站在此之前已经将第二消息中包含的逻辑信道组的标识所映射的SR标识所对应的SR配置发送给了终端设备，但对于该SR标识所映射的逻辑信道组，需要为该SR标识所对应的SR配置关联新的SR资源配置，则第二消息中还需要包括关联到该SR标识所对应的SR配置的一个或多个SR资源配置。该一个或多个SR资源配置包含在基站为终端设备配置的Uu口的上行BWP中的PUCCH配置中。Optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, if the base station has previously sent the SR configuration corresponding to the SR ID mapped to the ID of the logical channel group included in the second message to the terminal device, but for the SR ID The mapped logical channel group needs to be associated with a new SR resource configuration for the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier, and the second message also needs to include one or more SR resource configurations associated with the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier. The one or more SR resource configurations are included in the PUCCH configuration in the uplink BWP of the Uu port configured by the base station for the terminal device.

或者，可选的，本申请实施例中，若基站在此之前没有为终端设备配置第二消息中包含的逻辑信道组的标识所映射的SR标识所对应的SR配置和该SR配置所关联的SR资源配置，则第二消息中还需要包括该SR标识所对应的SR配置，以及关联到该SR配置的一个或多个SR资源配置。该一个或多个SR资源配置包含在基站为终端设备配置的Uu口的上行BWP中的PUCCH配置中。Or, optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, if the base station has not previously configured the terminal device with the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier mapped to the identifier of the logical channel group included in the second message and the SR configuration associated with the SR configuration SR resource configuration, the second message also needs to include the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier, and one or more SR resource configurations associated with the SR configuration. The one or more SR resource configurations are included in the PUCCH configuration in the uplink BWP of the Uu port configured by the base station for the terminal device.

可选的，本申请实施例中，若第一消息中包括V2X业务的目的地信息，则第二消息中还可以包括该V2X业务的目的地信息。或者，可选的，本申请实施例中，若第一消息中包括V2X业务的源信息和目的地信息，则第二消息中还可以包括该V2X业务的源信息和目的地信息，相关描述可参考上述步骤S502，在此不再赘述。Optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, if the first message includes destination information of the V2X service, the second message may further include destination information of the V2X service. Or, optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, if the first message includes source information and destination information of the V2X service, the second message may further include source information and destination information of the V2X service, and the relevant description may be Refer to the above step S502, which will not be repeated here.

终端设备接收来自基站的第二消息之后，建立该QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载。相关描述可参考上述子情况a中建立QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的描述，在此不再赘述。其中，QoS索引和侧行链路无线承载的映射关系可以是一对一映射，也可以是多对一映射。After receiving the second message from the base station, the terminal device establishes the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index. For the related description, reference may be made to the description of the establishment of the side link radio bearer to which the QoS flow is mapped in the above sub-case a, which will not be repeated here. The mapping relationship between the QoS index and the side link radio bearer may be a one-to-one mapping or a many-to-one mapping.

其中，本申请实施例中，侧行链路无线承载的标识(SL DRB ID)和侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道的标识(logical channel ID)由终端设备自己确定。In the embodiment of the present application, the identifier of the side link wireless bearer (SL DRB) and the identifier of the logical channel of the side link wireless bearer (logical channel ID) are determined by the terminal device itself.

进一步的，终端设备可以根据第二消息中包括的该QoS索引与该逻辑信道组的标识的映射关系，配置该QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道所属的逻辑信道组为该QoS索引所对应的逻辑信道组。Further, according to the mapping relationship between the QoS index and the identifier of the logical channel group included in the second message, the terminal device may configure the logical channel group to which the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index belongs as The logical channel group corresponding to the QoS index.

进一步的，终端设备可以根据第二消息中包括的该逻辑信道组的标识所映射的SR标识，确定该QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道所映射的SR标识即为该逻辑信道组的标识所映射的SR标识。Further, the terminal device may determine, according to the SR identifier mapped by the identifier of the logical channel group included in the second message, the SR identifier mapped by the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index is the logic The SR ID mapped to the ID of the channel group.

若该QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道触发了SL BSR并触发了第二SR，终端设备用于第二SR的第二SR配置为与该逻辑信道组的标识所映射的SR标识对应的SR配置；终端设备用于第二SR的第二SR资源配置为第二SR配置所关联的一个或多个SR资源配置。If the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index triggers SL and BSR and triggers the second SR, the second SR used by the terminal device for the second SR is configured to be mapped with the identifier of the logical channel group The SR identifier corresponds to the SR configuration; the second SR resource configuration used by the terminal device for the second SR is one or more SR resource configurations associated with the second SR configuration.

可选的，本申请实施例可以只适用于传输方式为单播传输的V2X业务，也可以适用于所有的V2X业务，即包括传输方式为单播传输，组播传输和广播传输的V2X业务。Optionally, the embodiments of the present application may be applicable only to V2X services whose transmission mode is unicast transmission, or may be applicable to all V2X services, that is, including V2X services whose transmission mode is unicast transmission, multicast transmission, and broadcast transmission.

子情况f：第二标识为用于指示QoS信息的QoS索引。Sub-case f: The second identifier is a QoS index used to indicate QoS information.

基站接收来自终端设备的第一消息之后，根据第一消息中的QoS索引所对应或者所指示的QoS信息确定该QoS索引所映射的SR相关的配置。进而，基站向终端设备发送第二消息，第二消息包括该QoS索引，以及该QoS索引所映射的SR标识。After receiving the first message from the terminal device, the base station determines the SR-related configuration mapped by the QoS index according to the QoS index corresponding to or indicated in the first message. Furthermore, the base station sends a second message to the terminal device. The second message includes the QoS index and the SR identifier mapped by the QoS index.

可选的，基站接收来自终端设备的第一消息之后，还可以确定该QoS索引所对应的逻辑信道组，并在第二消息中包括该QoS索引与所对应的逻辑信道组的标识的映射关系，或者，换言之，该第二消息还可以包括与该QoS索引存在映射关系的逻辑信道组的标识。Optionally, after receiving the first message from the terminal device, the base station may also determine the logical channel group corresponding to the QoS index, and include the mapping relationship between the QoS index and the identity of the corresponding logical channel group in the second message Or, in other words, the second message may further include an identifier of a logical channel group that has a mapping relationship with the QoS index.

示例性的，基站为终端设备配置该QoS索引的配置。其中，该QoS索引的配置中至少包括该QoS索引所映射的SR的标识和该QoS索引所对应的逻辑信道组的标识。可选的，该QoS索引的配置中还包括该QoS索引。Exemplarily, the base station configures the configuration of the QoS index for the terminal device. The configuration of the QoS index includes at least the identifier of the SR mapped by the QoS index and the identifier of the logical channel group corresponding to the QoS index. Optionally, the configuration of the QoS index also includes the QoS index.

或者，示例性的，基站为终端设备配置该QoS索引所映射的该逻辑信道组的标识，并为终端设备配置该QoS索引的配置；该QoS索引的配置中至少包括该QoS索引所映射的SR的标识；可选的，该QoS索引的配置中还包括该QoS索引。Or, exemplarily, the base station configures the terminal device with the identifier of the logical channel group mapped by the QoS index, and configures the terminal device with the QoS index configuration; the configuration of the QoS index includes at least the SR mapped by the QoS index Optional; the configuration of the QoS index also includes the QoS index.

可选的，本申请实施例中，若基站在此之前已经将第二消息中包含的QoS索引所映射的SR标识所对应的SR配置发送给了终端设备，但对于该SR标识所映射的QoS索引，需要为该SR标识所对应的SR配置关联新的SR资源配置，则第二消息中还需要包括关联到该SR标识所对应的SR配置的一个或多个SR资源配置。该一个或多个SR资源配置包含在基站为终端设备配置的Uu口的上行BWP中的PUCCH配置中。Optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, if the base station has previously sent the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier mapped by the QoS index contained in the second message to the terminal device, but for the QoS mapped by the SR identifier For the index, the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier needs to be associated with a new SR resource configuration, and the second message also needs to include one or more SR resource configurations associated with the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier. The one or more SR resource configurations are included in the PUCCH configuration in the uplink BWP of the Uu port configured by the base station for the terminal device.

或者，可选的，本申请实施例中，若基站在此之前没有为终端设备配置第二消息中包含的QoS索引所映射的SR标识所对应的SR配置和该SR配置所关联的SR资源配置，则第二消息中还需要包括该SR标识所对应的SR配置，以及关联到该SR配置的一个或多个SR资源配置。该一个或多个SR资源配置包含在基站为终端设备配置的Uu口的上行BWP中的PUCCH配置中。Or, optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, if the base station has not previously configured for the terminal device the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier mapped in the QoS index contained in the second message and the SR resource configuration associated with the SR configuration , The second message also needs to include the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier, and one or more SR resource configurations associated with the SR configuration. The one or more SR resource configurations are included in the PUCCH configuration in the uplink BWP of the Uu port configured by the base station for the terminal device.

可选的，本申请实施例中，若第一消息中包括V2X业务的目的地信息，则第二消息中还可以包括该V2X业务的目的地信息。或者，可选的，本申请实施例中，若第一消息中包括V2X业务的源信息和目的地信息，则第二消息中还可以包括该V2X业务的源信息和目的地信息，相关描述可参考上述步骤S502，在此不再赘述。Optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, if the first message includes destination information of the V2X service, the second message may further include destination information of the V2X service. Or, optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, if the first message includes source information and destination information of the V2X service, the second message may further include source information and destination information of the V2X service, and the relevant description may be Refer to the above step S502, which will not be repeated here.

终端设备接收来自基站的第二消息之后，建立该QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载。相关描述可参考上述子情况e，在此不再赘述。After receiving the second message from the base station, the terminal device establishes the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index. Relevant descriptions can refer to the above sub-case e, which will not be repeated here.

其中，本申请实施例中，侧行链路无线承载的标识(SL DRB ID)和侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道的标识(logical channel ID)由终端设备自己确定。In the embodiment of the present application, the identifier of the side link wireless bearer (SL DRB) and the identifier of the logical channel of the side link wireless bearer (logical channel ID) are determined by the terminal device itself.

进一步的，若第二消息中包括该QoS索引和逻辑信道组的标识的映射关系，则终端设备可以根据该QoS索引与逻辑信道组的标识的映射关系，配置该QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道所属的逻辑信道组为该QoS索引所对应的逻辑信道组。Further, if the second message includes the mapping relationship between the QoS index and the identifier of the logical channel group, the terminal device may configure the side chain mapped by the QoS index according to the mapping relationship between the QoS index and the identifier of the logical channel group The logical channel group to which the logical channel carried by the radio channel belongs is the logical channel group corresponding to the QoS index.

进一步的，终端设备可以根据第二消息中包括的该QoS索引所映射的SR标识，确定该QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道所映射的SR标识即为该QoS索引所映射的SR标识。Further, the terminal device may determine, according to the SR identifier mapped by the QoS index included in the second message, the SR identifier mapped by the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index is mapped by the QoS index SR logo.

若该QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道触发了SL BSR并触发了第二SR，终端设备用于第二SR的第二SR配置为与该QoS索引所映射的SR标识对应的SR配置；终端设备用于第二SR的第二SR资源配置为第二SR配置所关联的一个或多个SR资源配置。If the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index triggers SL and BSR and triggers the second SR, the second SR used by the terminal device for the second SR is configured to correspond to the SR identifier mapped by the QoS index SR configuration; the second SR resource configuration used by the terminal device for the second SR is one or more SR resource configurations associated with the second SR configuration.

可选的，本申请实施例可以只适用于传输方式为单播传输的V2X业务，也可以适用于所有的V2X业务，即包括传输方式为单播传输，组播传输和广播传输的V2X业务。Optionally, the embodiments of the present application may be applicable only to V2X services whose transmission mode is unicast transmission, or may be applicable to all V2X services, that is, including V2X services whose transmission mode is unicast transmission, multicast transmission, and broadcast transmission.

子情况g：第二标识为侧行链路无线承载的标识。Sub-case g: The second identifier is an identifier of the side link radio bearer.

基站接收来自终端设备的第一消息之后，确定第一消息中的QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载，并为该侧行链路无线承载分配标识。进一步，基站根据该QoS索引所对应或者所指示的QoS信息确定该侧行链路无线承载所映射的SR相关的配置。进而，基站向终端设备发送第二消息，第二消息包括该QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的标识，以及该QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的标识所映射的SR标识。After receiving the first message from the terminal device, the base station determines the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index in the first message, and assigns an identifier to the side link radio bearer. Further, the base station determines the SR-related configuration mapped by the side link radio bearer according to the QoS information corresponding to or indicated by the QoS index. Furthermore, the base station sends a second message to the terminal device, the second message includes the identifier of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index, and the SR identifier mapped by the identifier of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index .

可选的，该第二消息还可以包括该QoS索引与该QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的标识的映射关系，或者，换言之，该第二消息还可以包括与该QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的标识存在映射关系的QoS索引。Optionally, the second message may also include the mapping relationship between the QoS index and the identity of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index, or in other words, the second message may also include the mapping with the QoS index The QoS index of the mapping relationship exists for the identification of the side link radio bearer.

示例性的，基站为终端设备配置该QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的配置。其中，该QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的配置中至少包括：映射到该侧行链路无线承载的QoS索引和该侧行链路无线承载所映射的SR的标识。可选的，该QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的配置中还可以包括该侧行链路无线承载的标识。Exemplarily, the base station configures the terminal device with the configuration of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index. The configuration of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index includes at least: the QoS index mapped to the side link radio bearer and the identifier of the SR mapped by the side link radio bearer. Optionally, the configuration of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index may further include the identifier of the side link radio bearer.

或者，示例性的，基站为终端设备配置该QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的标识，并为终端设备配置该QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的配置；该QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的配置中至少包括：该侧行链路无线承载所映射的SR的标识。可选的，该QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的配置中还可以包括该侧行链路无线承载的标识。Or, exemplarily, the base station configures the identification of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index for the terminal device, and configures the configuration of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index for the terminal device; The configuration of the mapped side link radio bearer includes at least: the identifier of the SR to which the side link radio bearer is mapped. Optionally, the configuration of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index may further include the identifier of the side link radio bearer.

可选的，基站接收来自终端设备的第一消息之后，还可以确定该QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载所对应的逻辑信道组，并在第二消息中包括该QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的标识和该逻辑信道组的标识的映射关系，或者，换言之，该第二消息还可以包括与该QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的标识存在映射关系的逻辑信道组的标识。Optionally, after receiving the first message from the terminal device, the base station may also determine the logical channel group corresponding to the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index, and include the mapped by the QoS index in the second message. The mapping relationship between the identifier of the side link radio bearer and the identifier of the logical channel group, or in other words, the second message may further include logic that has a mapping relationship with the identifier of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index The identification of the channel group.

示例性的，基站为终端设备配置该QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的配置。其中，该QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的配置中至少包括：映射到该侧行链路无线承载的QoS索引，该侧行链路无线承载所映射的SR的标识，和该侧行链路无线承载所对应的逻辑信道组的标识。可选的，该QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的配置中还可以包括该侧行链路无线承载的标识。Exemplarily, the base station configures the terminal device with the configuration of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index. The configuration of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index at least includes: the QoS index mapped to the side link radio bearer, the identifier of the SR mapped to the side link radio bearer, and the side The identifier of the logical channel group corresponding to the downlink radio bearer. Optionally, the configuration of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index may further include the identifier of the side link radio bearer.

或者，示例性的，基站为终端设备配置该QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的标识，并为终端设备配置该QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的配置；该QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的配置中至少包括：该侧行链路无线承载所映射的SR的标识，和该侧行链路无线承载所对应的逻辑信道组的标识。可选的，该QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的配置中还可以包括该侧行链路无线承载的标识。Or, exemplarily, the base station configures the identification of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index for the terminal device, and configures the configuration of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index for the terminal device; The configuration of the mapped side link radio bearer includes at least: the identifier of the SR mapped by the side link radio bearer, and the identifier of the logical channel group corresponding to the side link radio bearer. Optionally, the configuration of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index may further include the identifier of the side link radio bearer.

可选的，本申请实施例中，若基站在此之前已经将第二消息中包含的侧行链路无线承载的标识所映射的SR标识所对应的SR配置发送给了终端设备，但对于该SR标识所映射的侧行链路无线承载，需要为该SR标识所对应的SR配置关联新的SR资源配置，则第二消息中还需要包括关联到该SR标识所对应的SR配置的一个或多个SR资源配置。该一个或多个SR资源配置包含在基站为终端设备配置的Uu口的上行BWP中的PUCCH配置中。Optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, if the base station has previously sent the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier mapped to the identifier of the side link radio bearer contained in the second message to the terminal device, but for this The side link radio bearer mapped by the SR identifier needs to be associated with a new SR resource configuration for the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier, and the second message also needs to include one or the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier. Multiple SR resource configuration. The one or more SR resource configurations are included in the PUCCH configuration in the uplink BWP of the Uu port configured by the base station for the terminal device.

或者，可选的，本申请实施例中，若基站在此之前没有为终端设备配置第二消息中包含的侧行链路无线承载的标识所映射的SR标识所对应的SR配置和该SR配置所关联的SR资源配置，则第二消息中还需要包括该SR标识所对应的SR配置，以及关联到该SR配置的一个或多个SR资源配置。该一个或多个SR资源配置包含在基站为终端设备配置的Uu口的上行BWP中的PUCCH配置中。Or, optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, if the base station has not configured the terminal device with the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier mapped to the identifier of the side link radio bearer included in the second message before this and the SR configuration For the associated SR resource configuration, the second message also needs to include the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier, and one or more SR resource configurations associated with the SR configuration. The one or more SR resource configurations are included in the PUCCH configuration in the uplink BWP of the Uu port configured by the base station for the terminal device.

可选的，本申请实施例中，若第一消息中包括V2X业务的目的地信息，则第二消息中还可以包括该V2X业务的目的地信息。或者，可选的，本申请实施例中，若第一消息中包括V2X业务的源信息和目的地信息，则第二消息中还可以包括该V2X业务的源信息和目的地信息，相关描述可参考上述步骤S502，在此不再赘述。Optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, if the first message includes destination information of the V2X service, the second message may further include destination information of the V2X service. Or, optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, if the first message includes source information and destination information of the V2X service, the second message may further include source information and destination information of the V2X service, and the relevant description may be Refer to the above step S502, which will not be repeated here.

终端设备接收来自基站的第二消息之后，建立该QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载。相关描述可参考上述子情况e，在此不再赘述。After receiving the second message from the base station, the terminal device establishes the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index. Relevant descriptions can refer to the above sub-case e, which will not be repeated here.

其中，本申请实施例中，该QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的标识(SL DRB ID)为第二消息中包括的该QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的标识，该QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道的标识(logical channel ID)由终端设备自己确定。In the embodiment of the present application, the identifier of the side link radio bearer (SL DRB ID) mapped by the QoS index is the identifier of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index included in the second message. The identification of the logical channel ID (logical channel ID) of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index is determined by the terminal device itself.

若第二消息中包含该QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的标识和逻辑信道组的标识的映射关系，则终端设备可以根据该QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的标识与逻辑信道组的标识的映射关系，配置该QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道所属的逻辑信道组为该QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载所对应的逻辑信道组。If the second message contains the mapping relationship between the identifier of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index and the identifier of the logical channel group, the terminal device may use the identifier and the identifier of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index. The mapping relationship of the identifiers of the logical channel groups configures the logical channel group to which the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index belongs to the logical channel group corresponding to the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index.

进一步，终端设备可以根据第二消息中包括的该QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的标识所映射的SR标识，确定该QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道所映射的SR标识即为该QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载所映射的SR标识。Further, the terminal device may determine, according to the SR identifier mapped by the identifier of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index included in the second message, the logical channel mapped by the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index The SR identifier is the SR identifier mapped by the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index.

若该QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道触发了SL BSR并触发了第二SR，终端设备用于第二SR的第二SR配置为与该QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的标识所映射的SR标识对应的SR配置；终端设备用于第二SR的第二SR资源配置为第二SR配置所关联的一个或多个SR资源配置。If the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index triggers SL and BSR and triggers the second SR, the second SR used by the terminal device for the second SR is configured as the side chain mapped to the QoS index The SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier mapped by the identifier of the wireless radio bearer; the second SR resource configuration used by the terminal device for the second SR is one or more SR resource configurations associated with the second SR configuration.

可选的，本申请实施例可以只适用于传输方式为单播传输的V2X业务，也可以适用于所有的V2X业务，即包括传输方式为单播传输，组播传输和广播传输的V2X业务。Optionally, the embodiments of the present application may be applicable only to V2X services whose transmission mode is unicast transmission, or may be applicable to all V2X services, that is, including V2X services whose transmission mode is unicast transmission, multicast transmission, and broadcast transmission.

子情况h：第二标识为侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道的标识。Sub-case h: The second identification is the identification of the logical channel of the side link wireless bearer.

基站接收来自终端设备的第一消息之后，确定第一消息中的QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载，并为该侧行链路无线承载分配标识，以及配置该侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道的标识。进一步的，基站根据该QoS索引所对应或者所指示的QoS信息确定该侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道所映射的SR相关的配置。进而，基站向终端设备发送第二消息，第二消息包括该QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道的标识，以及该QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道的标识所映射的SR标识。After receiving the first message from the terminal device, the base station determines the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index in the first message, assigns an identifier to the side link radio bearer, and configures the side link radio bearer The ID of the logical channel. Further, the base station determines the SR related configuration mapped to the logical channel of the radio link on the side link according to the QoS information corresponding to or indicated by the QoS index. Furthermore, the base station sends a second message to the terminal device. The second message includes the identifier of the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index and the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index. Identify the mapped SR ID.

可选的，该第二消息还可以包括该QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的标识。Optionally, the second message may further include an identifier of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index.

可选的，该第二消息还可以包括该QoS索引与该QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的标识的映射关系，或者，换言之，该第二消息还可以包括与该QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的标识存在映射关系的QoS索引。Optionally, the second message may also include the mapping relationship between the QoS index and the identity of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index, or in other words, the second message may also include the mapping with the QoS index The QoS index of the mapping relationship exists for the identification of the side link radio bearer.

示例性的，基站为终端设备配置该QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的配置。其中，该QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的配置中至少包括：映射到该侧行链路无线承载的QoS索引，该侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道的标识，和该侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道的配置；该侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道的配置中包括该侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道所映射的SR的标识。可选的，该QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的配置中还可以包括该侧行链路无线承载的标识。Exemplarily, the base station configures the terminal device with the configuration of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index. The configuration of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index includes at least: the QoS index mapped to the side link radio bearer, the identifier of the logical channel of the side link radio bearer, and the side row The configuration of the logical channel of the link radio bearer; the configuration of the logical channel of the side link radio bearer includes the identifier of the SR mapped to the logical channel of the side link radio bearer. Optionally, the configuration of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index may further include the identifier of the side link radio bearer.

或者，示例性的，基站为终端设备配置该QoS索引的标识所映射的侧行链路无线承载的标识，并为终端设备配置该QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的配置；该QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承 载的配置中至少包括：该侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道的标识，和该侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道的配置；该侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道的配置中包括该侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道所映射的SR的标识。可选的，该QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的配置中还可以包括该侧行链路无线承载的标识。Or, exemplarily, the base station configures the terminal device with the identifier of the side link radio bearer mapped by the identifier of the QoS index, and configures the terminal device with the configuration of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index; the QoS The configuration of the side link radio bearer mapped by the index includes at least: the identification of the logical channel of the side link radio bearer and the configuration of the logical channel of the side link radio bearer; the side link radio bearer The configuration of the logical channel includes the identifier of the SR to which the logical channel of the side link radio bearer is mapped. Optionally, the configuration of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index may further include the identifier of the side link radio bearer.

可选的，基站接收来自终端设备的第一消息之后，还可以确定该QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道所属的逻辑信道组，并在第二消息中包括该QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的标识和该QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道所属的逻辑信道组的映射关系，或者，换言之，该第二消息还可以包括与该QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的标识存在映射关系的逻辑信道组的标识。Optionally, after receiving the first message from the terminal device, the base station may also determine the logical channel group to which the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index belongs, and include the QoS index in the second message. The mapping relationship between the identifier of the mapped side link radio bearer and the logical channel group to which the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index belongs, or, in other words, the second message may further include information related to the QoS index The ID of the mapped side link radio bearer has the ID of the logical channel group with the mapping relationship.

示例性的，基站为终端设备配置该QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的配置。其中，该QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的配置中至少包括：映射到该侧行链路无线承载的QoS索引，该侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道的标识，和该侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道的配置；该侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道的配置中包括该侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道所映射的SR的标识和该侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道所属的逻辑信道组的标识。可选的，该QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的配置中还可以包括该侧行链路无线承载的标识。Exemplarily, the base station configures the terminal device with the configuration of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index. The configuration of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index includes at least: the QoS index mapped to the side link radio bearer, the identifier of the logical channel of the side link radio bearer, and the side row The configuration of the logical channel of the link radio bearer; the configuration of the logical channel of the side link radio bearer includes the identifier of the SR mapped to the logical channel of the side link radio bearer and the logic of the side link radio bearer The ID of the logical channel group to which the channel belongs. Optionally, the configuration of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index may further include the identifier of the side link radio bearer.

或者，示例性的，基站为终端设备配置该QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的标识，并为终端设备配置该QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的配置；该QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的配置中至少包括：该侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道的标识，和该侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道的配置；该侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道的配置中包括该侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道所映射的SR的标识和该侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道所属的逻辑信道组的标识。可选的，该QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的配置中还可以包括该侧行链路无线承载的标识。Or, exemplarily, the base station configures the identification of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index for the terminal device, and configures the configuration of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index for the terminal device; The configuration of the mapped side link radio bearer includes at least: the identification of the logical channel of the side link radio bearer, and the configuration of the logical channel of the side link radio bearer; the logic of the side link radio bearer The channel configuration includes the identifier of the SR mapped to the logical channel of the side link radio bearer and the identifier of the logical channel group to which the logical channel of the side link radio bearer belongs. Optionally, the configuration of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index may further include the identifier of the side link radio bearer.

可选的，本申请实施例中，若基站在此之前已经将第二消息中包含的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道的标识所映射的SR标识所对应的SR配置发送给了终端设备，但对于该SR标识所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道，需要为该SR标识所对应的SR配置关联新的SR资源配置，则第二消息中还需要包括关联到该SR标识所对应的SR配置的一个或多个SR资源配置。该一个或多个SR资源配置包含在基站为终端设备配置的Uu口的上行BWP中的PUCCH配置中。Optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, if the base station has previously sent the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier mapped to the identifier of the logical channel of the side link radio bearer included in the second message to the terminal device, However, for the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the SR identifier, the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier needs to be associated with a new SR resource configuration, and the second message also needs to include the information associated with the SR identifier. SR configuration of one or more SR resource configurations. The one or more SR resource configurations are included in the PUCCH configuration in the uplink BWP of the Uu port configured by the base station for the terminal device.

或者，可选的，本申请实施例中，若基站在此之前没有为终端设备配置第二消息中包含的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道的标识所映射的SR标识所对应的SR配置和该SR配置所关联的SR资源配置，则第二消息中还需要包括该SR标识所对应的SR配置，以及关联到该SR配置的一个或多个SR资源配置。该一个或多个SR资源配置包含在基站为终端设备配置的Uu口的上行BWP中的PUCCH配置中。Or, optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, if the base station has not previously configured the terminal device with the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier mapped to the identifier of the logical channel of the side link radio bearer included in the second message, and The SR resource configuration associated with the SR configuration, the second message also needs to include the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier, and one or more SR resource configurations associated with the SR configuration. The one or more SR resource configurations are included in the PUCCH configuration in the uplink BWP of the Uu port configured by the base station for the terminal device.

可选的，本申请实施例中，若第一消息中包括V2X业务的目的地信息，则第二消息中还可以包括该V2X业务的目的地信息。或者，可选的，本申请实施例中，若第一消息中包括V2X业务的源信息和目的地信息，则第二消息中还可以包括该V2X业务的源信息和目的地信息，相关描述可参考上述步骤S502，在此不再赘述。Optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, if the first message includes destination information of the V2X service, the second message may further include destination information of the V2X service. Or, optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, if the first message includes source information and destination information of the V2X service, the second message may further include source information and destination information of the V2X service, and the relevant description may be Refer to the above step S502, which will not be repeated here.

终端设备接收来自基站的第二消息之后，建立该QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载，相关描述可参考上述子情况e，在此不再赘述。After receiving the second message from the base station, the terminal device establishes the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index. For related description, reference may be made to the foregoing sub-case e, and details are not described herein again.

其中，本申请实施例中，该QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的标识(SL DRB ID)为第二消息中包括的该QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的标识。该QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道的标识(Logical channel ID)为第二消息中包括的该QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道的标识。Wherein, in the embodiment of the present application, the identifier (SL DRB) of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index is the identifier of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index included in the second message. The logical channel ID of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index is the identifier of the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index included in the second message.

进一步的，若第二消息中包括该QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的标识和和该QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道所属的逻辑信道组的标识的映射关系，则终端设备可以根据该QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的标识与和该QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道所属的逻辑信道组的标识的映射关系，配置该QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道所属的逻辑信道组为该QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的标识所对应的逻辑信道组。Further, if the second message includes the mapping relationship between the identifier of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index and the identifier of the logical channel group to which the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index belongs , The terminal device can configure the mapping according to the mapping relationship between the identifier of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index and the identifier of the logical channel group to which the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index belongs. The logical channel group to which the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index belongs is the logical channel group corresponding to the identifier of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index.

若该QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道触发了SL BSR并触发了第二SR，终端设备用于第二SR的第二SR配置为与该QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道的标识所映射的SR标识对应的SR配置；终端设备用于第二SR的第二SR资源配置为第二SR配置所关联的一个或多个SR资源配置。If the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index triggers SL and BSR and triggers the second SR, the second SR used by the terminal device for the second SR is configured as the side chain mapped to the QoS index The SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier mapped on the logical channel identifier of the wireless radio bearer; the second SR resource configuration used by the terminal device for the second SR is one or more SR resource configurations associated with the second SR configuration.

可选的，本申请实施例可以只适用于传输方式为单播传输的V2X业务，也可以适用于所有的V2X业务，即包括传输方式为单播传输，组播传输和广播传输的V2X业务。Optionally, the embodiments of the present application may be applicable only to V2X services whose transmission mode is unicast transmission, or may be applicable to all V2X services, that is, including V2X services whose transmission mode is unicast transmission, multicast transmission, and broadcast transmission.

情况三：第一标识为侧行链路无线承载的标识或逻辑信道的标识，第二标识与第一标识相同。Case 3: The first identifier is an identifier of a side link radio bearer or an identifier of a logical channel, and the second identifier is the same as the first identifier.

以V2X业务为例，当终端设备有V2X业务需要传输时，终端设备的上层(应用层，或者V2X层)对V2X业务有两种处理方式。Taking the V2X service as an example, when the terminal device has a V2X service to be transmitted, the upper layer (application layer, or V2X layer) of the terminal device has two processing methods for the V2X service.

一种可能的处理方式为：终端设备的上层将V2X业务映射到一个或者多个QoS流，并将每个QoS流的标识和该QoS流所对应的QoS信息通知给AS层。当终端设备的上层将V2X业务包递交给AS时，会告知AS层该V2X业务包所属的QoS流的标识。One possible processing method is: the upper layer of the terminal device maps the V2X service to one or more QoS flows, and notifies the AS layer of the identifier of each QoS flow and the QoS information corresponding to the QoS flow. When the upper layer of the terminal device delivers the V2X service packet to the AS, the AS layer will be informed of the identifier of the QoS flow to which the V2X service packet belongs.

另一种可能的处理方式为：终端设备的上层不将V2X业务映射到一个或者多个QoS流。当终端设备的上层将V2X业务包递交给AS时，会告知AS层终端设备要传输的V2X业务或者V2X业务包的QoS信息的QoS索引。该QoS索引的相关描述可参考上述情况二，在此不再赘述。Another possible processing method is that the upper layer of the terminal device does not map the V2X service to one or more QoS flows. When the upper layer of the terminal device delivers the V2X service package to the AS, the AS layer terminal device will be informed of the QoS index of the QoS information of the V2X service or V2X service package to be transmitted. The relevant description of the QoS index can refer to the second case above, and will not be repeated here.

可选的，当终端设备的上层将V2X业务包递交给AS时，会同时告知AS层该V2X业务包所采用的传输方式为单播传输，组播传输还是广播传输。Optionally, when the upper layer of the terminal device delivers the V2X service package to the AS, it will also inform the AS layer that the transmission mode adopted by the V2X service package is unicast transmission, multicast transmission or broadcast transmission.

可选的，当终端设备的上层将V2X业务包递交给AS时，会同时告知AS层该V2X业务包的层二源标识。或者，可选的，当终端设备的上层将V2X业务包递交给AS时，会同时告知AS层该V2X业务包的层二源标识和层二目的地标识。Optionally, when the upper layer of the terminal device delivers the V2X service package to the AS, the AS layer will also be informed of the layer two source identification of the V2X service package. Or, optionally, when the upper layer of the terminal device delivers the V2X service package to the AS, the AS layer will be notified of the layer two source identification and layer two destination identification of the V2X service package at the same time.

其中，若终端设备的上层采用上述第一种可能的处理方式，终端设备的AS层可以根据上层递交的V2X业务包所属的QoS流的标识，结合该QoS流所对应的QoS信息，确定该QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的标识或者该QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道的标识。即终端设备的AS层可以执行QoS流到侧行链路无线承载的映射。Among them, if the upper layer of the terminal device adopts the first possible processing method described above, the AS layer of the terminal device can determine the QoS according to the identifier of the QoS flow to which the V2X service packet submitted by the upper layer belongs, combined with the QoS information corresponding to the QoS flow The identifier of the side link radio bearer mapped by the flow or the identifier of the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow. That is, the AS layer of the terminal device can perform the mapping of QoS flow to the side link radio bearer.

或者，若终端设备的上层采用上述第二种可能的处理方式，终端设备的AS层可以根据上层递交的V2X业务或者V2X业务包的QoS信息的QoS索引，结合该QoS索引所指示的QoS信息，确定V2X业务包所映射的侧行链路无线承载的标识或者V2X业务包所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道的标识。即终端设备的AS层可以执行V2X业务包到侧行链路无线承载的映射。Or, if the upper layer of the terminal device adopts the second possible processing method described above, the AS layer of the terminal device may combine the QoS information indicated by the QoS index according to the QoS index of the QoS information of the V2X service or V2X service package submitted by the upper layer, Determine the identifier of the side link radio bearer mapped by the V2X service package or the identifier of the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the V2X service package. That is, the AS layer of the terminal device can perform the mapping of the V2X service packet to the side link wireless bearer.

下面分两种子情况进行说明。There are two sub-cases to explain below.

子情况i：第一标识为侧行链路无线承载的标识。Sub-case i: The first identifier is an identifier of the side link radio bearer.

终端设备的AS层触发第一消息，并通过第一消息向基站请求用于V2X侧行链路通信的资源。该第一消息中包含第一标识，该第一标识为终端设备要传输的V2X业务所映射的侧行链路无线承载的标识。可选的，第一消息还可以包括该侧行链路无线承载所对应的QoS信息。可选的，第一消息中还可以包括V2X业务的目的地信息；或者，可选的，第一消息中还可以包括V2X业务的源信息和目的地信 息，相关描述可参考上述步骤S501，在此不再赘述。The AS layer of the terminal device triggers the first message, and requests the base station for resources for V2X side link communication through the first message. The first message includes a first identifier, and the first identifier is an identifier of the side link radio bearer mapped by the V2X service to be transmitted by the terminal device. Optionally, the first message may further include QoS information corresponding to the side link radio bearer. Optionally, the first message may also include destination information of the V2X service; or, optionally, the first message may also include source information and destination information of the V2X service. For related description, refer to step S501 above. This will not be repeated here.

可选的，在第一消息中还可以包括指示信息，该指示信息用于指示该侧行链路无线承载的标识所对应的V2X业务包的传输方式为单播传输，组播传输还是广播传输。Optionally, the first message may further include indication information used to indicate that the transmission mode of the V2X service packet corresponding to the identifier of the side link wireless bearer is unicast transmission, multicast transmission or broadcast transmission .

基站接收来自终端设备的第一消息之后，确定第一消息中的侧行链路无线承载的标识对应的侧行链路无线承载所映射的SR相关的配置。进而，基站向终端设备发送第二消息，第二消息包括该侧行链路无线承载的标识，以及该侧行链路无线承载的标识所映射的SR标识。After receiving the first message from the terminal device, the base station determines the SR related configuration mapped to the side link radio bearer corresponding to the identifier of the side link radio bearer in the first message. Furthermore, the base station sends a second message to the terminal device. The second message includes the identifier of the sidelink radio bearer and the SR identifier mapped by the identifier of the sidelink radio bearer.

可选的，基站接收来自终端设备的第一消息之后，还可以确定该侧行链路无线承载所对应的逻辑信道组，并在第二消息中包括该侧行链路无线承载的标识和对应的逻辑信道组的标识的映射关系，或者，换言之，该第二消息还可以包括与该侧行链路无线承载的标识存在映射关系的逻辑信道组的标识。Optionally, after receiving the first message from the terminal device, the base station may also determine the logical channel group corresponding to the sidelink radio bearer, and include the identifier and corresponding of the sidelink radio bearer in the second message The mapping relationship of the identifiers of the logical channel groups of, or, in other words, the second message may further include the identifier of the logical channel group that has a mapping relationship with the identifier of the radio bearer of the side link.

示例性的，基站为终端设备配置该侧行链路无线承载的配置。其中，该侧行链路无线承载的配置中至少包括：该侧行链路无线承载所映射的SR的标识，和该侧行链路无线承载所对应的逻辑信道组的标识。可选的，该侧行链路无线承载的配置中还可以包括该侧行链路无线承载的标识。Exemplarily, the base station configures the configuration of the side link radio bearer for the terminal device. Wherein, the configuration of the side link radio bearer includes at least: the identifier of the SR mapped to the side link radio bearer, and the identifier of the logical channel group corresponding to the side link radio bearer. Optionally, the configuration of the side link radio bearer may further include the identifier of the side link radio bearer.

或者，示例性的，基站为终端设备配置该逻辑信道组的标识所映射的该侧行链路无线承载的标识，并为终端设备配置该侧行链路无线承载的配置；该侧行链路无线承载的配置中至少包括：该侧行链路无线承载所映射的SR的标识。可选的，该侧行链路无线承载的配置中还可以包括该侧行链路无线承载的标识。Or, exemplarily, the base station configures, for the terminal device, the identifier of the side link radio bearer mapped by the identifier of the logical channel group, and configures the terminal device for the configuration of the side link radio bearer; the side link The configuration of the radio bearer includes at least: the identifier of the SR to which the side link radio bearer is mapped. Optionally, the configuration of the side link radio bearer may further include the identifier of the side link radio bearer.

可选的，本申请实施例中，若基站在此之前已经将第二消息中包含的侧行链路无线承载的标识所映射的SR标识所对应的SR配置发送给了终端设备，但对于该SR标识所映射的侧行链路无线承载，需要为该SR标识所对应的SR配置关联新的SR资源配置，则第二消息中还需要包括关联到该SR标识所对应的SR配置的一个或多个SR资源配置。该一个或多个SR资源配置包含在基站为终端设备配置的Uu口的上行BWP中的PUCCH配置中。Optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, if the base station has previously sent the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier mapped to the identifier of the side link radio bearer contained in the second message to the terminal device, but for this The side link radio bearer mapped by the SR identifier needs to be associated with a new SR resource configuration for the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier, and the second message also needs to include one or the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier. Multiple SR resource configuration. The one or more SR resource configurations are included in the PUCCH configuration in the uplink BWP of the Uu port configured by the base station for the terminal device.

或者，可选的，本申请实施例中，若基站在此之前没有为终端设备配置第二消息中包含的侧行链路无线承载的标识所映射的SR标识所对应的SR配置和该SR配置所关联的SR资源配置，则第二消息中还需要包括该SR标识所对应的SR配置，以及关联到该SR配置的一个或多个SR资源配置。该一个或多个SR资源配置包含在基站为终端设备配置的Uu口的上行BWP中的PUCCH配置中。Or, optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, if the base station has not configured the terminal device with the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier mapped to the identifier of the side link radio bearer included in the second message before this and the SR configuration For the associated SR resource configuration, the second message also needs to include the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier, and one or more SR resource configurations associated with the SR configuration. The one or more SR resource configurations are included in the PUCCH configuration in the uplink BWP of the Uu port configured by the base station for the terminal device.

可选的，本申请实施例中，若第一消息中包括V2X业务的目的地信息，则第二消息中还可以包括该V2X业务的目的地信息。或者，可选的，本申请实施例中，若第一消息中包括V2X业务的源信息和目的地信息，则第二消息中还可以包括该V2X业务的源信息和目的地信息，相关描述可参考上述步骤S502，在此不再赘述。Optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, if the first message includes destination information of the V2X service, the second message may further include destination information of the V2X service. Or, optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, if the first message includes source information and destination information of the V2X service, the second message may further include source information and destination information of the V2X service, and the relevant description may be Refer to the above step S502, which will not be repeated here.

终端设备接收来自基站的第二消息之后，建立该侧行链路无线承载，相关描述可参考上述子情况a中建立QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的描述，在此不再赘述。After receiving the second message from the base station, the terminal device establishes the side link radio bearer. For the related description, reference may be made to the description of the side link radio bearer mapped to the establishment of the QoS flow in the above sub-case a, which will not be repeated here.

其中，本申请实施例中，该侧行链路无线承载的标识(SL DRB ID)为第二消息中包括的该侧行链路无线承载的标识，该侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道的标识(logical channel ID)由终端设备自己确定。In this embodiment of the present application, the identifier of the side link radio bearer (SL DRB ID) is the identifier of the side link radio bearer included in the second message, and the logical channel of the side link radio bearer The identification (logical channel ID) is determined by the terminal device itself.

进一步的，若第二消息中包括该侧行链路无线承载的标识和逻辑信道组的标识的映射关系，则终端设备可以根据该侧行链路无线承载的标识与逻辑信道组的标识的映射关系，配置该侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道所属的逻辑信道组为该侧行链路无线承载的标识所对应的逻辑信道组。Further, if the second message includes the mapping relationship between the identifier of the side link radio bearer and the identifier of the logical channel group, the terminal device may map the identifier of the side link radio bearer to the identifier of the logical channel group Relationship, the logical channel group to which the logical channel of the side link radio bearer belongs is configured as the logical channel group corresponding to the identifier of the side link radio bearer.

进一步的，终端设备可以根据第二消息中包括的该侧行链路无线承载的标识所映射的SR标识，确定该侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道所映射的SR标识即为该侧行链路无线承载的标识所映射的SR标识。Further, the terminal device may determine that the SR ID mapped to the logical channel of the side link radio bearer is the side chain according to the SR ID mapped to the ID of the side link radio bearer included in the second message The SR ID mapped to the ID of the radio bearer.

若该侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道触发了SL BSR并触发了第三SR，终端设备用于第三SR的第三 SR配置为与该侧行链路无线承载的标识所映射的SR标识对应的SR配置；终端设备用于第三SR的SR资源配置为第三SR配置所关联的一个或多个SR资源配置。If the logical channel of the side link radio bearer triggers SL and BSR and triggers the third SR, the third SR used by the terminal device for the third SR is configured as the SR identifier mapped with the identifier of the side link radio bearer Corresponding SR configuration; the SR resource configuration used by the terminal device for the third SR is one or more SR resource configurations associated with the third SR configuration.

可选的，本申请实施例可以适用于所有的V2X业务，即包括传输方式为单播传输，组播传输和广播传输的V2X业务。Optionally, the embodiments of the present application may be applicable to all V2X services, that is, V2X services including unicast transmission, multicast transmission, and broadcast transmission.

子情况j：第一标识为逻辑信道的标识。Sub-case j: The first identification is the identification of the logical channel.

终端设备的AS层触发第一消息，并通过第一消息向基站请求用于V2X侧行链路通信的资源。该第一消息中包括第一标识，该第一标识为终端设备要传输的V2X业务所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道的标识。可选的，第一消息还可以包括与该侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道的标识所对应的QoS信息。可选的，第一消息中还可以包括V2X业务的目的地信息；或者，可选的，第一消息中还可以包括V2X业务的源信息和目的地信息，相关描述可参考上述步骤S501，在此不再赘述。The AS layer of the terminal device triggers the first message, and requests the base station for resources for V2X side link communication through the first message. The first message includes a first identifier, and the first identifier is an identifier of a logical channel of a side link radio bearer to which the V2X service to be transmitted by the terminal device is mapped. Optionally, the first message may also include QoS information corresponding to the identification of the logical channel of the side link radio bearer. Optionally, the first message may also include destination information of the V2X service; or, optionally, the first message may also include source information and destination information of the V2X service. For related description, refer to step S501 above. This will not be repeated here.

可选的，在第一消息中还可以包括指示信息，该指示信息用于指示该侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道的标识所对应的V2X业务包的传输方式为单播传输，组播传输还是广播传输。Optionally, the first message may further include indication information used to indicate that the transmission mode of the V2X service packet corresponding to the identifier of the logical channel of the side link wireless bearer is unicast transmission and multicast transmission. Still broadcast transmission.

基站接收来自终端设备的第一消息之后，确定第一消息中的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道的标识对应的逻辑信道所映射的SR相关的配置。进而，基站向终端设备发送第二消息，第二消息包括该侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道的标识，以及该侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道的标识所映射的SR标识。After receiving the first message from the terminal device, the base station determines the SR-related configuration mapped to the logical channel corresponding to the identifier of the logical channel of the side link radio bearer in the first message. Furthermore, the base station sends a second message to the terminal device, where the second message includes the identifier of the logical channel of the side link radio bearer and the SR identifier mapped to the identifier of the logical channel of the side link radio bearer.

可选的，基站接收来自终端设备的第一消息之后，还可以确定第一消息中该侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道的标识对应的逻辑信道所属的逻辑信道组，并在第二消息中包括该侧行链路无线承载的标识和该侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道所属的逻辑信道组的标识的映射关系，或者，换言之，该第二消息还可以包括与该侧行链路无线承载的标识存在映射关系的逻辑信道组的标识。Optionally, after receiving the first message from the terminal device, the base station may also determine the logical channel group to which the logical channel corresponding to the identifier of the logical channel of the side link radio bearer in the first message belongs, and in the second message The mapping relationship including the identifier of the sidelink radio bearer and the identifier of the logical channel group to which the logical channel of the sidelink radio bearer belongs, or, in other words, the second message may also include The identifier of the logical channel group with the mapping relationship carried by the identifier.

示例性的，基站为终端设备配置该侧行链路无线承载的配置。其中，该侧行链路无线承载的配置中至少包括：该侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道的标识，和该侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道的配置；该侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道的配置中包括该侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道所映射的SR的标识和该侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道所属的逻辑信道组的标识。可选的，该侧行链路无线承载的配置中还可以包括该侧行链路无线承载的标识。Exemplarily, the base station configures the configuration of the side link radio bearer for the terminal device. Wherein, the configuration of the side link wireless bearer includes at least: the identifier of the logical channel of the side link wireless bearer, and the configuration of the logical channel of the side link wireless bearer; The configuration of the logical channel includes the identifier of the SR mapped to the logical channel of the sidelink radio bearer and the identifier of the logical channel group to which the logical channel of the sidelink radio bearer belongs. Optionally, the configuration of the side link radio bearer may further include the identifier of the side link radio bearer.

或者，示例性的，基站为终端设备配置该逻辑信道组的标识所映射的侧行链路无线承载的标识，并为终端设备配置该侧行链路无线承载的配置；该侧行链路无线承载的配置中至少包括：该侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道的标识，和该侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道的配置；该侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道的配置中包括该侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道所映射的SR的标识。可选的，该侧行链路无线承载的配置中还可以包括该侧行链路无线承载的标识。Or, exemplarily, the base station configures the terminal device with the side link radio bearer ID mapped to the logical channel group ID, and configures the terminal device with the side link radio bearer configuration; the side link radio bearer The bearer configuration includes at least: the identification of the logical channel of the side link wireless bearer and the configuration of the logical channel of the side link wireless bearer; the configuration of the logical channel of the side link wireless bearer includes the side The identifier of the SR mapped on the logical channel carried by the downlink radio. Optionally, the configuration of the side link radio bearer may further include the identifier of the side link radio bearer.

可选的，本申请实施例中，若基站在此之前已经将第二消息中包含的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道的标识所映射的SR标识所对应的SR配置发送给了终端设备，但对于该SR标识所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道，需要为该SR标识所对应的SR配置关联新的SR资源配置，则第二消息中还需要包括关联到该SR标识所对应的SR配置的一个或多个SR资源配置。该一个或多个SR资源配置包含在基站为终端设备配置的Uu口的上行BWP中的PUCCH配置中。Optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, if the base station has previously sent the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier mapped to the identifier of the logical channel of the side link radio bearer included in the second message to the terminal device, However, for the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the SR identifier, the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier needs to be associated with a new SR resource configuration, and the second message also needs to include the information associated with the SR identifier. SR configuration of one or more SR resource configurations. The one or more SR resource configurations are included in the PUCCH configuration in the uplink BWP of the Uu port configured by the base station for the terminal device.

或者，可选的，本申请实施例中，若基站在此之前没有为终端设备配置第二消息中包含的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道的标识所映射的SR标识所对应的SR配置和该SR配置所关联的SR资源配置，则第二消息中还需要包括该SR标识所对应的SR配置，以及关联到该SR配置的一个或多个SR资源配置。该一个或多个SR资源配置包含在基站为终端设备配置的Uu口的上行BWP中的PUCCH配置中。Or, optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, if the base station has not previously configured the terminal device with the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier mapped to the identifier of the logical channel of the side link radio bearer included in the second message, and The SR resource configuration associated with the SR configuration, the second message also needs to include the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier, and one or more SR resource configurations associated with the SR configuration. The one or more SR resource configurations are included in the PUCCH configuration in the uplink BWP of the Uu port configured by the base station for the terminal device.

可选的，本申请实施例中，若第一消息中包括V2X业务的目的地信息，则第二消息中还可以包括 该V2X业务的目的地信息。或者，可选的，若第一消息中包括V2X业务的源信息和目的地信息，则第二消息中还可以包括该V2X业务的源信息和目的地信息，相关描述可参考上述步骤S502，在此不再赘述。Optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, if the first message includes destination information of the V2X service, the second message may further include destination information of the V2X service. Or, optionally, if the first message includes source information and destination information of the V2X service, the second message may also include source information and destination information of the V2X service. For related descriptions, reference may be made to step S502 above. This will not be repeated here.

终端设备接收来自基站的第二消息之后，建立该侧行链路无线承载，相关描述可参考上述子情况i，在此不再赘述。After receiving the second message from the base station, the terminal device establishes the side link radio bearer. For related description, reference may be made to the foregoing sub-case i, and details are not described herein again.

其中，本申请实施例中，该侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道的标识(logical channel ID)为第二消息中包括的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道的标识，该侧行链路无线承载的标识(SL DRB ID)由终端设备自己确定。Wherein, in the embodiment of the present application, the logical channel ID (logical channel ID) of the side link wireless bearer is the identifier of the logical channel of the side link wireless bearer included in the second message, and the side link wireless The bearer identification (SL DRB ID) is determined by the terminal device itself.

进一步的，若第二消息中包括该侧行链路无线承载的标识和该侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道所属的逻辑信道组的标识的映射关系，则终端设备可以根据该侧行链路无线承载的标识与和该侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道所属的逻辑信道组的标识的映射关系，配置该侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道所属的逻辑信道组为该侧行链路无线承载的标识所对应的逻辑信道组。Further, if the second message includes the mapping relationship between the identifier of the sidelink radio bearer and the identifier of the logical channel group to which the logical channel of the sidelink radio bearer belongs, the terminal device may The mapping relationship between the identifier of the radio bearer and the identifier of the logical channel group to which the logical channel of the sidelink radio bearer belongs, and the logical channel group to which the logical channel of the sidelink radio bearer belongs is configured as the sidelink radio The logical channel group corresponding to the identifier carried.

若该侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道触发了SL BSR并触发了第三SR，终端设备用于第三SR的第三SR配置为与该侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道的标识所映射的SR标识对应的SR配置；终端设备用于第三SR的SR资源配置为第三SR配置所关联的一个或多个SR资源配置。If the logical channel of the side link radio bearer triggers SL and BSR and triggers the third SR, the third SR used by the terminal device for the third SR is configured to be mapped with the identifier of the logical channel of the side link radio bearer The SR identifier corresponding to the SR configuration; the SR resource configuration used by the terminal device for the third SR is one or more SR resource configurations associated with the third SR configuration.

可选的，本申请实施例可以适用于所有的V2X业务，即包括传输方式为单播传输，组播传输和广播传输的V2X业务。Optionally, the embodiments of the present application may be applicable to all V2X services, that is, V2X services including unicast transmission, multicast transmission, and broadcast transmission.

基于本申请实施例提供的上述配置方法，可以实现用于在NR系统的Uu口发送针对PC5口的侧行链路数据传输的SR时所用的SR配置和SR资源配置的配置。Based on the above configuration method provided by the embodiment of the present application, the configuration of the SR configuration and the SR resource configuration used when the SR for the side link data transmission of the PC5 port is sent on the Uu port of the NR system can be realized.

其中，上述步骤S501至S502中的基站的动作可以由图3所示的网络设备30中的处理器301调用存储器302中存储的应用程序代码以指令该网络设备执行，上述步骤S501至S502中的终端设备的动作可以由图3所示的终端设备40中的处理器401调用存储器402中存储的应用程序代码以指令该网络设备执行，本实施例对此不作任何限制。Wherein, the actions of the base station in the above steps S501 to S502 can be invoked by the processor 301 in the network device 30 shown in FIG. 3 to call the application program code stored in the memory 302 to instruct the network device to perform, the above steps S501 to S502 The actions of the terminal device can be invoked by the processor 401 in the terminal device 40 shown in FIG. 3 to call the application program code stored in the memory 402 to instruct the network device to execute, which is not limited in this embodiment.

可选的，上述实施例中，用于V2X业务的SR相关的配置可以与该终端设备的针对Uu口的上行链路数据传输的SR相关的配置相同，也可以不同。Optionally, in the above embodiment, the SR-related configuration for the V2X service may be the same as or different from the SR-related configuration of the terminal device for uplink data transmission of the Uu port.

可选的，上述实施例可以组合使用。例如，对于单播传输的V2X业务或者V2X业务包，可以采用情况1所对应的实施例中描述的方法，而对于组播传输或者广播传输的V2X业务或者V2X业务包，可以采用情况2所对应的实施中描述的方法，在此统一说明，本申请实施例对此不做具体限定。Optionally, the above embodiments can be used in combination. For example, for the unicast transmission of V2X services or V2X service packages, the method described in the embodiment corresponding to case 1 can be used, and for the multicast transmission or broadcast transmission of V2X services or V2X service packages, the corresponding case 2 can be used. The methods described in the implementation of this document are described here in a unified manner, which is not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.

可选的，本申请实施例中，对于所有的V2X业务，不论该业务通过何种方式传输(广播方式，组播方式或者单播方式)，也不论该业务通过LTE系统的PC5口的侧行链路传输还是通过NR系统的PC5口的侧行链路传输，基站只为终端设备的一个MAC实体配置一套SR的相关配置。该情况下，如图6所示，为本申请实施例提供的另一种配置方法，该配置方法包括如下步骤：Optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, for all V2X services, no matter what way the service is transmitted (broadcast mode, multicast mode or unicast mode), and regardless of whether the service passes through the side of the PC5 port of the LTE system Link transmission is also through the side link transmission of the PC5 port of the NR system. The base station configures only one set of SR related configurations for one MAC entity of the terminal device. In this case, as shown in FIG. 6, it is another configuration method provided by an embodiment of the present application. The configuration method includes the following steps:

S601、终端设备向基站发送第一消息。相应的，基站接收来自终端设备的第一消息。S601. The terminal device sends the first message to the base station. Correspondingly, the base station receives the first message from the terminal device.

具体的，若终端设备对V2X业务传输感兴趣，终端设备通过第一消息向基站请求用于V2X侧行链路通信的资源。Specifically, if the terminal device is interested in V2X service transmission, the terminal device requests the base station for resources for V2X sidelink communication through the first message.

示例性的，该第一消息例如可以为侧行链路UE信息(sidelink UE information)消息。Exemplarily, the first message may be, for example, a sidelink UE information (sidelink UE information) message.

S602、基站向终端设备发送第二消息。相应的，终端设备接收来自基站的第二消息。S602. The base station sends a second message to the terminal device. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the second message from the base station.

具体的，基站接收来自终端设备的第一消息之后，向终端设备发送第二消息，第二消息中包含V2X相关配置。在V2X相关配置中进一步包含基站为终端设备配置的所有通过PC5接口传输的V2X业务 公用的SR标识，或者在V2X相关配置中进一步包含基站为终端设备配置的所有通过PC5接口传输并且采用基于基站调度的资源分配方式的V2X业务或者业务包公用的SR标识。Specifically, after receiving the first message from the terminal device, the base station sends a second message to the terminal device, where the second message includes the V2X related configuration. The V2X related configuration further includes all SR identifications common to all V2X services transmitted through the PC5 interface configured by the base station for the terminal device, or the V2X related configuration further includes all the transmissions configured by the base station for the terminal device through the PC5 interface and is based on base station scheduling The SR ID common to V2X services or service packages of resource allocation.

可选的，本申请实施例中，所有V2X业务公用的SR相关的配置可以与该终端设备的针对Uu口的上行链路数据传输的SR相关的配置相同，也可以不同。Optionally, in the embodiments of the present application, the SR-related configuration common to all V2X services may be the same as or different from the SR-related configuration of the terminal device for uplink data transmission of the Uu port.

示例性的，第二消息例如可以为RRC重配置(RRC reconfiguration)消息。Exemplarily, the second message may be, for example, an RRC reconfiguration (RRC reconfiguration) message.

当终端设备触发了SL BSR并触发了第四SR后，终端设备用于第四SR的第四SR配置为该SR标识所对应的SR配置；终端设备用于所述第四SR的第四SR资源配置为第四SR配置所关联的一个或多个SR资源配置。After the terminal device triggers the SL and BSR and triggers the fourth SR, the fourth SR used by the terminal device for the fourth SR is configured as the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier; the terminal device is used for the fourth SR of the fourth SR The resource configuration is one or more SR resource configurations associated with the fourth SR configuration.

基于本申请实施例提供的上述配置方法，可以实现用于在NR系统的Uu口发送针对PC5口的侧行链路数据传输的SR时所用的SR配置和SR资源配置的配置。Based on the above configuration method provided by the embodiment of the present application, the configuration of the SR configuration and the SR resource configuration used when the SR for the side link data transmission of the PC5 port is sent on the Uu port of the NR system can be realized.

其中，上述步骤S601至S602中的基站的动作可以由图3所示的网络设备30中的处理器301调用存储器302中存储的应用程序代码以指令该网络设备执行，上述步骤S501至S502中的终端设备的动作可以由图3所示的终端设备40中的处理器401调用存储器402中存储的应用程序代码以指令该网络设备执行，本实施例对此不作任何限制。Wherein, the actions of the base station in the above steps S601 to S602 can be invoked by the processor 301 in the network device 30 shown in FIG. 3 to call the application program code stored in the memory 302 to instruct the network device to perform, the above steps S501 to S502 The actions of the terminal device can be invoked by the processor 401 in the terminal device 40 shown in FIG. 3 to call the application program code stored in the memory 402 to instruct the network device to execute, which is not limited in this embodiment.

上述主要从各个网元之间交互的角度对本申请实施例提供的方案进行了介绍。相应的，本申请实施例还提供了通信装置，该通信装置用于实现上述各种方法。该通信装置可以为上述方法实施例中的终端设备，或者包含上述终端设备的装置，或者为可用于终端设备的部件；或者，该通信装置可以为上述方法实施例中的接入网设备，或者包含上述接入网设备的装置，或者为可用于接入网设备的部件。可以理解的是，该通信装置为了实现上述功能，其包含了执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。本领域技术人员应该很容易意识到，结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤，本申请能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件的结合形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行，取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能，但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。The above mainly introduces the solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application from the perspective of interaction between various network elements. Correspondingly, the embodiments of the present application also provide a communication device, which is used to implement the above various methods. The communication device may be the terminal device in the above method embodiment, or the device containing the above terminal device, or a component that can be used for the terminal device; or, the communication device may be the access network device in the above method embodiment, or The device containing the above access network equipment, or a component that can be used for the access network equipment. It can be understood that, in order to realize the above-mentioned functions, the communication device includes a hardware structure and/or a software module corresponding to each function. Those skilled in the art should be easily aware that, in conjunction with the exemplary units and algorithm steps described in the embodiments disclosed herein, the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a function is performed by hardware or computer software driven hardware depends on the specific application of the technical solution and design constraints. Professional technicians can use different methods to implement the described functions for each specific application, but such implementation should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.

本申请实施例可以根据上述方法实施例中对通信装置进行功能模块的划分，例如，可以对应各个功能划分各个功能模块，也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一个处理模块中。上述集成的模块既可以采用硬件的形式实现，也可以采用软件功能模块的形式实现。需要说明的是，本申请实施例中对模块的划分是示意性的，仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分，实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。The embodiments of the present application may divide the functional modules of the communication apparatus according to the above method embodiments, for example, each functional module may be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions may be integrated into one processing module. The above integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware or software function modules. It should be noted that the division of the modules in the embodiments of the present application is schematic, and is only a division of logical functions. In actual implementation, there may be another division manner.

比如，以通信装置为上述方法实施例中的终端设备为例。图7示出了一种终端设备70的结构示意图。该终端设备70包括接收模块701和发送模块702。所述接收模块701，也可以称为接收单元，用以实现接收功能，例如可以是接收电路，接收机，接收器或者通信接口。所述发送模块702，也可以称为发送单元，用以实现发送功能，例如可以是发送电路，发送机，发送器或者通信接口。For example, take the communication device as the terminal device in the above method embodiment as an example. FIG. 7 shows a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device 70. The terminal device 70 includes a receiving module 701 and a sending module 702. The receiving module 701 may also be referred to as a receiving unit to implement a receiving function, for example, it may be a receiving circuit, a receiver, a receiver or a communication interface. The sending module 702 may also be referred to as a sending unit to implement a sending function, for example, it may be a sending circuit, a transmitter, a transmitter, or a communication interface.

其中，发送模块702，用于向网络设备发送第一消息，该第一消息包括第一标识。接收模块701，用于接收来自网络设备的第二消息，该第二消息包括第二标识和第二标识所映射的调度请求SR标识，该SR标识对应一个SR配置，该SR配置关联一个或多个SR资源配置，第一标识与第二标识相同，或第一标识与第二标识存在映射关系。The sending module 702 is configured to send a first message to the network device, where the first message includes the first identifier. The receiving module 701 is configured to receive a second message from a network device, where the second message includes a second identifier and a scheduling request SR identifier mapped by the second identifier, the SR identifier corresponds to an SR configuration, and the SR configuration is associated with one or more SR resource configuration, the first identifier is the same as the second identifier, or there is a mapping relationship between the first identifier and the second identifier.

其中，上述方法实施例涉及的各步骤的所有相关内容均可以援引到对应功能模块的功能描述，在此不再赘述。Wherein, all relevant content of each step involved in the above method embodiments can be referred to the function description of the corresponding function module, which will not be repeated here.

在本实施例中，该终端设备70以采用集成的方式划分各个功能模块的形式来呈现。这里的“模块”可以指特定ASIC，电路，执行一个或多个软件或固件程序的处理器和存储器，集成逻辑电路，和/或其 他可以提供上述功能的器件。在一个简单的实施例中，本领域的技术人员可以想到该终端设备70可以采用图3所示的终端设备40的形式。In this embodiment, the terminal device 70 is presented in the form of dividing each functional module in an integrated manner. "Module" here may refer to a specific ASIC, circuit, processor and memory that executes one or more software or firmware programs, integrated logic circuits, and/or other devices that can provide the above functions. In a simple embodiment, those skilled in the art may think that the terminal device 70 may take the form of the terminal device 40 shown in FIG. 3.

比如，图3所示的终端设备40中的处理器401可以通过调用存储器402中存储的计算机执行指令，使得终端设备40执行上述方法实施例中的配置方法。For example, the processor 401 in the terminal device 40 shown in FIG. 3 may call the computer stored in the memory 402 to execute instructions, so that the terminal device 40 executes the configuration method in the foregoing method embodiment.

具体的，图7中的接收模块701和发送模块702的功能/实现过程可以通过图4所示的终端设备40中的处理器401调用存储器402中存储的计算机执行指令来实现。或者，图7中的接收模块701和发送模块702的功能/实现过程可以通过图4中所示的终端设备40中的收发器403来实现。Specifically, the functions/implementation processes of the receiving module 701 and the sending module 702 in FIG. 7 can be implemented by the processor 401 in the terminal device 40 shown in FIG. 4 calling the computer execution instructions stored in the memory 402. Alternatively, the functions/implementation processes of the receiving module 701 and the sending module 702 in FIG. 7 may be implemented by the transceiver 403 in the terminal device 40 shown in FIG. 4.

由于本实施例提供的终端设备70可执行上述的配置方法，因此其所能获得的技术效果可参考上述方法实施例，在此不再赘述。Since the terminal device 70 provided in this embodiment can perform the above configuration method, for the technical effects it can obtain, reference may be made to the foregoing method embodiment, and details are not described herein again.

或者，比如，以通信装置为上述方法实施例中的网络设备为例。图8示出了一种网络设备80的结构示意图。该网络设备80包括接收模块801和发送模块802。所述接收模块801，也可以称为接收单元，用以实现接收功能，例如可以是接收电路，接收机，接收器或者通信接口。所述发送模块802，也可以称为发送单元，用以实现发送功能，例如可以是发送电路，发送机，发送器或者通信接口。Or, for example, take the communication device as the network device in the foregoing method embodiment. FIG. 8 shows a schematic structural diagram of a network device 80. The network device 80 includes a receiving module 801 and a sending module 802. The receiving module 801 may also be referred to as a receiving unit to implement a receiving function, for example, it may be a receiving circuit, a receiver, a receiver or a communication interface. The sending module 802 may also be referred to as a sending unit to implement a sending function, for example, it may be a sending circuit, a sending machine, a sending device or a communication interface.

其中，接收模块801，用于接收来自终端设备的第一消息，该第一消息包括第一标识。发送模块802，用于向终端设备发送第二消息，该第二消息包括第二标识和第二标识所映射的调度请求SR标识，该SR标识对应一个SR配置，该SR配置关联一个或多个SR资源配置，第一标识与第二标识相同，或第一标识与第二标识存在映射关系。The receiving module 801 is configured to receive a first message from a terminal device, where the first message includes a first identifier. The sending module 802 is configured to send a second message to the terminal device, where the second message includes a second identifier and a scheduling request SR identifier mapped by the second identifier, the SR identifier corresponds to an SR configuration, and the SR configuration is associated with one or more SR resource configuration, the first identifier is the same as the second identifier, or there is a mapping relationship between the first identifier and the second identifier.

其中，上述方法实施例涉及的各步骤的所有相关内容均可以援引到对应功能模块的功能描述，在此不再赘述。Wherein, all relevant content of each step involved in the above method embodiments can be referred to the function description of the corresponding function module, which will not be repeated here.

在本实施例中，该网络设备80以采用集成的方式划分各个功能模块的形式来呈现。这里的“模块”可以指特定ASIC，电路，执行一个或多个软件或固件程序的处理器和存储器，集成逻辑电路，和/或其他可以提供上述功能的器件。在一个简单的实施例中，本领域的技术人员可以想到该网络设备80可以采用图3所示的网络设备30的形式。In this embodiment, the network device 80 is presented in the form of dividing each functional module in an integrated manner. The "module" herein may refer to a specific ASIC, circuit, processor and memory that execute one or more software or firmware programs, integrated logic circuits, and/or other devices that can provide the above functions. In a simple embodiment, those skilled in the art may think that the network device 80 may take the form of the network device 30 shown in FIG. 3.

比如，图3所示的网络设备30中的处理器301可以通过调用存储器302中存储的计算机执行指令，使得网络设备30执行上述方法实施例中的配置方法。For example, the processor 301 in the network device 30 shown in FIG. 3 may call the computer stored in the memory 302 to execute instructions, so that the network device 30 executes the configuration method in the foregoing method embodiment.

具体的，图8中的接收模块801和发送模块802的功能/实现过程可以通过图4所示的网络设备30中的处理器301调用存储器302中存储的计算机执行指令来实现。或者，图8中的接收模块801和发送模块802的功能/实现过程可以通过图4中所示的网络设备30中的收发器303来实现。Specifically, the functions/implementation processes of the receiving module 801 and the sending module 802 in FIG. 8 can be implemented by the processor 301 in the network device 30 shown in FIG. 4 calling the computer execution instructions stored in the memory 302. Alternatively, the function/implementation process of the receiving module 801 and the sending module 802 in FIG. 8 may be implemented by the transceiver 303 in the network device 30 shown in FIG. 4.

由于本实施例提供的网络设备80可执行上述的配置方法，因此其所能获得的技术效果可参考上述方法实施例，在此不再赘述。Since the network device 80 provided in this embodiment can perform the above configuration method, for the technical effects it can obtain, reference may be made to the above method embodiments, and details are not described herein again.

在上述实施例中，可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件程序实现时，可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式来实现。该计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行计算机程序指令时，全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中，或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输，例如，所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或者数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(digital subscriber line，DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可以用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用 介质可以是磁性介质(例如，软盘、硬盘、磁带)，光介质(例如，DVD)、或者半导体介质(例如固态硬盘(solid state disk，SSD))等。In the above embodiments, it can be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof. When implemented using a software program, it can be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on the computer, all or part of the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present application are generated. The computer may be a general-purpose computer, a dedicated computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices. The computer instructions may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions may be from a website site, computer, server or data center Transmission to another website, computer, server or data center via wired (such as coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.). The computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device including one or more servers and data centers that can be integrated with the medium. The usable media may be magnetic media (e.g., floppy disk, hard disk, magnetic tape), optical media (e.g., DVD), or semiconductor media (e.g., solid state disk (SSD)), or the like.

尽管在此结合各实施例对本申请进行了描述，然而，在实施所要求保护的本申请过程中，本领域技术人员通过查看所述附图、公开内容、以及所附权利要求书，可理解并实现所述公开实施例的其他变化。在权利要求中，“包括”(comprising)一词不排除其他组成部分或步骤，“一”或“一个”不排除多个的情况。单个处理器或其他单元可以实现权利要求中列举的若干项功能。相互不同的从属权利要求中记载了某些措施，但这并不表示这些措施不能组合起来产生良好的效果。Although the present application has been described in conjunction with various embodiments herein, in the process of implementing the claimed application, those skilled in the art can understand and understand by looking at the drawings, the disclosure, and the appended claims Other changes to the disclosed embodiments are implemented. In the claims, the word "comprising" does not exclude other components or steps, and "a" or "an" does not exclude a plurality. A single processor or other unit may fulfill several functions recited in the claims. Certain measures are recited in mutually different dependent claims, but this does not mean that these measures cannot be combined to produce good results.

尽管结合具体特征及其实施例对本申请进行了描述，显而易见的，在不脱离本申请的精神和范围的情况下，可对其进行各种修改和组合。相应地，本说明书和附图仅仅是所附权利要求所界定的本申请的示例性说明，且视为已覆盖本申请范围内的任意和所有修改、变化、组合或等同物。显然，本领域的技术人员可以对本申请进行各种改动和变型而不脱离本申请的精神和范围。这样，倘若本申请的这些修改和变型属于本申请权利要求及其等同技术的范围之内，则本申请也意图包含这些改动和变型在内。Although the present application has been described in conjunction with specific features and embodiments thereof, it is obvious that various modifications and combinations can be made without departing from the spirit and scope of the present application. Accordingly, the specification and drawings are merely exemplary illustrations of the present application as defined by the appended claims, and are deemed to cover any and all modifications, changes, combinations, or equivalents within the scope of the present application. Obviously, those skilled in the art can make various modifications and variations to this application without departing from the spirit and scope of this application. In this way, if these modifications and variations of the present application fall within the scope of the claims of the present application and their equivalent technologies, the present application is also intended to include these modifications and variations.

Claims (108)

一种配置方法，其特征在于，所述方法包括：A configuration method, characterized in that the method includes: 终端设备向网络设备发送第一消息，所述第一消息包括第一标识；The terminal device sends a first message to the network device, where the first message includes the first identifier; 所述终端设备接收来自所述网络设备的第二消息，所述第二消息包括第二标识和所述第二标识所映射的调度请求SR标识，所述SR标识对应一个SR配置，所述SR配置关联一个或多个SR资源配置，所述第一标识与所述第二标识相同，或所述第一标识与所述第二标识存在映射关系。The terminal device receives a second message from the network device, the second message includes a second identifier and a scheduling request SR identifier mapped by the second identifier, the SR identifier corresponds to an SR configuration, and the SR The configuration is associated with one or more SR resource configurations, the first identifier is the same as the second identifier, or there is a mapping relationship between the first identifier and the second identifier. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，The method of claim 1, wherein: 所述第一消息还包括所述第一标识所对应的服务质量QoS信息。The first message also includes quality of service QoS information corresponding to the first identifier. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法，其特征在于，The method according to claim 1 or 2, characterized in that 若所述第一标识与所述第二标识存在映射关系，所述第二消息还包括或指示所述第一标识和所述第二标识的映射关系。If there is a mapping relationship between the first identification and the second identification, the second message further includes or indicates the mapping relationship between the first identification and the second identification. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法，其特征在于，The method according to claim 1 or 2, characterized in that 所述第一消息还包括目的地信息，其中，所述第一标识与所述目的地信息相关联；The first message further includes destination information, wherein the first identification is associated with the destination information; 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法，其特征在于，The method according to claim 1 or 2, characterized in that 所述第二消息还包括目的地信息，其中，所述第二标识与所述目的地信息相关联，且所述第二标识所映射的SR标识与所述目的地信息相关联。The second message further includes destination information, wherein the second identifier is associated with the destination information, and the SR identifier mapped by the second identifier is associated with the destination information. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法，其特征在于，The method according to claim 1 or 2, characterized in that 所述第一消息还包括源信息和目的地信息，其中，所述第一标识与所述源信息相关联，且所述第一标识与所述目的地信息相关联。The first message also includes source information and destination information, wherein the first identification is associated with the source information, and the first identification is associated with the destination information. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法，其特征在于，The method according to claim 1 or 2, characterized in that 所述第二消息还包括源信息和目的地信息，其中，所述第二标识与所述源信息相关联，且所述第二标识与所述目的地信息相关联；所述第二标识所映射的SR标识与所述源信息相关联，且所述第二标识所映射的SR标识与所述目的地信息相关联。The second message also includes source information and destination information, wherein the second identifier is associated with the source information, and the second identifier is associated with the destination information; the second identifier is The mapped SR identification is associated with the source information, and the SR identification mapped with the second identification is associated with the destination information. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法，其特征在于，The method according to claim 1 or 2, characterized in that 所述第二消息还包括所述SR标识所对应的SR配置和所述SR配置所关联的SR资源配置中一个或多个；所述SR配置包括所述SR标识、SR禁止计数器和SR传输最大次数；所述SR资源配置包括SR资源标识、周期和偏移以及物理上行控制信道资源，其中，所述SR禁止计数器用于控制SR传输的时间间隔，所述SR传输最大次数用于控制SR传输的最大次数，所述SR资源标识用于标识一个调度请求资源的配置，所述周期和偏移用于确定SR的时域资源位置，所述物理上行控制信道资源用于确定SR的频域资源位置。The second message further includes one or more of the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier and the SR resource configuration associated with the SR configuration; the SR configuration includes the SR identifier, SR prohibition counter, and SR transmission maximum The number of times; the SR resource configuration includes the SR resource identifier, period and offset, and physical uplink control channel resources, wherein the SR prohibit counter is used to control the time interval of SR transmission, and the maximum number of SR transmissions is used to control SR transmission The maximum number of times, the SR resource identifier is used to identify the configuration of a scheduling request resource, the period and offset are used to determine the time domain resource location of the SR, and the physical uplink control channel resource is used to determine the frequency domain resource of the SR position. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法，其特征在于，The method according to claim 1 or 2, characterized in that 所述第一标识为QoS流的标识。The first identifier is an identifier of the QoS flow. 根据权利要求9所述的方法，其特征在于，The method according to claim 9, characterized in that 所述第二标识为所述QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道所属的逻辑信道组的标识；The second identifier is an identifier of a logical channel group to which a logical channel of a side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow belongs; 或者，所述第二标识为所述QoS流的标识；Or, the second identifier is an identifier of the QoS flow; 或者，所述第二标识为所述QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的标识；Or, the second identifier is an identifier of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow; 或者，所述第二标识为所述QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道的标识。Alternatively, the second identifier is an identifier of a logical channel of a side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow. 根据权利要求8所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：The method according to claim 8, wherein the method further comprises: 若所述QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道触发了侧行链路缓存状态报告SL BSR并触发了第一SR，所述终端设备将所述第一SR的第一SR配置为所述第二标识所映射的SR标识所对应的SR配置；将所述第一SR的第一SR资源配置为所述第一SR配置所关联的一个或多个SR资源配置。If the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow triggers the side link buffer status report SL BSR and triggers the first SR, the terminal device configures the first SR of the first SR The SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier mapped by the second identifier; configuring the first SR resource of the first SR to one or more SR resource configurations associated with the first SR configuration. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一标识为用于指示QoS信息的QoS索引。The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the first identifier is a QoS index for indicating QoS information. 根据权利要求12所述的方法，其特征在于，The method according to claim 12, characterized in that 所述第二标识为所述QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道所属的逻辑信道组的标识；The second identifier is the identifier of the logical channel group to which the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index belongs; 或者，所述第二标识为所述用于指示所述第一标识所对应QoS信息的QoS索引；Or, the second identifier is the QoS index used to indicate the QoS information corresponding to the first identifier; 或者，所述第二标识为所述QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的标识；Or, the second identifier is an identifier of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index; 或者，所述第二标识为所述QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道的标识。Or, the second identifier is an identifier of a logical channel of a side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index. 根据权利要求13所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：The method of claim 13, wherein the method further comprises: 若所述QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道触发了侧行链路缓存状态报告SL BSR并触发了第二SR，所述终端设备将所述第二SR的第二SR配置为所述第二标识所映射的SR标识所对应的SR配置；将所述第二SR的第二SR资源配置为所述第二SR配置所关联的一个或多个SR资源配置。If the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index triggers the side link buffer status report SL BSR and triggers a second SR, the terminal device configures the second SR of the second SR The SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier mapped by the second identifier; configuring the second SR resource of the second SR to one or more SR resource configurations associated with the second SR configuration. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法，其特征在于，The method according to claim 1 or 2, characterized in that 所述第一标识为侧行链路无线承载的标识或所述侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道的标识，所述第二标识与所述第一标识相同。The first identifier is an identifier of a side link radio bearer or an identifier of a logical channel of the side link radio bearer, and the second identifier is the same as the first identifier. 根据权利要求15所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：The method of claim 15, wherein the method further comprises: 若所述侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道触发了SL BSR并触发了第三SR，所述终端设备将所述第三SR的第三SR配置为所述第二标识所映射的SR标识所对应的SR配置；将所述第三SR的SR资源配置为所述第三SR配置所关联的一个或多个SR资源配置。If the logical channel of the side link radio bearer triggers SL and BSR and triggers a third SR, the terminal device configures the third SR of the third SR as the SR identifier mapped by the second identifier Corresponding SR configuration; configure the SR resource of the third SR as one or more SR resource configurations associated with the third SR configuration. 一种配置方法，其特征在于，所述方法包括：A configuration method, characterized in that the method includes: 网络设备接收来自终端设备的第一消息，所述第一消息包括第一标识；The network device receives the first message from the terminal device, where the first message includes the first identifier; 所述网络设备向所述终端设备发送第二消息，所述第二消息包括第二标识和所述第二标识所映射的调度请求SR标识，所述SR标识对应一个SR配置，所述SR配置关联一个或多个SR资源配置，所述第一标识与所述第二标识相同，或所述第一标识与所述第二标识存在映射关系。The network device sends a second message to the terminal device, the second message includes a second identifier and a scheduling request SR identifier mapped by the second identifier, the SR identifier corresponds to an SR configuration, and the SR configuration In association with one or more SR resource configurations, the first identifier is the same as the second identifier, or there is a mapping relationship between the first identifier and the second identifier. 根据权利要求17所述的方法，其特征在于，The method of claim 17, wherein 所述第一消息还包括所述第一标识所对应的服务质量QoS信息。The first message also includes quality of service QoS information corresponding to the first identifier. 根据权利要求17或18所述的方法，其特征在于，The method according to claim 17 or 18, characterized in that 若所述第一标识与所述第二标识存在映射关系，所述第二消息还包括或指示所述第一标识和所述第二标识的映射关系。If there is a mapping relationship between the first identification and the second identification, the second message further includes or indicates the mapping relationship between the first identification and the second identification. 根据权利要求17或18所述的方法，其特征在于，The method according to claim 17 or 18, characterized in that 所述第一消息还包括目的地信息，其中，所述第一标识与所述目的地信息相关联；The first message further includes destination information, wherein the first identification is associated with the destination information; 根据权利要求17或18所述的方法，其特征在于，The method according to claim 17 or 18, characterized in that 所述第二消息还包括目的地信息，其中，所述第二标识与所述目的地信息相关联，且所述第二标识所映射的SR标识与所述目的地信息相关联。The second message further includes destination information, wherein the second identifier is associated with the destination information, and the SR identifier mapped by the second identifier is associated with the destination information. 根据权利要求17或18所述的方法，其特征在于，The method according to claim 17 or 18, characterized in that 所述第一消息还包括源信息和目的地信息，其中，所述第一标识与所述源信息相关联，且所述第一标识与所述目的地信息相关联。The first message also includes source information and destination information, wherein the first identification is associated with the source information, and the first identification is associated with the destination information. 根据权利要求17或18所述的方法，其特征在于，The method according to claim 17 or 18, characterized in that 所述第二消息还包括源信息和目的地信息，其中，所述第二标识与所述源信息相关联，且所述第二标识与所述目的地信息相关联；所述第二标识所映射的SR标识与所述源信息相关联，且所述第二标识所映射的SR标识与所述目的地信息相关联。The second message also includes source information and destination information, wherein the second identifier is associated with the source information, and the second identifier is associated with the destination information; the second identifier is The mapped SR identification is associated with the source information, and the SR identification mapped with the second identification is associated with the destination information. 根据权利要求17或18所述的方法，其特征在于，The method according to claim 17 or 18, characterized in that 所述第二消息还包括所述SR标识所对应的SR配置和所述SR配置所关联的SR资源配置中一个或多个；所述SR配置包括所述SR标识、SR禁止计数器和SR传输最大次数；所述SR资源 配置包括SR资源标识、周期和偏移以及物理上行控制信道资源，其中，所述SR禁止计数器用于控制SR传输的时间间隔，所述SR传输最大次数用于控制SR传输的最大次数，所述SR资源标识用于标识一个调度请求资源的配置，所述周期和偏移用于确定SR的时域资源位置，所述物理上行控制信道资源用于确定SR的频域资源位置。The second message further includes one or more of the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier and the SR resource configuration associated with the SR configuration; the SR configuration includes the SR identifier, SR prohibition counter, and SR transmission maximum The number of times; the SR resource configuration includes the SR resource identifier, period and offset, and physical uplink control channel resources, wherein the SR prohibit counter is used to control the time interval of SR transmission, and the maximum number of SR transmissions is used to control SR transmission The maximum number of times, the SR resource identifier is used to identify the configuration of a scheduling request resource, the period and offset are used to determine the time domain resource location of the SR, and the physical uplink control channel resource is used to determine the frequency domain resource of the SR position. 根据权利要求17或18所述的方法，其特征在于，The method according to claim 17 or 18, characterized in that 所述第一标识为QoS流的标识。The first identifier is an identifier of the QoS flow. 根据权利要求25所述的方法，其特征在于，The method according to claim 25, wherein 所述第二标识为所述QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道所属的逻辑信道组的标识；The second identifier is an identifier of a logical channel group to which a logical channel of a side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow belongs; 或者，所述第二标识为所述QoS流的标识；Or, the second identifier is an identifier of the QoS flow; 或者，所述第二标识为所述QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的标识；Or, the second identifier is an identifier of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow; 或者，所述第二标识为所述QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道的标识。Alternatively, the second identifier is an identifier of a logical channel of a side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow. 根据权利要求17或18所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一标识为用于指示QoS信息的QoS索引。The method according to claim 17 or 18, wherein the first identifier is a QoS index for indicating QoS information. 根据权利要求27所述的方法，其特征在于，The method according to claim 27, characterized in that 所述第二标识为所述QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道所属的逻辑信道组的标识；The second identifier is the identifier of the logical channel group to which the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index belongs; 或者，所述第二标识为所述用于指示所述第一标识所对应QoS信息的QoS索引；Or, the second identifier is the QoS index used to indicate the QoS information corresponding to the first identifier; 或者，所述第二标识为所述QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的标识；Or, the second identifier is an identifier of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index; 或者，所述第二标识为所述QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道的标识。Or, the second identifier is an identifier of a logical channel of a side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index. 根据权利要求17或18所述的方法，其特征在于，The method according to claim 17 or 18, characterized in that 所述第一标识为侧行链路无线承载的标识或所述侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道的标识，所述第二标识与所述第一标识相同。The first identifier is an identifier of a side link radio bearer or an identifier of a logical channel of the side link radio bearer, and the second identifier is the same as the first identifier. 一种配置方法，其特征在于，所述方法包括：A configuration method, characterized in that the method includes: 终端设备向网络设备发送第一消息，所述第一消息用于请求侧行链路资源；The terminal device sends a first message to the network device, where the first message is used to request a side link resource; 终端设备接收来自所述网络设备的第二消息，所述第二消息包括调度请求SR标识，所述SR标识对应一个SR配置，所述SR配置关联一个或多个SR资源配置。The terminal device receives a second message from the network device, where the second message includes a scheduling request SR identifier, the SR identifier corresponds to an SR configuration, and the SR configuration is associated with one or more SR resource configurations. 根据权利要求30所述的方法，其特征在于，The method according to claim 30, characterized in that 所述SR标识为所有通过PC5接口传输的V2X业务公用的SR标识；The SR mark is an SR mark common to all V2X services transmitted through the PC5 interface; 或者，所述SR标识为所有通过PC5接口传输并且采用基于网设备调度的资源分配方式的V2X业务或者业务包公用的SR标识。Or, the SR identifier is an SR identifier common to all V2X services or service packages transmitted through the PC5 interface and using a resource allocation method based on network device scheduling. 根据权利要求31所述的方法，其特征在于，The method according to claim 31, characterized in that 若终端设备触发了SL BSR并触发了SR，终端设备将所述SR的SR配置可以为所述SR标识所对应的SR配置；将所述SR的SR资源配置可以为所述SR配置所关联的一个或多个SR资源配置。If the terminal device triggers the SL and BSR and triggers the SR, the terminal device may configure the SR of the SR as the SR corresponding to the SR identifier; configure the SR resource of the SR as the associated SR configuration One or more SR resource configurations. 一种配置方法，其特征在于，所述方法包括：A configuration method, characterized in that the method includes: 网络设备接收来自终端设备的第一消息，所述第一消息用于请求侧行链路资源；The network device receives a first message from the terminal device, where the first message is used to request a side link resource; 网络设备向终端设备发送第二消息，所述第二消息包括调度请求SR标识，所述SR标识对应一个SR配置，所述SR配置关联一个或多个SR资源配置。The network device sends a second message to the terminal device, where the second message includes a scheduling request SR identifier, the SR identifier corresponds to an SR configuration, and the SR configuration is associated with one or more SR resource configurations. 根据权利要求33所述的方法，其特征在于，The method of claim 33, wherein 所述SR标识为所有通过PC5接口传输的V2X业务公用的SR标识；The SR mark is an SR mark common to all V2X services transmitted through the PC5 interface; 或者，所述SR标识为所有通过PC5接口传输并且采用基于网设备调度的资源分配方式的V2X业务或者业务包公用的SR标识。Or, the SR identifier is an SR identifier common to all V2X services or service packages transmitted through the PC5 interface and using a resource allocation method based on network device scheduling. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，所述通信装置包括：发送模块和接收模块；A communication device, characterized in that the communication device includes: a sending module and a receiving module; 所述发送模块，用于向网络设备发送第一消息，所述第一消息包括第一标识；The sending module is configured to send a first message to a network device, where the first message includes a first identifier; 所述接收模块，用于接收来自所述网络设备的第二消息，所述第二消息包括第二标识和所述第二标识所映射的调度请求SR标识，所述SR标识对应一个SR配置，所述SR配置关联一个或多个SR资源配置，所述第一标识与所述第二标识相同，或所述第一标识与所述第二标识存在映射关系。The receiving module is configured to receive a second message from the network device, where the second message includes a second identifier and a scheduling request SR identifier mapped by the second identifier, and the SR identifier corresponds to an SR configuration, The SR configuration is associated with one or more SR resource configurations, the first identifier is the same as the second identifier, or there is a mapping relationship between the first identifier and the second identifier. 根据权利要求35所述的装置，其特征在于，The device according to claim 35, characterized in that 所述第一消息还包括所述第一标识所对应的服务质量QoS信息。The first message also includes quality of service QoS information corresponding to the first identifier. 根据权利要求35或36所述的装置，其特征在于，The device according to claim 35 or 36, characterized in that 若所述第一标识与所述第二标识存在映射关系，所述第二消息还包括或指示所述第一标识和所述第二标识的映射关系。If there is a mapping relationship between the first identification and the second identification, the second message further includes or indicates the mapping relationship between the first identification and the second identification. 根据权利要求35或36所述的装置，其特征在于，The device according to claim 35 or 36, characterized in that 所述第一消息还包括目的地信息，其中，所述第一标识与所述目的地信息相关联；The first message further includes destination information, wherein the first identification is associated with the destination information; 根据权利要求35或36所述的装置，其特征在于，所述第二消息还包括目的地信息，其中，所述第二标识与所述目的地信息相关联，且所述第二标识所映射的SR标识与所述目的地信息相关联。The apparatus according to claim 35 or 36, wherein the second message further includes destination information, wherein the second identifier is associated with the destination information, and the second identifier is mapped Is associated with the destination information. 根据权利要求35或36所述的装置，其特征在于，The device according to claim 35 or 36, characterized in that 所述第一消息还包括源信息和目的地信息，其中，所述第一标识与所述源信息相关联，且所述第一标识与所述目的地信息相关联。The first message also includes source information and destination information, wherein the first identification is associated with the source information, and the first identification is associated with the destination information. 根据权利要求35或36所述的装置，其特征在于，The device according to claim 35 or 36, characterized in that 所述第二消息还包括源信息和目的地信息，其中，所述第二标识与所述源信息相关联，且所述第二标识与所述目的地信息相关联；所述第二标识所映射的SR标识与所述源信息相关联，且所述第二标识所映射的SR标识与所述目的地信息相关联。The second message also includes source information and destination information, wherein the second identifier is associated with the source information, and the second identifier is associated with the destination information; the second identifier is The mapped SR identification is associated with the source information, and the SR identification mapped with the second identification is associated with the destination information. 根据权利要求35或36所述的装置，其特征在于，The device according to claim 35 or 36, characterized in that 所述第二消息还包括所述SR标识所对应的SR配置和所述SR配置所关联的SR资源配置中一个或多个；所述SR配置包括所述SR标识、SR禁止计数器和SR传输最大次数；所述SR资源配置包括SR资源标识、周期和偏移以及物理上行控制信道资源，其中，所述SR禁止计数器用于控制SR传输的时间间隔，所述SR传输最大次数用于控制SR传输的最大次数，所述SR资源标识用于标识一个调度请求资源的配置，所述周期和偏移用于确定SR的时域资源位置，所述物理上行控制信道资源用于确定SR的频域资源位置。The second message further includes one or more of the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier and the SR resource configuration associated with the SR configuration; the SR configuration includes the SR identifier, SR prohibition counter, and SR transmission maximum The number of times; the SR resource configuration includes the SR resource identifier, period and offset, and physical uplink control channel resources, wherein the SR prohibit counter is used to control the time interval of SR transmission, and the maximum number of SR transmissions is used to control SR transmission The maximum number of times, the SR resource identifier is used to identify the configuration of a scheduling request resource, the period and offset are used to determine the time domain resource location of the SR, and the physical uplink control channel resource is used to determine the frequency domain resource of the SR position. 根据权利要求35或36所述的装置，其特征在于，The device according to claim 35 or 36, characterized in that 所述第一标识为QoS流的标识。The first identifier is an identifier of the QoS flow. 根据权利要求43所述的装置，其特征在于，The device according to claim 43, characterized in that 所述第二标识为所述QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道所属的逻辑信道组的标识；The second identifier is an identifier of a logical channel group to which a logical channel of a side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow belongs; 或者，所述第二标识为所述QoS流的标识；Or, the second identifier is an identifier of the QoS flow; 或者，所述第二标识为所述QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的标识；Or, the second identifier is an identifier of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow; 或者，所述第二标识为所述QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道的标识。Alternatively, the second identifier is an identifier of a logical channel of a side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow. 根据权利要求44所述的方法，其特征在于，还包括配置模块，The method according to claim 44, further comprising a configuration module, 若所述QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道触发了侧行链路缓存状态报告SL BSR并触发了第一SR，所述配置模块，用于将所述第一SR的第一SR配置为所述第二标识所映射的SR标识所对应的SR配置；将所述第一SR的第一SR资源配置为所述第一SR配置所关联的一个或多个SR资源配置。If the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow triggers the side link buffer status report SL BSR and triggers the first SR, the configuration module is used to convert the first SR An SR configuration is the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier mapped by the second identifier; the first SR resource of the first SR is configured as one or more SR resource configurations associated with the first SR configuration. 根据权利要求35或36所述的装置，其特征在于，The device according to claim 35 or 36, characterized in that 所述第一标识为用于指示QoS信息的QoS索引。The first identifier is a QoS index used to indicate QoS information. 根据权利要求46所述的装置，其特征在于，The device according to claim 46, characterized in that 所述第二标识为所述QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道所属的逻辑信道组的标识；The second identifier is the identifier of the logical channel group to which the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index belongs; 或者，所述第二标识为所述用于指示所述第一标识所对应QoS信息的QoS索引；Or, the second identifier is the QoS index used to indicate the QoS information corresponding to the first identifier; 或者，所述第二标识为所述QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的标识；Or, the second identifier is an identifier of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index; 或者，所述第二标识为所述QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道的标识。Or, the second identifier is an identifier of a logical channel of a side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index. 根据权利要求47所述的装置，其特征在于，还包括配置模块，The device according to claim 47, further comprising a configuration module, 若所述QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道触发了侧行链路缓存状态报告SL BSR并触发了第二SR，所述配置模块，用于将所述第二SR的第二SR配置为所述第二标识所映射的SR标识所对应的SR配置；将所述第二SR的第二SR资源配置为所述第二SR配置所关联的一个或多个SR资源配置。If the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index triggers the side link buffer status report SL and BSR and triggers a second SR, the configuration module is used to convert the second SR’s The second SR configuration is the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier mapped by the second identifier; the second SR resource of the second SR is configured as one or more SR resource configurations associated with the second SR configuration. 根据权利要求35或36所述的装置，其特征在于，The device according to claim 35 or 36, characterized in that 所述第一标识为侧行链路无线承载的标识或所述侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道的标识，所述第二标识与所述第一标识相同。The first identifier is an identifier of a side link radio bearer or an identifier of a logical channel of the side link radio bearer, and the second identifier is the same as the first identifier. 根据权利要求49所述的装置，其特征在于，还包括配置模块，The device according to claim 49, further comprising a configuration module, 若所述侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道触发了SL BSR并触发了第三SR，所述配置模块，用于将所述第三SR的第三SR配置为所述第二标识所映射的SR标识所对应的SR配置；将所述第三SR的SR资源配置为所述第三SR配置所关联的一个或多个SR资源配置。If the logical channel of the side link radio bearer triggers SL and BSR and triggers a third SR, the configuration module is configured to configure the third SR of the third SR to be mapped by the second identifier The SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier; configuring the SR resource of the third SR as one or more SR resource configurations associated with the third SR configuration. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，所述通信装置包括：接收模块和发送模块；A communication device, characterized in that the communication device includes: a receiving module and a sending module; 所述接收模块，用于接收来自终端设备的第一消息，所述第一消息包括第一标识；The receiving module is configured to receive a first message from a terminal device, where the first message includes a first identifier; 所述发送模块，用于向所述终端设备发送第二消息，所述第二消息包括第二标识和所述第二标识所映射的调度请求SR标识，所述SR标识对应一个SR配置，所述SR配置关联一个或多个SR资源配置，所述第一标识与所述第二标识相同，或所述第一标识与所述第二标识存在映射关系。The sending module is configured to send a second message to the terminal device. The second message includes a second identifier and a scheduling request SR identifier mapped by the second identifier. The SR identifier corresponds to an SR configuration. The SR configuration is associated with one or more SR resource configurations, the first identifier is the same as the second identifier, or there is a mapping relationship between the first identifier and the second identifier. 根据权利要求51所述的装置，其特征在于，The device according to claim 51, characterized in that 所述第一消息还包括所述第一标识所对应的服务质量QoS信息。The first message also includes quality of service QoS information corresponding to the first identifier. 根据权利要求51或52所述的装置，其特征在于，The device according to claim 51 or 52, characterized in that 若所述第一标识与所述第二标识存在映射关系，所述第二消息还包括或指示所述第一标识和所述第二标识的映射关系。If there is a mapping relationship between the first identification and the second identification, the second message further includes or indicates the mapping relationship between the first identification and the second identification. 根据权利要求51或52所述的装置，其特征在于，The device according to claim 51 or 52, characterized in that 所述第一消息还包括目的地信息，其中，所述第一标识与所述目的地信息相关联；The first message further includes destination information, wherein the first identification is associated with the destination information; 根据权利要求51或52所述的装置，其特征在于，The device according to claim 51 or 52, characterized in that 所述第二消息还包括目的地信息，其中，所述第二标识与所述目的地信息相关联，且所述第二标识所映射的SR标识与所述目的地信息相关联。The second message further includes destination information, wherein the second identifier is associated with the destination information, and the SR identifier mapped by the second identifier is associated with the destination information. 根据权利要求51或52所述的装置，其特征在于，The device according to claim 51 or 52, characterized in that 所述第一消息还包括源信息和目的地信息，其中，所述第一标识与所述源信息相关联，且所述第一标识与所述目的地信息相关联。The first message also includes source information and destination information, wherein the first identification is associated with the source information, and the first identification is associated with the destination information. 根据权利要求51或52所述的装置，其特征在于，The device according to claim 51 or 52, characterized in that 所述第二消息还包括源信息和目的地信息，其中，所述第二标识与所述源信息相关联，且所述第二标识与所述目的地信息相关联；所述第二标识所映射的SR标识与所述源信息相关联，且所述第二标识所映射的SR标识与所述目的地信息相关联。The second message also includes source information and destination information, wherein the second identifier is associated with the source information, and the second identifier is associated with the destination information; the second identifier is The mapped SR identification is associated with the source information, and the SR identification mapped with the second identification is associated with the destination information. 根据权利要求51或52所述的装置，其特征在于，The device according to claim 51 or 52, characterized in that 所述第二消息还包括所述SR标识所对应的SR配置和所述SR配置所关联的SR资源配置中 一个或多个；所述SR配置包括所述SR标识、SR禁止计数器和SR传输最大次数；所述SR资源配置包括SR资源标识、周期和偏移以及物理上行控制信道资源，其中，所述SR禁止计数器用于控制SR传输的时间间隔，所述SR传输最大次数用于控制SR传输的最大次数，所述SR资源标识用于标识一个调度请求资源的配置，所述周期和偏移用于确定SR的时域资源位置，所述物理上行控制信道资源用于确定SR的频域资源位置。The second message further includes one or more of the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier and the SR resource configuration associated with the SR configuration; the SR configuration includes the SR identifier, SR prohibition counter, and SR transmission maximum The number of times; the SR resource configuration includes the SR resource identifier, period and offset, and physical uplink control channel resources, wherein the SR prohibit counter is used to control the time interval of SR transmission, and the maximum number of SR transmissions is used to control SR transmission The maximum number of times, the SR resource identifier is used to identify the configuration of a scheduling request resource, the period and offset are used to determine the time domain resource location of the SR, and the physical uplink control channel resource is used to determine the frequency domain resource of the SR position. 根据权利要求51或52所述的装置，其特征在于，The device according to claim 51 or 52, characterized in that 所述第一标识为QoS流的标识。The first identifier is an identifier of the QoS flow. 根据权利要求59所述的装置，其特征在于，The device according to claim 59, characterized in that 所述第二标识为所述QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道所属的逻辑信道组的标识；The second identifier is an identifier of a logical channel group to which a logical channel of a side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow belongs; 或者，所述第二标识为所述QoS流的标识；Or, the second identifier is an identifier of the QoS flow; 或者，所述第二标识为所述QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的标识；Or, the second identifier is an identifier of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow; 或者，所述第二标识为所述QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道的标识。Alternatively, the second identifier is an identifier of a logical channel of a side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow. 根据权利要求51或52所述的装置，其特征在于，The device according to claim 51 or 52, characterized in that 所述第一标识为用于指示QoS信息的QoS索引。The first identifier is a QoS index used to indicate QoS information. 根据权利要求61所述的装置，其特征在于，The device according to claim 61, characterized in that 所述第二标识为所述QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道所属的逻辑信道组的标识；The second identifier is the identifier of the logical channel group to which the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index belongs; 或者，所述第二标识为所述用于指示所述第一标识所对应QoS信息的QoS索引；Or, the second identifier is the QoS index used to indicate the QoS information corresponding to the first identifier; 或者，所述第二标识为所述QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的标识；Or, the second identifier is an identifier of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index; 或者，所述第二标识为所述QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道的标识。Or, the second identifier is an identifier of a logical channel of a side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index. 根据权利要求51或52所述的装置，其特征在于，The device according to claim 51 or 52, characterized in that 所述第一标识为侧行链路无线承载的标识或所述侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道的标识，所述第二标识与所述第一标识相同。The first identifier is an identifier of a side link radio bearer or an identifier of a logical channel of the side link radio bearer, and the second identifier is the same as the first identifier. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，所述通信装置包括：接收模块和发送模块；A communication device, characterized in that the communication device includes: a receiving module and a sending module; 所述发送模块，用于向网络设备发送第一消息，所述第一消息用于请求侧行链路资源；The sending module is configured to send a first message to a network device, where the first message is used to request a side link resource 所述接收模块，用于接收来自所述网络设备的第二消息，所述第二消息包括调度请求SR标识，所述SR标识对应一个SR配置，所述SR配置关联一个或多个SR资源配置。The receiving module is configured to receive a second message from the network device, the second message includes a scheduling request SR identifier, the SR identifier corresponds to an SR configuration, and the SR configuration is associated with one or more SR resource configurations . 根据权利要求64所述的装置，其特征在于，The device according to claim 64, characterized in that 所述SR标识为所有通过PC5接口传输的V2X业务公用的SR标识；The SR mark is an SR mark common to all V2X services transmitted through the PC5 interface; 或者，所述SR标识为所有通过PC5接口传输并且采用基于网设备调度的资源分配方式的V2X业务或者业务包公用的SR标识。Or, the SR identifier is an SR identifier common to all V2X services or service packages that are transmitted through the PC5 interface and adopt a resource allocation method based on network device scheduling. 根据权利要求65所述的装置，其特征在于，还包括配置单元，The device according to claim 65, further comprising a configuration unit, 若所述通信装置触发了SL BSR并触发了SR，所述配置单元，用于将所述SR的SR配置可以为所述SR标识所对应的SR配置；将所述SR的SR资源配置可以为所述SR配置所关联的一个或多个SR资源配置。If the communication device triggers SL and BSR and triggers SR, the configuration unit is configured to configure the SR SR to the SR corresponding to the SR identifier; configure the SR SR resource to be One or more SR resource configurations associated with the SR configuration. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，所述通信装置包括：接收模块和发送模块；A communication device, characterized in that the communication device includes: a receiving module and a sending module; 所述接收模块，用于接收来自终端设备的第一消息，所述第一消息用于请求侧行链路资源；The receiving module is configured to receive a first message from a terminal device, and the first message is used to request a side link resource; 所述发送模块，用于向所述终端设备发送第二消息，所述第二消息包括调度请求SR标识，所述SR标识对应一个SR配置，所述SR配置关联一个或多个SR资源配置。The sending module is configured to send a second message to the terminal device, where the second message includes a scheduling request SR identifier, the SR identifier corresponds to an SR configuration, and the SR configuration is associated with one or more SR resource configurations. 根据权利要求67所述的装置，其特征在于，The device according to claim 67, characterized in that 所述SR标识为所有通过PC5接口传输的V2X业务公用的SR标识；The SR mark is an SR mark common to all V2X services transmitted through the PC5 interface; 或者，所述SR标识为所有通过PC5接口传输并且采用基于网设备调度的资源分配方式的V2X 业务或者业务包公用的SR标识。Or, the SR identifier is an SR identifier common to all V2X services or service packages that are transmitted through the PC5 interface and adopt a resource allocation method based on network device scheduling. 一种终端设备，其特征在于，所述终端设备包括：处理器和通信接口，A terminal device, characterized in that the terminal device includes: a processor and a communication interface, 所述处理器，用于通过所述通信接口进行通信连接，其中，所述处理器通过所述通信接口向网络设备发送第一消息，该第一消息包括第一标识；The processor is configured to perform a communication connection through the communication interface, wherein the processor sends a first message to the network device through the communication interface, where the first message includes a first identifier; 所述处理器，还用于通过所述通信接口接收来自网络设备的第二消息，该第二消息包括第二标识和该第二标识所映射的调度请求SR标识，该SR标识对应一个SR配置，该SR配置关联一个或多个SR资源配置，该第一标识与该第二标识相同，或该第一标识与该第二标识存在映射关系。The processor is further configured to receive a second message from a network device through the communication interface, where the second message includes a second identifier and a scheduling request SR identifier mapped by the second identifier, and the SR identifier corresponds to an SR configuration The SR configuration is associated with one or more SR resource configurations, the first identifier is the same as the second identifier, or there is a mapping relationship between the first identifier and the second identifier. 根据权利要求69所述的终端设备，其特征在于，The terminal device according to claim 69, characterized in that 所述第一消息还包括所述第一标识所对应的服务质量QoS信息。The first message also includes quality of service QoS information corresponding to the first identifier. 根据权利要求69或70所述的终端设备，其特征在于，The terminal device according to claim 69 or 70, characterized in that 若所述第一标识与所述第二标识存在映射关系，所述第二消息还包括或指示所述第一标识和所述第二标识的映射关系。If there is a mapping relationship between the first identification and the second identification, the second message further includes or indicates the mapping relationship between the first identification and the second identification. 根据权利要求69或70所述的终端设备，其特征在于，The terminal device according to claim 69 or 70, characterized in that 所述第一消息还包括目的地信息，其中，所述第一标识与所述目的地信息相关联；The first message further includes destination information, wherein the first identification is associated with the destination information; 根据权利要求69或70所述的终端设备，其特征在于，The terminal device according to claim 69 or 70, characterized in that 所述第二消息还包括目的地信息，其中，所述第二标识与所述目的地信息相关联，且所述第二标识所映射的SR标识与所述目的地信息相关联。The second message further includes destination information, wherein the second identifier is associated with the destination information, and the SR identifier mapped by the second identifier is associated with the destination information. 根据权利要求69或70所述的终端设备，其特征在于，The terminal device according to claim 69 or 70, characterized in that 所述第一消息还包括源信息和目的地信息，其中，所述第一标识与所述源信息相关联，且所述第一标识与所述目的地信息相关联。The first message also includes source information and destination information, wherein the first identification is associated with the source information, and the first identification is associated with the destination information. 根据权利要求69或70所述的终端设备，其特征在于，The terminal device according to claim 69 or 70, characterized in that 所述第二消息还包括源信息和目的地信息，其中，所述第二标识与所述源信息相关联，且所述第二标识与所述目的地信息相关联；所述第二标识所映射的SR标识与所述源信息相关联，且所述第二标识所映射的SR标识与所述目的地信息相关联。The second message also includes source information and destination information, wherein the second identifier is associated with the source information, and the second identifier is associated with the destination information; the second identifier is The mapped SR identification is associated with the source information, and the SR identification mapped with the second identification is associated with the destination information. 根据权利要求69或70所述的终端设备，其特征在于，The terminal device according to claim 69 or 70, characterized in that 所述第二消息还包括所述SR标识所对应的SR配置和所述SR配置所关联的SR资源配置中一个或多个；所述SR配置包括所述SR标识、SR禁止计数器和SR传输最大次数；所述SR资源配置包括SR资源标识、周期和偏移以及物理上行控制信道资源，其中，所述SR禁止计数器用于控制SR传输的时间间隔，所述SR传输最大次数用于控制SR传输的最大次数，所述SR资源标识用于标识一个调度请求资源的配置，所述周期和偏移用于确定SR的时域资源位置，所述物理上行控制信道资源用于确定SR的频域资源位置。The second message further includes one or more of the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier and the SR resource configuration associated with the SR configuration; the SR configuration includes the SR identifier, SR prohibition counter, and SR transmission maximum The number of times; the SR resource configuration includes the SR resource identifier, period and offset, and physical uplink control channel resources, wherein the SR prohibit counter is used to control the time interval of SR transmission, and the maximum number of SR transmissions is used to control SR transmission The maximum number of times, the SR resource identifier is used to identify the configuration of a scheduling request resource, the period and offset are used to determine the time domain resource location of the SR, and the physical uplink control channel resource is used to determine the frequency domain resource of the SR position. 根据权利要求69或70所述的终端设备，其特征在于，The terminal device according to claim 69 or 70, characterized in that 所述第一标识为QoS流的标识。The first identifier is an identifier of the QoS flow. 根据权利要求77所述的终端设备，其特征在于，The terminal device according to claim 77, characterized in that 所述第二标识为所述QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道所属的逻辑信道组的标识；The second identifier is an identifier of a logical channel group to which a logical channel of a side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow belongs; 或者，所述第二标识为所述QoS流的标识；Or, the second identifier is an identifier of the QoS flow; 或者，所述第二标识为所述QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的标识；Or, the second identifier is an identifier of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow; 或者，所述第二标识为所述QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道的标识。Alternatively, the second identifier is an identifier of a logical channel of a side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow. 根据权利要求78所述的终端设备，其特征在于，The terminal device according to claim 78, characterized in that 若所述QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道触发了侧行链路缓存状态报告SL BSR并触发了第一SR，所述处理器，用于将所述第一SR的第一SR配置为所述第二标识所映射的SR标识所对应的SR配置；将所述第一SR的第一SR资源配置为所述第一SR配置所关联的一个或 多个SR资源配置。If the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow triggers the side link buffer status report SL BSR and triggers the first SR, the processor is configured to use An SR configuration is the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier mapped by the second identifier; the first SR resource of the first SR is configured as one or more SR resource configurations associated with the first SR configuration. 根据权利要求69或70所述的终端设备，其特征在于，The terminal device according to claim 69 or 70, characterized in that 所述第一标识为用于指示QoS信息的QoS索引。The first identifier is a QoS index used to indicate QoS information. 根据权利要求80所述的终端设备，其特征在于，The terminal device according to claim 80, characterized in that 所述第二标识为所述QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道所属的逻辑信道组的标识；The second identifier is the identifier of the logical channel group to which the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index belongs; 或者，所述第二标识为所述用于指示所述第一标识所对应QoS信息的QoS索引；Or, the second identifier is the QoS index used to indicate the QoS information corresponding to the first identifier; 或者，所述第二标识为所述QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的标识；Or, the second identifier is an identifier of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index; 或者，所述第二标识为所述QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道的标识。Or, the second identifier is an identifier of a logical channel of a side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index. 根据权利要求81所述的终端设备，其特征在于，The terminal device according to claim 81, wherein 若所述QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道触发了侧行链路缓存状态报告SL BSR并触发了第二SR，所述处理器，用于将所述第二SR的第二SR配置为所述第二标识所映射的SR标识所对应的SR配置；将所述第二SR的第二SR资源配置为所述第二SR配置所关联的一个或多个SR资源配置。If the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index triggers the side link buffer status report SL BSR and triggers a second SR, the processor is configured to use The second SR configuration is the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier mapped by the second identifier; the second SR resource of the second SR is configured as one or more SR resource configurations associated with the second SR configuration. 根据权利要求69或70所述的终端设备，其特征在于，The terminal device according to claim 69 or 70, characterized in that 所述第一标识为侧行链路无线承载的标识或所述侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道的标识，所述第二标识与所述第一标识相同。The first identifier is an identifier of a side link radio bearer or an identifier of a logical channel of the side link radio bearer, and the second identifier is the same as the first identifier. 根据权利要求69或70所述的终端设备，其特征在于，The terminal device according to claim 69 or 70, characterized in that 若所述侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道触发了SL BSR并触发了第三SR，所述处理器，用于将所述第三SR的第三SR配置为所述第二标识所映射的SR标识所对应的SR配置；将所述第三SR的SR资源配置为所述第三SR配置所关联的一个或多个SR资源配置。If the logical channel of the side link radio bearer triggers SL and BSR and triggers a third SR, the processor is configured to configure the third SR of the third SR to be mapped by the second identifier SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier; configuring the SR resource of the third SR to one or more SR resource configurations associated with the third SR configuration. 一种网络设备，其特征在于，所述网络设备包括：处理器和通信接口，A network device, characterized in that the network device includes: a processor and a communication interface, 所述处理器，用于通过所述通信接口进行通信连接，其中，所述处理器通过所述通信接口接收来自网络设备的第一消息，该第一消息包括第一标识；The processor is configured to perform a communication connection through the communication interface, wherein the processor receives a first message from a network device through the communication interface, and the first message includes a first identification; 所述处理器，还用于通过所述通信接口向该网络设备发送第二消息，该第二消息包括第二标识和该第二标识所映射的调度请求SR标识，该SR标识对应一个SR配置，该SR配置关联一个或多个SR资源配置，该第一标识与该第二标识相同，或该第一标识与该第二标识存在映射关系。The processor is further configured to send a second message to the network device through the communication interface, the second message includes a second identifier and a scheduling request SR identifier mapped by the second identifier, and the SR identifier corresponds to an SR configuration , The SR configuration is associated with one or more SR resource configurations, the first identifier is the same as the second identifier, or there is a mapping relationship between the first identifier and the second identifier. 根据权利要求35所述的网络设备，其特征在于，The network device according to claim 35, characterized in that 所述第一消息还包括所述第一标识所对应的服务质量QoS信息。The first message also includes quality of service QoS information corresponding to the first identifier. 根据权利要求85或86所述的网络设备，其特征在于，The network device according to claim 85 or 86, characterized in that 若所述第一标识与所述第二标识存在映射关系，所述第二消息还包括或指示所述第一标识和所述第二标识的映射关系。If there is a mapping relationship between the first identification and the second identification, the second message further includes or indicates the mapping relationship between the first identification and the second identification. 根据权利要求85或86所述的网络设备，其特征在于，The network device according to claim 85 or 86, characterized in that 所述第一消息还包括目的地信息，其中，所述第一标识与所述目的地信息相关联；The first message further includes destination information, wherein the first identification is associated with the destination information; 根据权利要求85或86所述的网络设备，其特征在于，所述第二消息还包括目的地信息，其中，所述第二标识与所述目的地信息相关联，且所述第二标识所映射的SR标识与所述目的地信息相关联。The network device according to claim 85 or 86, wherein the second message further includes destination information, wherein the second identifier is associated with the destination information, and the second identifier The mapped SR identification is associated with the destination information. 根据权利要求85或86所述的网络设备，其特征在于，The network device according to claim 85 or 86, characterized in that 所述第一消息还包括源信息和目的地信息，其中，所述第一标识与所述源信息相关联，且所述第一标识与所述目的地信息相关联。The first message also includes source information and destination information, wherein the first identification is associated with the source information, and the first identification is associated with the destination information. 根据权利要求85或86所述的网络设备，其特征在于，The network device according to claim 85 or 86, characterized in that 所述第二消息还包括源信息和目的地信息，其中，所述第二标识与所述源信息相关联，且所述第二标识与所述目的地信息相关联；所述第二标识所映射的SR标识与所述源信息相关联，且 所述第二标识所映射的SR标识与所述目的地信息相关联。The second message also includes source information and destination information, wherein the second identifier is associated with the source information, and the second identifier is associated with the destination information; the second identifier is The mapped SR identification is associated with the source information, and the SR identification mapped with the second identification is associated with the destination information. 根据权利要求85或86所述的网络设备，其特征在于，The network device according to claim 85 or 86, characterized in that 所述第二消息还包括所述SR标识所对应的SR配置和所述SR配置所关联的SR资源配置中一个或多个；所述SR配置包括所述SR标识、SR禁止计数器和SR传输最大次数；所述SR资源配置包括SR资源标识、周期和偏移以及物理上行控制信道资源，其中，所述SR禁止计数器用于控制SR传输的时间间隔，所述SR传输最大次数用于控制SR传输的最大次数，所述SR资源标识用于标识一个调度请求资源的配置，所述周期和偏移用于确定SR的时域资源位置，所述物理上行控制信道资源用于确定SR的频域资源位置。The second message further includes one or more of the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier and the SR resource configuration associated with the SR configuration; the SR configuration includes the SR identifier, SR prohibition counter, and SR transmission maximum The number of times; the SR resource configuration includes the SR resource identifier, period and offset, and physical uplink control channel resources, wherein the SR prohibit counter is used to control the time interval of SR transmission, and the maximum number of SR transmissions is used to control SR transmission The maximum number of times, the SR resource identifier is used to identify the configuration of a scheduling request resource, the period and offset are used to determine the time domain resource location of the SR, and the physical uplink control channel resource is used to determine the frequency domain resource of the SR position. 根据权利要求85或86所述的网络设备，其特征在于，The network device according to claim 85 or 86, characterized in that 所述第一标识为QoS流的标识。The first identifier is an identifier of the QoS flow. 根据权利要求43所述的网络设备，其特征在于，The network device according to claim 43, characterized in that 所述第二标识为所述QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道所属的逻辑信道组的标识；The second identifier is an identifier of a logical channel group to which a logical channel of a side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow belongs; 或者，所述第二标识为所述QoS流的标识；Or, the second identifier is an identifier of the QoS flow; 或者，所述第二标识为所述QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的标识；Or, the second identifier is an identifier of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow; 或者，所述第二标识为所述QoS流所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道的标识。Alternatively, the second identifier is an identifier of a logical channel of a side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS flow. 根据权利要求85或86所述的网络设备，其特征在于，The network device according to claim 85 or 86, characterized in that 所述第一标识为用于指示QoS信息的QoS索引。The first identifier is a QoS index used to indicate QoS information. 根据权利要求46所述的网络设备，其特征在于，The network device according to claim 46, characterized in that 所述第二标识为所述QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道所属的逻辑信道组的标识；The second identifier is the identifier of the logical channel group to which the logical channel of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index belongs; 或者，所述第二标识为所述用于指示所述第一标识所对应QoS信息的QoS索引；Or, the second identifier is the QoS index used to indicate the QoS information corresponding to the first identifier; 或者，所述第二标识为所述QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的标识；Or, the second identifier is an identifier of the side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index; 或者，所述第二标识为所述QoS索引所映射的侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道的标识。Or, the second identifier is an identifier of a logical channel of a side link radio bearer mapped by the QoS index. 根据权利要求85或86所述的网络设备，其特征在于，The network device according to claim 85 or 86, characterized in that 所述第一标识为侧行链路无线承载的标识或所述侧行链路无线承载的逻辑信道的标识，所述第二标识与所述第一标识相同。The first identifier is an identifier of a side link radio bearer or an identifier of a logical channel of the side link radio bearer, and the second identifier is the same as the first identifier. 一种终端设备，其特征在于，所述终端设备包括：处理器和通信接口，A terminal device, characterized in that the terminal device includes: a processor and a communication interface, 所述处理器，用于通过所述通信接口向网络设备发送第一消息，所述第一消息用于请求侧行链路资源；The processor is configured to send a first message to a network device through the communication interface, and the first message is used to request a side link resource; 所述处理器，还用于通过所述通信接口接收来自所述网络设备的第二消息，所述第二消息包括调度请求SR标识，所述SR标识对应一个SR配置，所述SR配置关联一个或多个SR资源配置。The processor is further configured to receive a second message from the network device through the communication interface, the second message includes a scheduling request SR identifier, the SR identifier corresponds to an SR configuration, and the SR configuration is associated with an Or multiple SR resource configurations. 根据权利要求64所述的终端设备，其特征在于，The terminal device according to claim 64, characterized in that 所述SR标识为所有通过PC5接口传输的V2X业务公用的SR标识；The SR mark is an SR mark common to all V2X services transmitted through the PC5 interface; 或者，所述SR标识为所有通过PC5接口传输并且采用基于网设备调度的资源分配方式的V2X业务或者业务包公用的SR标识。Or, the SR identifier is an SR identifier common to all V2X services or service packages transmitted through the PC5 interface and using a resource allocation method based on network device scheduling. 根据权利要求65所述的终端设备，其特征在于，The terminal device according to claim 65, wherein 若所述终端设备触发了SL BSR并触发了SR，所述处理器，还用于通过所述通信接口将所述SR的SR配置可以为所述SR标识所对应的SR配置；将所述SR的SR资源配置可以为所述SR配置所关联的一个或多个SR资源配置。If the terminal device triggers SL and BSR and triggers SR, the processor is further configured to configure the SR of the SR through the communication interface as the SR configuration corresponding to the SR identifier; The SR resource configuration may be one or more SR resource configurations associated with the SR configuration. 一种网络设备，其特征在于，所述网络设备包括：处理器和通信接口，A network device, characterized in that the network device includes: a processor and a communication interface, 所述处理器，用于通过所述通信接口接收来自终端设备的第一消息，所述第一消息用于请求侧行链路资源；The processor is configured to receive a first message from a terminal device through the communication interface, and the first message is used to request a side link resource; 所述处理器，还用于通过所述通信接口向所述终端设备发送第二消息，所述第二消息包括调度请求SR标识，所述SR标识对应一个SR配置，所述SR配置关联一个或多个SR资源配置。The processor is further configured to send a second message to the terminal device through the communication interface, the second message includes a scheduling request SR identifier, the SR identifier corresponds to an SR configuration, and the SR configuration is associated with one or Multiple SR resource configuration. 根据权利要求67所述的网络设备，其特征在于，The network device according to claim 67, characterized in that 所述SR标识为所有通过PC5接口传输的V2X业务公用的SR标识；The SR mark is an SR mark common to all V2X services transmitted through the PC5 interface; 或者，所述SR标识为所有通过PC5接口传输并且采用基于网设备调度的资源分配方式的V2X业务或者业务包公用的SR标识。Or, the SR identifier is an SR identifier common to all V2X services or service packages transmitted through the PC5 interface and using a resource allocation method based on network device scheduling. 一种计算机可读存储介质，其特征在于，包括指令，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行如权利要求1至16中任一项所述的方法，或使得计算机执行如权利要求17至29中任一项所述的方法，或使得计算机执行如权利要求30至32中任一项所述的方法，或使得计算机执行如权利要求33至34中任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized by comprising instructions which, when run on a computer, cause a computer to perform the method according to any one of claims 1 to 16, or cause the computer to perform a method according to claims 17 to The method according to any one of 29, or causing a computer to execute the method according to any one of claims 30 to 32, or causing a computer to execute the method according to any one of claims 33 to 34. 一种计算机程序产品，其特征在于，当其在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行如权利要求1至16中任一项所述的方法，或使得计算机执行如权利要求17至29中任一项所述的方法，或使得计算机执行如权利要求30至32中任一项所述的方法，或使得计算机执行如权利要求33至34中任一项所述的方法。A computer program product, characterized in that when it runs on a computer, it causes the computer to execute the method according to any one of claims 1 to 16, or causes the computer to execute any one of claims 17 to 29 The method described herein causes the computer to execute the method according to any one of claims 30 to 32, or causes the computer to execute the method according to any one of claims 33 to 34. 一种芯片，其特征在于，与存储器相连或者包括存储器，用于读取并执行所述存储器中存储的软件程序，以实现如权利要求1至16中任一项所述的方法，或实现如权利要求17至29中任一项所述的方法，或实现如权利要求30至32中任一项所述的方法，或实现如权利要求33至34中任一项所述的方法。A chip characterized in that it is connected to a memory or includes a memory for reading and executing a software program stored in the memory to implement the method according to any one of claims 1 to 16, or The method according to any one of claims 17 to 29, or the method according to any one of claims 30 to 32, or the method according to any one of claims 33 to 34. 一种装置，其特征在于，所述装置包括处理器，所述处理器用于与存储器耦合，读取存储器中的指令并根据所述指令执行如权利要求1至16中任一项所述的方法，或执行如权利要求17至29中中任一项所述的方法，或执行如权利要求30至32中任一项所述的方法，或执行如权利要求33至34中任一项所述的方法。An apparatus characterized in that the apparatus includes a processor for coupling with a memory, reading instructions in the memory and performing the method according to any one of claims 1 to 16 according to the instructions , Or the method according to any one of claims 17 to 29, or the method according to any one of claims 30 to 32, or the method according to any one of claims 33 to 34 Methods. 一种通信系统，其特征在于，包括终端设备与网络设备，A communication system is characterized by including terminal equipment and network equipment, 所述终端设备向所述网络设备发送第一消息，所述第一消息包括第一标识；The terminal device sends a first message to the network device, the first message includes a first identifier; 所述网络设备接收来自终端设备的第一消息；向所述终端设备发送第二消息，所述第二消息包括第二标识和所述第二标识所映射的调度请求SR标识，所述SR标识对应一个SR配置，所述SR配置关联一个或多个SR资源配置，所述第一标识与所述第二标识相同，或所述第一标识与所述第二标识存在映射关系；The network device receives a first message from a terminal device; sends a second message to the terminal device, the second message includes a second identifier and a scheduling request SR identifier mapped by the second identifier, and the SR identifier Corresponding to an SR configuration, the SR configuration is associated with one or more SR resource configurations, the first identifier is the same as the second identifier, or there is a mapping relationship between the first identifier and the second identifier; 所述终端设备接收来自所述网络设备的第二消息。The terminal device receives the second message from the network device. 一种通信系统，其特征在于，包括终端设备与网络设备，A communication system is characterized by including terminal equipment and network equipment, 所述终端设备向所述网络设备发送第一消息，所述第一消息用于请求侧行链路资源；The terminal device sends a first message to the network device, where the first message is used to request a side link resource; 所述网络设备接收来自所述终端设备的第一消息；向终端设备发送第二消息，所述第二消息包括调度请求SR标识，所述SR标识对应一个SR配置，所述SR配置关联一个或多个SR资源配置；The network device receives a first message from the terminal device; sends a second message to the terminal device, the second message includes a scheduling request SR identifier, the SR identifier corresponds to an SR configuration, and the SR configuration is associated with one or Multiple SR resource configuration; 所述终端设备接收来自所述网络设备的第二消息。The terminal device receives the second message from the network device.
PCT/CN2019/128842 2018-12-29 2019-12-26 Configuration method, device and system Ceased WO2020135625A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201811644891.9A CN111385891B (en) 2018-12-29 2018-12-29 Configuration method, device and system
CN201811644891.9 2018-12-29

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2020135625A1 true WO2020135625A1 (en) 2020-07-02

Family

ID=71126908

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2019/128842 Ceased WO2020135625A1 (en) 2018-12-29 2019-12-26 Configuration method, device and system

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN111385891B (en)
WO (1) WO2020135625A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN113923629A (en) * 2020-07-08 2022-01-11 夏普株式会社 Method performed by user equipment and user equipment
WO2022104647A1 (en) * 2020-11-19 2022-05-27 华为技术有限公司 Communication method, apparatus and system

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN103906176A (en) * 2012-12-27 2014-07-02 华为技术有限公司 Method, device and system for accessing station
CN107079530A (en) * 2015-01-30 2017-08-18 松下电器（美国）知识产权公司 Logical channel prioritization procedure for sidelink logical channels
CN108886796A (en) * 2016-03-31 2018-11-23 株式会社Ntt都科摩 User apparatus
US20180368167A1 (en) * 2017-06-16 2018-12-20 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method for supporting multiple scheduling requests in next-generation mobile communication system

Family Cites Families (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI665897B (en) * 2017-04-26 2019-07-11 華碩電腦股份有限公司 Method and apparatus for requesting resource for control element transmission in a wireless communication system
GB2563245B (en) * 2017-06-07 2021-06-02 Samsung Electronics Co Ltd Improvements in and relating to scheduling requests in a telecommunication system

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN103906176A (en) * 2012-12-27 2014-07-02 华为技术有限公司 Method, device and system for accessing station
CN107079530A (en) * 2015-01-30 2017-08-18 松下电器（美国）知识产权公司 Logical channel prioritization procedure for sidelink logical channels
CN108886796A (en) * 2016-03-31 2018-11-23 株式会社Ntt都科摩 User apparatus
US20180368167A1 (en) * 2017-06-16 2018-12-20 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method for supporting multiple scheduling requests in next-generation mobile communication system

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
INTEL CORPORATION: "Scheduling Request enhancement for NR Unlicensed", 3GPP DRAFT; R2-1816708, 16 November 2018 (2018-11-16), Spokane, USA, pages 1 - 3, XP051480653 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN111385891A (en) 2020-07-07
CN111385891B (en) 2023-07-11

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US12302329B2 (en) Method, device, and system for triggering scheduling request
CN112351450B (en) Beam failure recovery method, device and system
CN113517948B (en) Data processing method, device and system
WO2020164616A1 (en) Random access method, apparatus, and system
WO2021134701A1 (en) D2d communication method, apparatus and system
CN117279037A (en) Communication methods and devices
WO2021007809A1 (en) Channel quality reporting method, device and system
WO2020155188A1 (en) Communication method, apparatus, and system
WO2021017903A1 (en) Voice call method, apparatus and system
WO2019213883A1 (en) Resource scheduling method, terminal, and network device
WO2020199815A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2021114191A1 (en) Cooperation transmission method, device and system
WO2020135625A1 (en) Configuration method, device and system
WO2020215994A1 (en) Communication method, device and system
WO2020135451A1 (en) Power adjustment method, device and system
US12470999B2 (en) Communication method, device, and system
WO2020253597A1 (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting scheduling request information, and system
WO2020143638A1 (en) Signal transmission method, device, and system
WO2021056593A1 (en) Communication method, device and system
US11871426B2 (en) Pre-configured and fast uplink bit rate switching
CN111726836B (en) Communication method, device and system
WO2020238990A1 (en) Data transmission method, device and system
WO2020155189A1 (en) Reference signal receiving and sending methods, apparatuses and systems
US20230239915A1 (en) Apparatus, system, and method of communicating airtime information corresponding to a quality of service (qos) flow
CN117643111A (en) Wireless communication method, terminal equipment and network equipment

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 19902335

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 19902335

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1